Petwa Catalogue Cover May10.qxp

Transcription

Petwa Catalogue Cover May10.qxp
5/26/2010
9:34 AM
Page 1
Water Treatment Solutions
• Residential
Softeners &
Filters
• Commercial
Softeners &
Filters
• Components
• Media
• Drinking Water
Systems
• Ultraviolet
Systems
• Distillers
• Point-of-Use
Filtration
Products
• Testing Equipment
1-800-265-7289
www.petwa.ca
265 Industrial Rd.
Cambridge, ON
#29-40029 Rev. 5/10
340-2880 45 Ave. SE
Calgary, AB
• Chemical Feed
Pumps
• Chemicals
Table of Contents
Welcome to Petwa® ....................................................................................................................................................2
Team Directory ............................................................................................................................................................3
Terms & Conditions of Sale and Guarantee ........................................................................................................4
Water Analysis..............................................................................................................................................................5
Water Softener Sizing ................................................................................................................................................8
Residential Water Softeners......................................................................................................................................9
Residential Water Filters ........................................................................................................................................19
Components ..............................................................................................................................................................27
Media ..........................................................................................................................................................................45
Drinking Water Systems ........................................................................................................................................63
Distillers ....................................................................................................................................................................77
Ultraviolet Disinfection Systems............................................................................................................................81
Point-of-Use Filtration Products............................................................................................................................87
Miscellaneous Filter Systems & Cartridges ......................................................................................................155
Testing Equipment & Reagents ..........................................................................................................................165
Chemical Feed Pumps, Applications & Accessories ........................................................................................169
Chemicals ................................................................................................................................................................191
Commercial Products ............................................................................................................................................199
Sales & Marketing ..................................................................................................................................................215
Reference Section ..................................................................................................................................................219
Contact our Order Desk Toll Free at
1-800-265-7289
www.petwa.ca
1
Welcome to Petwa®
We are proud to be your supplier of premium water treatment products for residential and commercial
applications.We specialize in offering superior product assembly and technical support from our facilities
located in Cambridge, Ontario and Calgary, Alberta to professional Canadian water treatment
companies.
We provide:
• Water Softeners
• Sediment Filters
• Iron Filters
• Carbon Filters
• Tannin Removal Systems
• Media, Resin Tanks, Brine Tanks & Components
• Reverse Osmosis Systems
• Ultraviolet Systems
• Distillation Systems
• Cartridge Filters
• Chlorinators
• Pro-Water Treatment Products
• Commercial Units & Components
Petwa® is recognized as the leading supplier of Pentair Autotrol Valve as well as the Clack Valve products
in Canada. We are known throughout the industry for our fast, professional service, well-stocked
inventories, rapid response water testing services and excellent technical support.
We look forward to being of service to your company.
2
Team Directory
Eastern Canada Sales
Jamie Buczynski
Sales Representative
265 Industrial Road
Cambridge, ON N3H 5N3
Ph: 519-650-7502
Fx: 519-653-0316
Western Canada Sales
Craig Dickson
CAMCOLE Agencies
57 Windermere Cres.
St. Albert, AB T8N 3P1
Ph: 780-418-0868
Fx: 780-418-0867
Eastern Canada Office
265 Industrial Road
Cambridge, ON N3H 5N3
Ph: 519-653-7803
Fx: 519-653-0316
Shelley Peters.......................................................Director of Sales - Independent Dealers
Jamie Buczynski..........................................................Eastern Canada Sales Representative
Betty Collet..................................................................................National Customer Service
Jason White................................................................................................................Inside Sales
Jason Johnston ...........................................................................................................Production
Western Canada Office
Unit 340, 2880 45th Ave. SE
Calgary, AB T2B 3M1
Ph:
403-250-2850
Fx:
403-291-0704
John Armstrong..................................................Calgary Branch Manager - Technical Sales
William Rodriguez ....................................................................................................Production
Contact our Order Desk Toll Free at
1-800-265-7289
Toll Free Fax
1-800-663-4728
3
Terms & Conditions of Sale and Guarantee
PRICES:
All prices are F.O.B. our plant. All taxes are extra where applicable. Prices are subject to
changes without notice.All shipments will be invoiced at prices in effect on date shipment is
made. All orders accepted are subject to credit approval. Shipping weights shown are
approximate.
ORDERS:
Minimum order accepted is $25.00 net, exclusive of freight.
TERMS:
Net 30 days (on approved credit) from date of invoice. Past due accounts will be charged
interest at 2-1/2% per month. Credit will not be extended to accounts with poor payment
history.Without approved credit, order will be shipped C.I.A.. Large orders may be subject
to a partial payment. Petwa Ltd. retains title to all goods until paid in full.
FREIGHT:
All orders for shipping will be sent prepaid and then charged on invoice unless otherwise
requested. Shipments are the purchaser’s responsibility. Freight claims must be made
immediately, directly to the carrier. Petwa Ltd. will not be held responsible for breakage or
shortage after products are accepted by common carrier.
RETURNS:
A return goods authorization (RGA) number must be obtained from Petwa Ltd. before any
returns can be shipped. All returns, including those for warranty, must be shipped prepaid.
Freight collect returns will not be accepted. Returns determined to be in warranty will be
repaired or replaced and will be returned to the purchaser prepaid. Minimum restocking
charge is 15% or $40.00, whichever is higher. Goods must be in original container and in
saleable condition to be considered for restocking.
GUARANTEE:
Petwa Ltd. guarantees that the components used in the assembly of your new water
conditioner or filter are of quality material and workmanship. When properly installed and
maintained, they will give years of trouble free service.
FIVE YEAR COMPLETE PARTS GUARANTEE
TEN YEAR GUARANTEE ON MINERAL AND BRINE TANKS
Warranty does not obligate Petwa Ltd. to bear the cost of field labour or mileage. Petwa
Ltd. assumes no responsibility for consequential damage, labour or expense incurred as a
result of a defect or for failure to meet the terms of this guarantee because of circumstances
beyond its control. Please see the complete guarantee statement for further information
relating to warranty issues.
4
Water Analysis
For correct sizing and application of water
conditioning equipment, a water analysis is required. A
basic water analysis includes tests for the following:
• Hardness
• Iron
• Manganese
• pH
• TDS (Total Dissolved Solids)
Water samples should be taken as near the source as
possible and represent the average water condition.
Clean containers must be used. When performing the
analysis, the test equipment must be clean and rinsed
with the test water and the test water should be
between 68°F and 77°F (20°C and 25°C). Use rubber
stops as supplied. Do not use your fingers as
contaminants and acids could affect test results.
Additional tests can be performed for tannins and
hydrogen sulfide (H2S). The test for H2S must be
performed on-site for accurate results. Special tests
can be performed for chlorides, sulfates and alkalinity
by specified laboratories. If it is suspected the water
supply is contaminated with coliform bacteria or
nitrates, a sample must be collected in an approved
sterilized container and submitted to a government
approved laboratory. Iron bacteria will not be detected
with the standard iron test and can be tested for by a
government approved laboratory.
If the TDS is over 1000 ppm and hardness is less than
30% of the TDS, a complete water analysis should be
performed to discover what other contaminants exist
in the water.
If a contaminant exceeds the limits detectable by any
test method, the raw water sample can be diluted with
distilled water until a reading can be taken. A
calculation must then be performed to determine the
actual degree of contamination.
All test chemicals are subject to age and extreme
temperatures. Proper storage techniques and expiry
dates should be observed.
The Water Analysis Report shown on the next two
pages must be completed accurately to determine the
correct equipment to recommend for the water
problem(s) being experienced.
Hard Water
Water with a total hardness of 1.0 gpg or more as
calcium carbonate equivalent.
Less than 1.0 gpg .................. Soft
1.0 - 3.5 gpg .......................... Slightly hard
3.5 - 7.0 gpg .......................... Moderately hard
7.0 - 10.5 gpg ........................ Hard
More than 10.5 gpg .............. Very hard
Hardness
A characteristic of natural water due to the presence
of dissolved calcium and magnesium.Water hardness is
responsible for most scale formation in pipes and
water heaters and forms insoluble “curd” when it
reacts with soaps. Hardness is usually expressed in
grains per gallon (gpg), parts per million (ppm) or
milligrams per liter (mg/l) all as calcium carbonate
equivalent.
Soft Water
Any water which contains less than 1.0 gpg (17.1 mg/l)
of hardness minerals, expressed as calcium carbonate
equivalent.
Softened Water
Any water that is treated to reduce hardness minerals,
expressed as calcium carbonate equivalent.
5
Water Analysis
Questionnaire/Report
FOR LABORATORY USE ONLY
Date Received ______________________
Report No. __________________________
Date Completed ______________________
NOTE: Please answer ALL appropriate questions to ensure accurate equipment recommendations
CUSTOMER
DEALER
DISTRIBUTOR
_______________________________________
Name
_______________________________________
Name
_______________________________________
Name
_______________________________________
Street
_______________________________________
Street
_______________________________________
Street
_______________________________________
Town
State/Province
_______________________________________
Town
State/Province
_______________________________________
Town
State/Province
_______________________________________
Zip Code/P.C.
Email
_______________________________________
Zip Code/P.C.
Email
_______________________________________
Zip Code/P.C.
Email
_______________________________________
Phone
Fax
_______________________________________
Phone
Fax
_______________________________________
Phone
Fax
Bacterial analysis must be performed by your local health department.
HOW TO DRAW WATER SAMPLE
Use outlet nearest pump (not from bottom of pressure tank).
Run water for five minutes or two pump cycles, then fill clean
bottle to neck and cap immediately. Never use hot water.
Return bottle with this completed form.
HOW TO MEASURE PUMPING RATE OF PUMP
a. Make certain no water is being drawn. Open spigot nearest
pressure tank. When pump starts, close tap and measure
time (in seconds) to refill pressure tank. This is cycle time.
b. Using a container of known volume, draw water and
measure volume in gallons until pump starts again. This is
drawdown.
c. Divide drawdown by cycle time and multiply the result by
60 to arrive at the pumping rate in gallons per minute.
Insert this figure in #3 Water System.
1. Water Source
City or area-wide authority
Community water system (small water system usually
supplying 12 homes or fewer)
Water comes from:
Well Lake Reservoir River Unknown
New private well - Approx age
months
Old private well - Approx age
months
Private lake Private spring Private dugout
Private cistern Other - describe
2. Household Information
Do you now have water conditioning equipment?
No Yes
Type
Size
Single family Multi-family No. of units
No. persons
No. baths
Lawn irrigation on water system?
Indoor pool Outdoor pool - Capacity
inches
Water line size from source -
6
3. Water System
Type of Pump
Constant Pressure Jet Submersible Unknown
Pumping rate of pump
gpm
Pressure Tank
gallons
Air to water Bladder Capacity
Operating pressure (low/high)
/
psi
4. Water Problems
When this sample was drawn, it was:
Clear Colored Cloudy
This water sample is Untreated Treated
How is it treated?
PROBLEMS
Hardness (e.g. high soap usage, bathtub ring, lime deposits,
etc.)
Iron Deposits - if so, is iron build-up in flush tank?
Greasy Gritty Stringy (iron bacteria?)
Color of Water - Red Orange Black
Greenish or blue stains on sinks, tubs, etc.
Pitting of fixtures and/or pipes
Sand (visible particles) Sediment or silt (cloudy)
Bad Taste Iron Bitter Salty
Other - describe
Bad Odor Rotten Egg Musty Iron
Odor is in Cold Water Hot Water Both
Other Problems - describe
Return completed form to:
gallons
5. Standard Laboratory Tests
Total Hardness
____________ gpg
Iron
____________ mg/l
Manganese
____________ mg/l
pH
____________
Total Dissolved Solids
____________ mg/l
6. Other Tests
Hydrogen Sulfide
____________ mg/l
(test must be performed on-site)
Tannins
____________ mg/l
7. Special Laboratory Tests
Chlorides
Sulfates
Alkalinity
____________ mg/l
____________ mg/l
____________ mg/l
If TDS is over 1000 ppm and hardness is less than
30% of the TDS, a total water analysis is required.
8. Explanation of Water Analysis
A. Total Hardness
This indicates the efficiency or workability of the
water for everyday household use. Water in excess
of 1 gpg is generally considered hard and should be
softened.
B. Iron
Over 0.3 ppm of iron will cause discoloration of
water and staining. Fully automatic water
conditioners will correct this problem. Some extreme
water situations may require filtration.
C. Manganese
Manganese is frequently encountered in ironbearing water but to a lesser degree. Manganese is
similar to iron in that it stains and clogs pipes and
valves. Concentrations as low as 0.05 mg/l of
manganese can cause problems.
D. pH
A scale used to measure the acidity or alkalinity of
water. A pH reading below 6.5 normally indicates
highly corrosive water and neutralizing equipment
should be used. A pH reading in excess of 8.5 could
indicate contaminated water and generally requires
bacteriological and chemical analysis.
E. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)
Testing for hydrogen sulfide should occur on-site.
Hydrogen sulfide imparts a rotten egg odor and taste
that makes water all but undrinkable and also
promotes corrosion. In addition, it can foul the resin
bed of a water conditioner. The use of a water
conditioner is not recommended unless the water is
first treated for the removal of hydrogen sulfide.
F. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
A measure of the soluble solids present in the water.
G. Tannins
Tannic acid is formed by decaying organic matter.
Tannins alone are not harmful, although they can
affect the proper operation of a chemical free iron
filter.
H. Chlorides
Over 500 ppm may impart a salty taste to water.
I. Sulfates
Over 500 ppm may impart a bitter taste to water and
have a slight laxative effect.
J. Alkalinity
Caused by the presence of bicarbonates,
carbonates and hydroxides. Over 500 ppm creates a
“soda” taste and makes skin dry.
Recommendations
Recommendations are based entirely on the information supplied and the water sample chemistry results at the
time of analysis.
Recommended by ____________________________________
Date ______________________________
7
How to Size a Softener
Water Softener Sizing is Based On
• 60 gallons per person per day - total household use
• Three day minimum between regenerations
• Capacity between regenerations at factory salt
settings
• Number of people x 60 gallons per person x gpg of
hardness x 3 days = capacity required between
regenerations
• Consult your factory representative for water that is
75 gpg or harder
(Note: for high volume households, use 75 gallons per day
per person).
Hardness Compensation
• 1 mg/l of iron = 4 gpg
• 1 mg/l of manganese = 8 gpg
• Maximum iron is not to exceed 1.5 mg/l total iron
• Recommend the addition of a Res-Up Feeder when
the total iron exceeds 0.5 mg/l
Water Consumption for Regeneration
The volume of water used during the regeneration
process of a water softener will vary depending on:
• Amount and type of resin
• Cycle time settings
• Flow controllers
• Salt settings
• Tank diameter
Generally, water usage for regeneration is based on
the cubic feet of resin per water softener from a low
of 30 gallons of water per cubic foot, up to a normal
of 75 gallons of water per cubic foot, to a maximum of
100 gallons of water per cubic foot. Manufacturing
specs and settings for each model size should be
checked to verify exact amounts.
Three Day Sizing Method
The three day sizing method is used for the
following reasons:
1.To determine the size of the water conditioner to be
used
2.To allow for reserve capacity between regenerations
so the customer does not run out of soft water
3.To provide the most economical operation cost
8
Water
Softeners
9
Part Number Scheme
“A” Sample Part # : 011-075063
01 – Refer to 400 Series domestic softeners
02 – Refer to 400 Series domestic filters
011 – Refer to Logix domestic softeners
021 – Refer to Logix domestic filters
Quantity of Media
075 – ¾ cu.ft. of resin or filter media (not incl. support gravel)
100 – 1.0 cu.ft of resin or filter media (not incl. support gravel) etc, up to 4.0 cu.ft.
Subdivision of softener types (if prefix is a 01 or 011)
0 – Softener,Twin Tank, almond
1 – Softener, Cabinet
2 – Softener,Twin Tank, blue
3 – Softener,Twin Tank, almond with Turbulator
4 – Softener,Twin Tank, blue with Turbulator
5 – Softener,Twin Tank, black
6 – Tannin,Twin Tank, almond
7 – Tannin,Twin Tank, blue
8 – Special Units
9 – Exclusively Avantapure
Subdivision of filter types (if prefix is a 02 or 021)
0 – Filter, Multi-Media
1 – Filter, Activated Carbon
2 – Filter, Manganese Greensand
3 – Filter, Neutralizing
4 – Filter, Birm
5 – Filter, Pyrolux
6 – Filter, Centaur
7 – Filter, Ultra Iron
8 – Filter, Filter Ag
9 – Filter, nextSand
Valve Types
0 – Clack Valve
1 – Future Use
2 – 268 Performa Filter Valve (greensand)
3 – 263 Performa Filter Valve
4 – 268 Performa Softener Valve
5 – Future Use
6 – 255 Valve
7 – Future Use
8 – Exclusive Avantapure
9 – Future Use
Timer or System Types
0 – Future Use
1 – Future Use
2 – 740 or 440I (118 min) clock timer
3 – 760 or 460I (118 min) metered
4 – WS1
5 – WS1CS
6 – 742 clock timer
7 – 762 metered timer
8 – WS1TC
9 – Future Use
Digit 9 – Filter Only – Accessories
0 – Nothing
1 – Air Injectors
Digit 10 – Filters Only – Tank Colour
0 – Almond
1 – Blue
10
Introduction to Water Softeners
The following pages of this catalogue contain our wide
selection of assembled water softeners for you to
choose from to enhance and grow your business. Each
type of unit has its own advantages and we have tried
to point out those important differences with each
unit. If you are still unsure of which way to go, call your
sales representative or our customer service and they
will be glad to assist you with your selection.
A couple of important notes you should know on the
abbreviations used to designate unit capacities,
controls and options are as follows;
Valve Type
Each page will highlight a different type of assembled
softener using a different timer. We supply Autotrol
and/or Clack Controls with all of our softeners. Noryl
composites, advanced electronic controls and
improved flow are all a part of the valve products
designs and they are backed by a solid warranty.
Softener valve types include:
Pentair Autotrol: 255, 268, 278 and Magnum IT
Clack:WS1,WS1CS,WS1.25,WS1.5EE
Tank Sizes
The tank sizes in the unit selection will typically be
abbreviated as follows:
844 - 8" Diameter x 44" High Fiberglass
Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
940/ - 9” Diameter Mineral Tank
948
with 2.5” Top Hole
1040/ - 10" Diameter x 40" High Fiberglass
1044 Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
*The above represent a selection of tanks, other sizes
available.
Timer Control Types
740 / 742 / 440 - Calendar Clock Regeneration
760 / 762 / 460 - Meter Initiated Regeneration
Clack - Metered or Time Clock
Resin Volume
The resin volume in the unit selection will typically be
075 - ¾ cubic foot of cation resin
100 - 1 cubic foot of cation resin
125 - 1 ¼ cubic foot of cation resin
150 - 1 ½ cubic foot of cation resin
11
255 Valve Water Softeners - Time Clock
The Calendar Clock Series
The Logix™ 740 valve takes a calendar clock and adds state of the art
electronics to gives the consumer all the reliability that they need with the
simplicity of a clock control.
Logix Series - 740 Time Clock
• Simple, economic electronic time clock
(chronometric)
• 7 to 99-day regeneration sequence
• 12-volt operation
• Filter or conditioner setting in one control
Same features as the 740 time clock, plus:
• Fully programmable cycle times
• Salt setting in 1-pound increments (3-18)
• Optional no-salt detector
Water Softener Performance and Specifications
Product
Code
Model
Number
Capacity grains per cubic feet dosage
@19 lbs.
@ 9 lbs.
@ 3 lbs.
Service Flow Resin Tank
Rate (gpm) Size (inches)
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
Logix™ 740 Series
011-075062
011-100062
011-125062
011-150062
011-200062
011-250062
011-300062
TT844-24-740
TT940-32-740
TT1040-40-740
TT1054-48-740
TT1252-64-740
TT1252-75-740
TT1465-90-740
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-742
TT940-32-742
TT1040-40-742
TT1054-48-742
TT1252-64-742
TT1252-75-742
TT1465-90-742
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
Logix™ 742 Series
011-075066
011-100066
011-125066
011-150066
011-200066
011-250066
011-300066
• All softener units must have either 256 bypass or manifold added to connect to plumbing
source. These specifications are for units in almond with cycle times of 118 minutes.
Softeners are also available in blue.
• Softener ratings based on brining at maximum dosage. Capacities may be higher or lower
than published depending on flow rates and water characteristics. A turbulator can be added
to assist with low levels of iron.
256 Bypass
12
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from
specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously manufactured products
or to note change.
255 Valve Water Softeners - Demand
The Demand Series
Other control systems guess how much water a family needs. There is no
guesswork with the Logix™ valve. They use an on Demand controller that
measures how much soft water a family actually uses day after day.The control
monitors changes in usage and regenerates only when necessary.
Logix Series - 760 Demand
• Simple, economic electronic demand (volumetric)
• Calendar override
• 28-day variable reserve
• High efficiency regeneration sequence
• Automatic capacity calculations
• Operates 255, 263, 268 with one controller
Same features as the 760 demand, plus:
Product
Code
Model
Number
@19 lbs.
@ 9 lbs.
@ 3 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
Logix™ 760 Series
011-075063
011-100063
011-125063
011-150063
011-200063
011-250063
011-300063
TT844-24-760
TT940-32-760
TT1040-40-760
TT1054-48-760
TT1252-64-760
TT1252-75-760
TT1465-90-760
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-762
TT940-32-762
TT1040-40-762
TT1054-48-762
TT1252-64-762
TT1252-75-762
TT1465-90-762
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
Logix™ 762 Series
011-075067
011-100067
011-125067
011-150067
011-200067
011-250067
011-300067
or to note change.
256 Bypass
13
255 Valve Water Softeners - 400 Series
The 400 Series
The 460i demand control provides the home with
conditioned water based on a family's water usage,
regenerating only when needed. This environmentally
friendly control ensures years of soft water; saving
money, water and regenerant.
The economic 440i timer control features a control
setting that is easy as turning a dial. All settings are
460i Demand Control
visible on the face of the control and are easy to use.
440i Timer Control
400 Series - 440i Time Clock
• Value priced, reliable mechanical control
• Time-clock regeneration
• Set it and forget it
• 12-volt
• 6- or 7-day regeneration
400 Series - 460i Demand
• Economical electronic-demand control
• Simple set-up and programming
Product
Code
Model
Number
@15 lbs.
@ 8.5 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
440i Series
01-075062
01-100062
01-125062
01-150062
01-200062
01-250062
01-300062
TT844-24-440
TT940-32-440
TT1040-40-440
TT1054-48-440
TT1252-64-440
TT1252-75-440
TT1465-90-440
24,000
32,000
40,000
48,000
64,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
24,000
30,000
36,000
48,000
60,000
72,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-460
TT940-32-460
TT1040-40-460
TT1054-48-460
TT1252-64-460
TT1252-75-460
TT1465-90-460
24,000
32,000
40,000
48,000
64,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
24,000
30,000
36,000
48,000
60,000
72,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
460i Series
01-075063
01-100063
01-125063
01-150063
01-200063
01-250063
01-300063
256 Bypass
14
or to note change.
Performa Valve Water Softeners - 700 Series
The Performa Valve Logix Series offers full 1” porting with the reliability
of the Logix premier timer control. Superior flow rates with quality built
Noryl® components.
742 Time Clock
• Economic electronic time clock
• 7 to 99 day regeneration sequence
• Salt setting in one pound increments
762 Demand
• Calendar Override
• 28 day variable reserve
Product
Code
Model
Number
@15 lbs.
@ 9 lbs.
@ 3 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
Logix™ 742 Series
011-075046
011-100046
011-125046
011-150046
011-200046
011-250046
011-300046
TT844-24-268
TT940-32-268
TT1040-40-268
TT1054-48-268
TT1252-64-268
TT1252-75-268
TT1465-90-268
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-268
TT940-32-268
TT1040-40-268
TT1054-48-268
TT1252-64-268
TT1252-75-268
TT1465-90-268
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
Logix™ 762 Series
011-075047
011-100047
011-125047
011-150047
011-200047
011-250047
011-300047
• All softener units can have Performa bypass added to connect to plumbing source. These
specifications are for units in almond with cycle times of 118 minutes. Softeners are also
available in blue.
or to note change.
Performa Bypass
15
The Performa Valve is a full 1” ported valve. It offers
superior flow rates with quality built Noryl
components and reliability of the ‘workhorse’ 400
Series timers.
440i Timer Control
460i Demand Control
• 12-volt or 120-volt versions available
Product
Code
Model
Number
@15 lbs.
@ 8.5 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
440i Series
01-075042
01-100042
01-125042
01-150042
01-200042
01-250042
01-300042
TT844-24-268-440
TT940-32-268-440
TT1040-40-268-440
TT1054-48-268-440
TT1252-64-268-440
TT1252-75-268-440
TT1465-90-268-440
24,000
32,000
40,000
48,000
64,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
24,000
30,000
36,000
48,000
60,000
72,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-268-440
TT940-32-268-440
TT1040-40-268-440
TT1054-48-268-440
TT1252-64-268-440
TT1252-75-268-440
TT1465-90-268-440
24,000
32,000
40,000
48,000
64,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
24,000
30,000
36,000
48,000
60,000
72,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
460i Series
01-075043
01-100043
01-125043
01-150043
01-200043
01-250043
01-300043
available in blue.
Performa Bypass
16
or to note change.
Tannin Units
Tannin units use a specialty formulated anion resin to
remove organics and colour from your water.
• Available in full and mixed bed units.
• Please contact office for help with sizing and prices.
• When applying tannin filters, a complete water analysis
must be completed.
• With this water analysis, we can properly design and size
a unit for the application.
Water Filter Performance and Specifications
Product Code
Model Number
Service Flow Rate
(gpm)
Resin Tank Size
(inches)
Media Volume
(cu. ft.)
Shipping Weight
(lbs.)
3
5
7
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
95
125
170
Tannin Units - Full Beds
011-100646
011-150646
011-200646
1040-1.0-TA
1054-1.5-TA
1252-2.0-TA
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously
manufactured products or to note change.
17
Clack CL Series Softeners
CL Series WS1 Softeners
•
•
•
•
CL Series WS1CS Softeners
CL Series WS1TC Softeners
Full manufacturers guarantee
State of the art microprocessor
Fully programmable control to meet your families water needs
Backed by quality Water Treatment Professionals
18
Item#
Model #
Size/Capacity
Service Flow
Resin Volume
051-075504
051-100504
051-125504
051-150504
051-200504
TT20 - DFM - I
TT30 - DFM - I
TT40 - DFM - I
TT50 - DFM - I
TT60 - DFM - I
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
051-075505
051-100505
051-125505
051-150505
051-200505
TT20 - DFM - ICS
TT30 - DFM - ICS
TT40 - DFM - ICS
TT50 - DFM - ICS
TT60 - DFM - ICS
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
051-075508
051-100508
051-125508
051-150508
051-200508
TT20 - DFM - ITC
TT30 - DFM - ITC
TT40 - DFM - ITC
TT50 - DFM - ITC
TT60 - DFM - ITC
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
Water
Filters
19
Introduction to Water Filters
The following pages of this catalog contain
specifications for the standard setup of residential
water filters. You can use these pages to assist in the
construction of your own water filters using these
specifications. Petwa also pre-assembles a number of
these filters in various sizes. Consult your price list or
ask your sales representative for available models.
Valve Type
Each page will highlight a different filtration method
using a Autotrol® 3 cycle 1” Performa or Clack
WS1TC valve configuration.
Filter valve types include:
Autotrol: 263, 273 Valves
Tank Sizes
844 - 8" Diameter x 44" High Fiberglass Mineral
Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
available.
20
Filter Media Volumes
The media volume in the filter is abbreviated as
follows:
075 - ¾ cubic foot
100 - 1 cubic foot
150 - 1 ½ cubic foot
200 - 2 cubic foot
The filter media volume does not include the required
support gravel.
Timer Control Types
740 / 742 - Calendar Clock Regeneration
Filter Media Types
M - Sediment and Turbidity Filter (Multi-Media
consisting of Sand, Garnet, Anthracite)
S - Next Sand
A - Filter Ag
B - Birm
G - Manganese Greensand Plus for Iron and Sulfur
U - Ultra Iron Filter Chemical Free
I - Iron Master Chemical Free
P - Pyrolux
C - Activated Carbon
R - Centaur
N - Neutralizing Filter
Sediment Filters
These water filters use a variety of filtering medias such as FilterAg™,
nextSand™ and a mixed media. The systems are used to remove
suspended particulates like clay, silt or oxidized iron from chlorinated
systems.These filters will trap sediment, eliminating the particulates that
can give water a cloudy appearance.
A thorough backwash prevents the bed from chanelling or locking up and
extends the filter bed life.
Adapters available in:
• 3/4” and 1” Copper
• 3/4” and 1” PVC
• 90° ABS Elbows
Sample Tube Adapters
Performa Bypass
Product Code
Model Number
Backwash Flow Rate
(gpm)
Service Flow Rate
(gpm)
Resin Tank Size
(inches)
Bypass Media Volume
(cu. ft.)
Shipping Weight
(lbs.)
1040-1.0-SA
1054-1.5-SA
1252-2.0-SA
8
10
12
5
7
9
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
125
175
225
1040-1.0-AA
1054-1.5-AA
1252-2.0-AA
5
5
7
4
4
5
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
70
80
100
1040-1.0-BA
1054-1.5-BA
1252-2.0-BA
5
7
10
3
4
4
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
135
195
235
Next Sand
021-100936
021-150936
021-200936
Filter Ag
021-075836
021-100836
021-150836
021-200836
Birm
021-100436
021-150436
021-200436
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously manufactured products or to note
change. A bypass valve can be added to the above units.
21
Iron Filters
Manganese Greensand Plus Iron Filters
For use when you have high levels of iron, hydrogen sulphide and
manganese. Manganese Greensand Plus media is used, combined with a
regenerate of potassium permanganate which oxidizes the iron to a form
that can be filtered and washed away. Regeneration is required with
potassium permanganate.
Chemical Free Iron Filters
The system injects air to oxidize ferrous (clear water) iron and the filter
bed traps the sediment and filters it from your water.
The Ultra Iron works very well on moderate levels of iron and
manganese. The unit is very economical since it needs no chemicals to
regenerate and has low attrition loss. It is not suited for H2S applications.
The Chemical Free Iron
Filters use a 1” air injector
to help with oxidation. For
superior oxidation an Air
Pump can be added with
air tank.
Air Pump and
Retention Tank System
Note: Potassium Permanganate Feeder available with
Manganese Greensand Filters only.
Product Code
Model Number
Backwash Flow Rate
(gpm)
Service Flow Rate
(gpm)
Resin Tank Size
(inches)
Media Volume
(cu. ft.)
Shipping Weight
(lbs.)
5
6
8
4
5
6
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
121
164
212
5
5
7
4
4
6
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
70
80
100
Manganese Greensand Iron Filters(1)
021-100226
021-150226
021-200226
1040-1.0GA
1054-1.5GA
1252-2.0GA
Chemical Free Iron Filters
021-100736
021-150736
021-200736
1040-1.0UA
1054-1.5UA
1252-2.0UA
(1)
A dose of 2-4 ounces of Potassium Permanganate/cu.ft. is suggested. Each unit comes complete with a 5kg pail of potassium permanganate.
change.
22
Carbon Filters
These water filters use granular activated carbon to adsorb chlorine and
give you water free of chemicals. The most common application is the
removal of the undesirable taste present in many chlorinated water
supplies. The carbon filter can also be used to eliminate certain odours
and some colour applications.
It is essential that the unit is backwashed periodically to remove
accumulated suspended matter and to re-grade the filter bed.The carbon
media will require replacement, due to exhaustion from adsorption.
The Centaur carbon units are commonly applied to remove chloramines
from municipal water supplies. Chloramines attack the integrity of your
softener resin. To extend the life of your softener bed, a whole house
centaur carbon unit should be added before your softener.
Performa Bypass
Product Code
Model Number
Backwash Flow Rate
(gpm)
Service Flow Rate
(gpm)
Resin Tank Size
(inches)
Bypass Media Volume
(cu. ft.)
Shipping Weight
(lbs.)
4
5
7
3
4
5
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
65
80
100
4
5
7
3
4
5
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
65
80
100
HAC Carbon Filters
021-100136
021-150136
021-200136
1040-1.0CA
1054-1.5CA
1252-2.0CA
Centaur Carbon Filters
021-100636
021-150636
021-200636
1040-1.0RA
1054-1.5RA
1252-2.0RA
change.
23
Neutralizing Filters
The neutralizer filters are used to raise
the pH into the neutral range of 6.5 8.5.The media mixture uses Calcite® and
Corosex® as a combination filter.
Sample Tube Adapters
Performa Bypass
Product Code
Model Number
Backwash Flow Rate
(gpm)
Service Flow Rate
(gpm)
Resin Tank Size
(inches)
Media Volume
(cu. ft.)
Shipping Weight
(lbs.)
5
7
10
3
5
6
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
135
195
235
Neutralizing Filters
021-100336
021-150336
021-200336
1040-1.0-NA
1054-1.5-NA
1252-2.0-NA
change.
24
Clack CL Series Filters
CL Series Carbon Filters
•
•
•
•
•
CL Series Iron Filters
Standard with Time Clock, Metered available upon request
Item#
Model #
Size/Capacity
Service Flow
Backwash
052-100108
052-150108
052-200108
BFTC - 1AC
BFTC - 1.5AC
BFTC - 2AC
1.0
1.5
2.0
3
4
5
4
5
7
052-100608
052-150608
052-200608
BFTC - 1CC
BFTC - 1.5CC
BFTC - 2CC
1.0
1.5
2.0
3
4
5
4
5
7
052-100708
052-150708
052-200708
BFTC - 1IM
BFTC - 1.5IM
BFTC - 2IM
1.0
1.5
2.0
4
5
6
5
6
8
052-100908
052-150908
052-200908
BFTC - 1NS
BFTC - 1.5NS
BFTC - 2NS
1.0
1.5
2.0
3
4
5
6
8
10
052-100208
052-150208
052-200208
BFTC - 1GS
BFTC - 1.5GS
BFTC - 2GS
1.0
1.5
2.0
4
5
6
5
6
8
25
NOTES
26
Introduction to Water Softeners
The following pages of this catalogue contain our wide
selection of assembled water softeners for you to
choose from to enhance and grow your business. Each
type of unit has its own advantages and we have tried
to point out those important differences with each
unit. If you are still unsure of which way to go, call your
sales representative or our customer service and they
will be glad to assist you with your selection.
Valve Type
Each page will highlight a different type of assembled
softener using a different timer. We supply Autotrol
and/or Clack Controls with all of our softeners. Noryl
composites, advanced electronic controls and
improved flow are all a part of the valve products
designs and they are backed by a solid warranty.
Softener valve types include:
Pentair Autotrol: 255, 268, 278 and Magnum IT
Tank Sizes
940/ - 9” Diameter Mineral Tank
948
with 2.5” Top Hole
available.
Timer Control Types
740 / 742 / 440 - Calendar Clock Regeneration
760 / 762 / 460 - Meter Initiated Regeneration
Resin Volume
The resin volume in the unit selection will typically be
075 - ¾ cubic foot of cation resin
125 - 1 ¼ cubic foot of cation resin
11
255 Valve Water Softeners - Time Clock
The Calendar Clock Series
The Logix™ 740 valve takes a calendar clock and adds state of the art
electronics to gives the consumer all the reliability that they need with the
simplicity of a clock control.
(chronometric)
• 7 to 99-day regeneration sequence
Same features as the 740 time clock, plus:
Product
Code
Model
Number
@19 lbs.
@ 9 lbs.
@ 3 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
Logix™ 740 Series
011-075062
011-100062
011-125062
011-150062
011-200062
011-250062
011-300062
TT844-24-740
TT940-32-740
TT1040-40-740
TT1054-48-740
TT1252-64-740
TT1252-75-740
TT1465-90-740
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-742
TT940-32-742
TT1040-40-742
TT1054-48-742
TT1252-64-742
TT1252-75-742
TT1465-90-742
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
Logix™ 742 Series
011-075066
011-100066
011-125066
011-150066
011-200066
011-250066
011-300066
256 Bypass
12
or to note change.
255 Valve Water Softeners - Demand
The Demand Series
Other control systems guess how much water a family needs. There is no
guesswork with the Logix™ valve. They use an on Demand controller that
measures how much soft water a family actually uses day after day.The control
monitors changes in usage and regenerates only when necessary.
Same features as the 760 demand, plus:
Product
Code
Model
Number
@19 lbs.
@ 9 lbs.
@ 3 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
Logix™ 760 Series
011-075063
011-100063
011-125063
011-150063
011-200063
011-250063
011-300063
TT844-24-760
TT940-32-760
TT1040-40-760
TT1054-48-760
TT1252-64-760
TT1252-75-760
TT1465-90-760
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-762
TT940-32-762
TT1040-40-762
TT1054-48-762
TT1252-64-762
TT1252-75-762
TT1465-90-762
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
Logix™ 762 Series
011-075067
011-100067
011-125067
011-150067
011-200067
011-250067
011-300067
or to note change.
256 Bypass
13
255 Valve Water Softeners - 400 Series
The 400 Series
The 460i demand control provides the home with
conditioned water based on a family's water usage,
regenerating only when needed. This environmentally
friendly control ensures years of soft water; saving
money, water and regenerant.
The economic 440i timer control features a control
setting that is easy as turning a dial. All settings are
460i Demand Control
visible on the face of the control and are easy to use.
440i Timer Control
• 12-volt
Product
Code
Model
Number
@15 lbs.
@ 8.5 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
440i Series
01-075062
01-100062
01-125062
01-150062
01-200062
01-250062
01-300062
TT844-24-440
TT940-32-440
TT1040-40-440
TT1054-48-440
TT1252-64-440
TT1252-75-440
TT1465-90-440
24,000
32,000
40,000
48,000
64,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
24,000
30,000
36,000
48,000
60,000
72,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-460
TT940-32-460
TT1040-40-460
TT1054-48-460
TT1252-64-460
TT1252-75-460
TT1465-90-460
24,000
32,000
40,000
48,000
64,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
24,000
30,000
36,000
48,000
60,000
72,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
460i Series
01-075063
01-100063
01-125063
01-150063
01-200063
01-250063
01-300063
256 Bypass
14
or to note change.
The Performa Valve Logix Series offers full 1” porting with the reliability
of the Logix premier timer control. Superior flow rates with quality built
Noryl® components.
742 Time Clock
• Economic electronic time clock
• 7 to 99 day regeneration sequence
762 Demand
• Calendar Override
Product
Code
Model
Number
@15 lbs.
@ 9 lbs.
@ 3 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
Logix™ 742 Series
011-075046
011-100046
011-125046
011-150046
011-200046
011-250046
011-300046
TT844-24-268
TT940-32-268
TT1040-40-268
TT1054-48-268
TT1252-64-268
TT1252-75-268
TT1465-90-268
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-268
TT940-32-268
TT1040-40-268
TT1054-48-268
TT1252-64-268
TT1252-75-268
TT1465-90-268
23,000
30,000
38,000
45,000
60,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
25,000
34,000
38,000
50,000
60,000
75,000
11,000
15,000
17,000
22,000
28,000
32,000
44,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
Logix™ 762 Series
011-075047
011-100047
011-125047
011-150047
011-200047
011-250047
011-300047
available in blue.
or to note change.
Performa Bypass
15
The Performa Valve is a full 1” ported valve. It offers
superior flow rates with quality built Noryl
components and reliability of the ‘workhorse’ 400
Series timers.
440i Timer Control
460i Demand Control
• 12-volt or 120-volt versions available
Product
Code
Model
Number
@15 lbs.
@ 8.5 lbs.
Resin Volume
(cu. ft.)
Salt Capacity
(lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
440i Series
01-075042
01-100042
01-125042
01-150042
01-200042
01-250042
01-300042
TT844-24-268-440
TT940-32-268-440
TT1040-40-268-440
TT1054-48-268-440
TT1252-64-268-440
TT1252-75-268-440
TT1465-90-268-440
24,000
32,000
40,000
48,000
64,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
24,000
30,000
36,000
48,000
60,000
72,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
TT844-24-268-440
TT940-32-268-440
TT1040-40-268-440
TT1054-48-268-440
TT1252-64-268-440
TT1252-75-268-440
TT1465-90-268-440
24,000
32,000
40,000
48,000
64,000
75,000
90,000
19,000
24,000
30,000
36,000
48,000
60,000
72,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
8 x 44
9 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
12 x 52
14 x 65
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
275
275
275
275
275
275
500
80
95
110
125
170
195
245
460i Series
01-075043
01-100043
01-125043
01-150043
01-200043
01-250043
01-300043
available in blue.
Performa Bypass
16
or to note change.
Tannin Units
Tannin units use a specialty formulated anion resin to
remove organics and colour from your water.
• Available in full and mixed bed units.
• Please contact office for help with sizing and prices.
• When applying tannin filters, a complete water analysis
must be completed.
• With this water analysis, we can properly design and size
a unit for the application.
Product Code
Model Number
Service Flow Rate
(gpm)
Resin Tank Size
(inches)
Media Volume
(cu. ft.)
Shipping Weight
(lbs.)
3
5
7
10 x 40
10 x 54
12 x 52
1.0
1.5
2.0
95
125
170
Tannin Units - Full Beds
011-100646
011-150646
011-200646
1040-1.0-TA
1054-1.5-TA
1252-2.0-TA
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously
manufactured products or to note change.
17
Clack CL Series Softeners
CL Series WS1 Softeners
•
•
•
•
CL Series WS1CS Softeners
CL Series WS1TC Softeners
18
Item#
Model #
Size/Capacity
Service Flow
Resin Volume
051-075504
051-100504
051-125504
051-150504
051-200504
TT20 - DFM - I
TT30 - DFM - I
TT40 - DFM - I
TT50 - DFM - I
TT60 - DFM - I
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
051-075505
051-100505
051-125505
051-150505
051-200505
TT20 - DFM - ICS
TT30 - DFM - ICS
TT40 - DFM - ICS
TT50 - DFM - ICS
TT60 - DFM - ICS
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
051-075508
051-100508
051-125508
051-150508
051-200508
TT20 - DFM - ITC
TT30 - DFM - ITC
TT40 - DFM - ITC
TT50 - DFM - ITC
TT60 - DFM - ITC
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
3.75
5.0
6.25
7.5
10
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.5
2.0
Components
27
255 Valve Specifications
The 255 valve is a 3/4” ported valve with a unique built-in visual air check.
The valve is easily serviced with the handy locking bar. With one screw to
loosen, you have access to all internals for easy servicing.
Logix® Timer Control
• 740
• 742
• 760
• 762
440i Timer Control
460i Demand Control
Flow Rates (Valve Only)
Service @ 15 psi (1.03 bar) drop ...............................15.5 gpm (3.52 m3/h)
Backwash @ 25 psi (1.72 bar) drop...........................6.0 gpm (1.36 m3h)
Service ...............................................................................Cv = 3.99 (Kv = 3.4)
Backwash...........................................................................Cv = 1.20 (Kv = 1.0)
Note:Tested with a 3/4 inch brass manifold
Valve Connections/Dimensions
Tank Thread ......................................................................2-1/2 inches – 8, male
Inlet/Outlet Manifold (Brass or Noryl®) ....................1 inch NPT or BSPT, female
3/4 inch NPT or BSPT, female
3/4 inch NPT or BSPT, male, Noryl®
1/2 inch NPT or BSPT, male Noryl®
Drain Line .........................................................................1/2 inch (manifold dependent)
Brine Line..........................................................................1/4 inch or 3/8 inch NPT, male; air check built into valve
Distributor Tube Diameter ...........................................1.050 inches (27 mm) or 13/16 inch (20.6 mm)
Distributor Tube Length ................................................1-1/8 ± 1/8 inches (29 mm ± 3 mm) above top of tank
Design Specifications/Ratings
Valve Body ........................................................................Glass-filled Noryl® – NSF listed material
Rubber Components......................................................Compounded for cold water – NSF listed materials
Valve Materials Certification.........................................NSF/ANSI 44 rated component for material safety
Weight (Valve with Control) ........................................4 lbs (1.8 kg)
Recommended Operating Pressure............................20 - 120 psi (1.38 - 8.27 bar)
Canada...........................................................................20 - 100 psi (1.38 - 6.89 bar)
Hydrostatic Test Pressure..............................................300 psi (20.69 bar)
Water Temperature ........................................................35° - 100°F (2° - 38°C)
Ambient Temperature*...................................................35° - 120°F (2° - 48.9°C)
*Recommended use of outdoor cover for direct sunlight applications
28
255 Valve Specifications
Options
Turbine for Demand Units............................................Standard manifold, 1 inch Autotrol turbine
Bypass Valve ......................................................................Noryl®, 1 inch flow path, 1/2 inch (13 mm) NPT male, drain
Bypass Inlet-Outlet Fitting Kits:
Copper, Sweat Tube Adapter ........................................1 inch or 3/4 inch (25 mm or 19 mm)
CPVC, Solvent Weld Tube Adapter .............................1 inch or 3/4 inch (25 mm or 19 mm)
Plastic NPT or BSPT Pipe Adapter .............................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brass NPT or BSPT Pipe Adapter...............................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brine Refill Controls.......................................................0.33 gpm (1.25 Lpm) fixed
0.17 gpm (0.64 Lpm) fixed – optional for small tank applications
1-10 lbs (0.45-4.5 kg) – 400 series controllers
3 19 ;bs (1.3 - 8.6 kg) – 400 series controllers
Compatible with Regenerants/Chemicals .................Sodium chloride, potassium chloride, potassium
permanganate, sodium bisulfite†, sodium hydroxide†,
hydrochloric acid†, chlorine†† and chloramines††
†See owners manual for specific concentrations
††Valve for use on potable water supply
Electrical Specifications
Controller Operating Voltage
Input Supply Frequency
Motor Input Voltage
Electronics Operating Voltage (Logix Series)
Controller System Power Consumption
12 Volt - AC (Requires use of Pentair Infrastructure supplied transformer)
50 or 60 Hz (Controller configuration dependent)
12 Volt - AC
3.5 Volt - AC
3 Watts average
29
255 Valve Controller Series (Logix & 400 Series)
Logix Series
Logix Series
740 Time Clock
• Simple, economic electronic
time clock (chronometric)
setting
• High efficiency regeneration
sequence
742 Time Clock
time clock (chronometric)
setting
• High efficiency regeneration
sequence
• Salt setting in 1-pound increments
• Operates 255, 263, 268, 278 and Magnum IT with
one controller
Logix Series
Logix Series
760 Demand
demand (volumetric)
762 Demand
demand (volumetric)
• Salt setting in 1-pound increments
one controller
400 Series
400 Series
440i Time Clock
• Value priced, reliable
mechanical control
• Time clock regeneration
• 12-volt or 120-volt versions
available
• Operates 255, 263, 268 valves
460i Time Clock
• Economical electronic
demand control
• Simple set-up and
programming
• Operates 255, 268 valves
30
Performa Valve Specifications
Flow Rates (Valve Only) - Logix
Service @ 15 psi (1.03 bar) drop.........................................25.0 gpm (5.7 m3/h)
Backwash @ 25 psi (1.72 bar) drop ....................................20.0 gpm (4.5 m3h)
Service.........................................................................................Cv = 6.50 (Kv = 5.6)
Backwash ....................................................................................Cv = 4.00 (Kv = 3.5)
Flow Rates (Valve Only) - 400 Series Controllers
Service @ 15 psi (1.03 bar) drop.........................................25.0 gpm (94.6 Lpm)
Backwash @ 25 psi (1.72 bar) drop ....................................13.3 gpm (50.4 Lpm)
Service.........................................................................................Cv = 6.50 (Kv = 5.6)
Backwash Softener ...................................................................Cv = 2.68 (Kv = 2.3)
Valve Connections/Dimensions
Tank Thread................................................................................2-1/2 inches – 8, male
Inlet/Outlet Threads.................................................................1-3/4 inches – 12 UNC-2A male
Drain Line...................................................................................3/4 inch NPT, male
Brine Line ...................................................................................3/8 inch NPT, male
Distributor Tube Diameter.....................................................1.050 inches (27 mm)
Distributor Tube Length..........................................................1/2 ± 1/2 inches (13 mm ± 13 mm) above top of tank
Design Specifications/Ratings
Valve Body..................................................................................Glass-filled Noryl® – NSF listed material
Rubber Components ...............................................................Compounded for cold water – NSF listed materials
Valve Materials Certification..................................................NSF/ANSI 44 rated component for material safety
Weight (Valve with Control) .................................................5.34 lbs (2.42 kg)
Recommended Operating Pressure.....................................20 - 120 psi (1.38 - 8.27 bar)
Canada ....................................................................................20 - 100 psi (1.38 - 6.89 bar)
Hydrostatic Test Pressure.......................................................300 psi (20.69 bar)
Water Temperature..................................................................35° - 100°F (2° - 38°C)
Ambient Temperature*............................................................35° - 120°F (2° - 48.9°C)
*Recommended use of outdoor cover for direct sunlight applications
Options
Turbine for Demand Units .....................................................Internal standard Autotrol 1 inch (25 mm) turbine
Bypass Valve, Model 1265 .......................................................Noryl®, 1 inch flow path
Bypass Fitting Kits:
Copper, Sweat Tube Adapter..................................................1-1/4 inches, 1 inch or 3/4 inch (32 mm, 25 mm or 19 mm)
CPVC, Solvent Weld Tube Adapter.......................................1 inch or 3/4 inch (25 mm or 19 mm)
Plastic NPT Pipe Adapter .......................................................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Plastic BSPT Pipe Adapter ......................................................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brass NPT Pipe Adapter .........................................................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brass BSPT Pipe Adapter ........................................................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brine Refill Controls................................................................0.17 gpm (0.64 Lpm) fixed; 0.33 gpm (1.25 Lpm) fixed;
0.77 gpm (2.91 Lpm) fixed
Compatible with Regenerants/Chemicals...........................Sodium chloride, potassium chloride, potassium permanganate,
sodium bisulfite†, sodium hydroxide†, hydrochloric acid†, chlorine††
and chloramines††
†See owners manual for specific concentrations
††Valve for use on potable water supply
Electrical Specifications
Controller Operating Voltage
Input Supply Frequency
Motor Input Voltage
Electronics Operating Voltage (Logix Series)
Controller System Power Consumption
12 Volt - AC (Requires use of Pentair Infrastructure supplied transformer)
50 or 60 Hz (Controller configuration dependent)
12 Volt - AC
3.5 Volt - AC
3 Watts average
31
CL Series Specifications
Specifications
Service @ 15 psi drop
Backwash @ 25 psi drop
Tank Applications:
Softener
Filter(1)
Inlet/Oulet
Fitting Connections
Valve Material
Cycles
Regeneration
Operating Pressure
Operating Temperatures
Meter:
Flow Rate Range
Volume Range (gallons)
Totalizer
Distributor Pilot
Drain Line Connection
Brine Line Connection
Mounting Base Options
Height from Top of Tank
Shipping Weight
Electrical:
Supply Voltage
Supply Frequency
Output Voltage
Output Current
WS1
WS1CS
WS1.25
WS1.5EE
60 gpm
27 gpm
34 gpm
(includes meter and bypass)
(includes meter and bypass)
27 gpm
32 gpm(3)
(includes bypass)
(includes bypass)
6” - 21” diameter
1” - 1.25” NPT
3/4” - 1.5” Sweat
3/4” - 1.5” Solvent
3/4” - 1” SharkBite®
Noryl(2)
Up to 6
Downflow/Upflow
20 - 125 psi
4.4 - 43.3°C (40 - 110°F)
1” - 1.25” NPT
3/4” - 1.5” Sweat
3/4” - 1.5” Solvent
3/4” - 1” SharkBite®
Noryl(2)
Up to 6
Downflow
20 - 125 psi
4.4 - 43.3°C (40 - 110°F)
1.5” Female NPT
–
–
–
Lead Free Brass
Up to 6
Downflow
20 - 125 psi
4.4 - 43.3°C (40 - 110°F)
0.25 - 27 gpm
20 - 50,000 gallons
Yes
1.050” O.D. Pipe
3/4” NPS
3/4” Male NPT Standard
0.25 - 34 gpm
20 - 50,000 gallons
Yes
1.32” O.D. Pipe
1” NPS
1” Male NPT Optional
3/8” or 1/2” O.D.
Poly Tube Compression
3/8” or 1/2” O.D.
Poly Tube Compression
2-1/2” - 8 NPSM
7-3/8”
4.5 lbs
2-1/2” - 8 NPSM
7-3/8”
4.5 lbs
0.5 - 75 gpm
20 - 1,500,000 gallons
Yes
1.90” O.D. Pipe
1.5” NPS
1.25” Female NPT with
3/4” Female NPT
1/2” O.D. Poly Tube
Compression
4” - 8 UN
7-1/2”
21 lbs (with meter)
120V AC
60 Hz
12V AC
500 mA
120V AC
60 Hz
12V AC
500 mA
120V AC
60 Hz
12V AC
500 mA
(1) Filter tank size calculated @ 10 gpm of backwash per square foot of bed area.
(2) Noryl is a trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics IP B.V. Company
(3) Acquired by use of external drain line flow control
32
50 gpm
Bypasses
256 - 3/4” Bypass Valve for use with 255 valve. Simple on / off
rotor design made of Noryl®. Connections for the bypass
range from 3/4”, 1” or 1-1/4” in PVC, ABS, copper or brass.
1256 - 1” Bypass Valve for use with Performa valves. Similar to
the 256 bypass. Connections range from 3/4”, 1” or 1-1/4” in
PVC, ABS, copper or stainless.
Backplates
For use with 255 valve if a bypass valve is not required.Available in Noryl® or stainless (pictured below) 3/4” or 1”.
33
Mineral Tanks
Our filament wound mineral tanks are constructed of
advanced composite materials to ensure corrosion
resistance, longevity and strength without unnecessary
weight.
A seamless, rotationally molded polyethylene liner
contains the water, while an epoxy resin and filament
wound fiberglass shell provides superior strength.The top
opening features a threaded polyethylene insert
electromagnetically welded to the liner.
The tanks are Tested and Certified by WQA to NSF/ANSI
Standard 44 for conformance to the material and
structural integrity requirements only.
Features:
• Rotationally molded polyethylene liner
• High strength epoxy/fiberglass outer shell
• Threaded high density polyethylene glass filled top
insert
• Corrosion resistant
• Bottom of liner is recessed to allow distributor to
center itself
• Tank bases are screwed on for safe handling
• Available in blue, almond, natural or black
• Tested and Certified by WQA
• 10 year warranty on domestic tanks
• 5 year warranty on commercial tanks*
*See notes section on next page.
This product is manufactured for Petwa® by
WaterGroup Inc., 580 Park Street, Regina, SK S4N 5A9 Canada
34
Pressure Tanks
Warranty
A limited warranty applies to each
mineral tank. Any domestic mineral
tank failing within TEN YEARS of the
date of manufacture and any
commercial mineral tank failing within
FIVE YEARS of the date of
manufacture will be replaced without
charge, provided it has been operated
within approved pressure and
temperature ranges and under normal
conditions. The warranty specifically
excludes damage caused by extreme
heat or freezing; external impact;
exposure to direct sunlight; exposure
to corrosive chemicals;
Maximum Operating Pressure: 150 psi (1,034 kPa)
Tank
Port
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
2.5”
4.0”
2.5”
4.0”
2.5”
4.0”
4.0”
4.0”
4.0”
Tank Size
Inches
6x18
6x35
7x35
7x44
8x18
8x30
8x35
8x40
8x44
8x47
9x35
9x40
9x42
9x48
10x35
10x40
10x47
10x54
12x52
14x50
14x50
14x65
14x65
16x65
16x65
21x54
21x69
24x72
A
6.8
6.8
7.7
7.7
8.6
8.6
8.7
8.7
8.7
8.7
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
12.5
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
16.2
16.2
21.9
21.9
24.9
Dimensions - Inches
B
C
18.5
19.13
31.1
35.7
35.0
35.6
44.0
44.6
18.6
19.1
30.1
30.6
35.1
34.7
40.1
40.7
44.1
44.5
47.2
47.9
35.4
36.0
40.4
41.1
42.3
42.8
48.0
48.6
34.9
35.5
39.9
40.5
47.1
47.7
54.1
54.7
52.0
52.7
49.4
50.1
49.4
50.1
64.5
65.2
64.5
65.2
64.0
64.7
64.0
64.7
53.5
55.0
68.7
70.2
71.4
73.0
A
173
173
196
196
218
218
221
223
221
221
241
241
241
2411
267
267
267
267
318
373
373
373
373
411
411
556
556
632
fluids or vacuum; abrasion caused by
gravel beds or other abnormal
circumstances.
Quality Control
Random
samples
from
each
production run are subjected to
cycle and burst testing to ensure tank
quality and integrity. The tanks are
Tested and Certified by WQA to
NSF/ANSI Standard 44
for conformance to the
material and structural
integrity requirements
only.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 120°F (48.9°C)
Dimensions - Mm
B
470
790
889
1117
471
765
892
1019
1120
1199
899
1029
1075
1219
886
1013
1196
1374
1321
1255
1255
1638
1638
1626
1626
1359
1745
1814
C
486
907
904
1133
484
778
907
1034
1135
1217
914
1044
1086
1234
902
1029
1212
1389
1339
1273
1273
1656
1656
1643
1643
1397
1783
1854
Tank Weight
Lbs
Kg
4.10
1.86
6.60
2.99
8.60
3.90
10.20
4.63
5.10
2.31
7.20
3.27
9.80
4.45
11.00
5.00
11.70
5.31
12.50
5.67
10.90
4.94
12.40
5.62
10.20
4.63
13.80
6.26
12.10
5.49
14.00
6.37
15.60
7.08
16.40
7.44
29.00
13.16
33.30
15.11
33.30
15.11
43.30
19.65
43.30
19.65
62.60
28.40
62.60
28.40
78.00
35.40
100.00
45.40
115.00
52.20
US Gal
2.20
4.49
5.69
7.34
3.47
6.21
7.42
8.09
9.51
10.56
9.37
10.86
11.01
12.59
10.79
12.21
14.91
17.76
23.30
29.82
29.82
41.66
41.66
50.12
50.12
72.07
93.90
127.89
Capacity
Liters Cu. Ft.
8.30
0.29
16.96
0.60
21.52
0.76
27.75
0.98
13.11
0.46
23.48
0.83
28.04
0.99
30.59
1.08
35.97
1.27
39.93
1.41
35.40
1.25
41.06
1.45
41.63
1.47
47.58
1.68
40.78
1.44
46.16
1.63
56.36
1.99
67.12
2.37
88.08
3.11
112.71
3.98
112.71
3.98
157.46
5.56
157.46
5.56
189.46
6.69
189.46
6.69
272.44
9.62
355.42 12.55
483.42 17.07
Notes:
• 2.5” - 8 NPSM & 4” - 8 UN threaded top ports are industry standard.
• 4.5” BTRS threaded top port is typical for exchange tank deionization equipment.
• All weights and dimensions are nominal.
• All tanks residential (up to and including 12”) are available in natural, almond and blue. Commercial tanks (14” and larger) are available in natural.
Black tanks are available in large volume, special orders only.
• Tanks available in singles, sixteen (16)-packs and twenty-five (25)-packs.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from the specifications herein, without obligation to change
previously manufactured products or to note the change.
• Commercial tanks are 14” in diameter and larger with a 4” Top Port.
(Please consult with our Customer Service for details on multi-packs, tank colour availability and warranty information.)
35
Tank Jackets
Petwa® wrap around jackets and caps are
constructed of high impact polystyrene. They are
designed to fit our own fiberglass tank products
perfectly, and feature a layer of insulation which fits
snugly to the tank, virtually eliminating sweating.
Contemporary styling and two fashionable colors
will improve the appearance of your products and
add to their market value.
Jackets are available in regatta blue and almond with
contrasting black caps.
Chrome jackets are also available as a special order.
Features:
• Insulation to prevent sweating
• Snap-together assembly
• Attractive, contemporary styling
• Choice of two colors to improve the appearance
and add to the value of your products
• Contrasting black caps
Item No.
04-100598
04-100456
04-100594
04-100452
04-100595
36
Nominal
Tank Size
8 x 44
8 x 44
9 x 40
9 x 40
9 x 48
Jacket Color
Almond
Blue
Almond
Blue
Almond
Cap Color
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Item No.
04-100453
04-100596
04-100454
04-400597
04-100455
Nominal
Tank Size
9 x 48
10 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 54
10 x 54
Jacket Color
Blue
Almond
Blue
Almond
Blue
Cap Color
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Brine Tanks
Petwa® brine tanks are not only good looking, they’re rugged and
durable too. Available in a variety of colors, these brine tanks are
the “smart” choice for the discriminating water professional.
Seamless, one piece rotational moulded polyethylene construction
produces a superior tank which is strong yet lightweight and
guaranteed not to crack, rust, corrode or leak.
Item Number: 04-BT1914-AL or BL
Length: 19”
Width: 14”
Height: 39”
Salt Capacity: 275 lbs
‘Salt Capacity’ refers to the dry salt capacity of tank without a grid plate. Actual capacity may vary with salt brand.
*Suitable for brine and chemical solutions.
Please note Length,Width, Diameter and/or Height measurements can vary +/- 1/8” maximum (largest outside nominal
measurement).
Features:
• Stress free rotational moulded polyethylene
• Seamless one piece construction
• Chemical resistant
• Top opening provides easy access for assembly and service
• Lightweight
• Stackable designs available
Item Number: 04-1414-3
Length: 14”
Width: 14”
Height: 34”
Salt Capacity: 200 lbs
‘Salt Capacity’ refers to the dry salt capacity of tank without a grid plate. Actual capacity may vary with salt brand.
*Suitable for brine and chemical solutions.
Please note Length,Width, Diameter and/or Height measurements can vary +/- 1/8” maximum (largest outside nominal
measurement).
Features:
• Injection moulded
• Chemical resistant
• Lightweight
• Stackable design
• Float valve standard
37
Windsor Low Profile Cabinets
The Windsor Lo-Profile (LP) series cabinets feature a
blow molded cabinet and two injection molded covers
designed to leave the valve exposed for easy adjustment
and viewing.The cabinet design also allows the valve to be
oriented to fit the installation: to the front, back, left and
right. Available in three models, the cabinets are sized to
fit 18, 24 and 35 inch tall mineral tanks without base.*
Their unique design makes the Windsor LP series easy to
assemble, reducing labor costs.The cabinet body features
a molded push-up that holds the bottom of the mineral
tank in place without the need for a retaining plate. The
top of the cabinet allows the neck of the mineral tank to
snap into place, securing it for shipment.
The large salt port opening allows easy filling of rock or
block salt. The injection molded salt port lid is easy to
handle and locks securely in place.
Cabinets are available in almond with black covers.
*Note: LP18, LP24 and White are special order.
Windsor LP Cabinets Specifications
Model
Description
Number
G2726LP-01 LP-18 Almond/Black Covers
G2727LP-01 LP-18 White/Black Covers
G2729LP-01 LP-24 Almond/Black Covers
G2730LP-01 LP-24 White/Black Covers
G2723-03 LP-35 Almond/Black Covers
G2723-04
LP-35 White/Black Covers
Dimensions
WxHxD (in.)
13.5x19x22.5
13.5x19x22.5
13.5x24x22.5
13.5x24x22.5
13.5x35x22.5
13.5x35x22.5
Mineral Tank Resin Capacity
Size (in.)
(Tank Full)
8x18
0.47 ft3
8x18
0.47 ft3
7x24
0.51 ft3
7x24
0.51 ft3
10x35
1.40 ft3
10x35
1.40 ft3
Resin Capacity
Salt Capacity Salt Capacity
(50% Freeboard)
0.31 ft3
0.31 ft3
0.34 ft3
0.34 ft3
0.92 ft3
0.92 ft3
(with grid)
125 lbs
125 lbs
175 lbs
175 lbs
250 lbs
250 lbs
100 lbs
100 lbs
150 lbs
150 lbs
225 lbs
225 lbs
The Windsor LP-18 cabinet accepts 18” tall mineral tanks less base.The Windsor LP-24 cabinet accepts 24” tall mineral tanks less base.The Windsor LP35 cabinet accepts 35” tall mineral tanks less base.
PLEASE NOTE:The LP cabinet base and covers are shipped separately. Cabinet bases are packaged one per box. LP covers are packaged 20 sets per box.
LP-18 and LP-24 cabinets are not stocked in all colors. Please consult Customer Service for minimum order quantities.
38
Distributors - Domestic
Assembled Distributor and 13/16” Riser Tube
04-D730C2A54 Standard Distributor with 13/16” x 54” Riser
Assembled Distributor and 1” Riser Tube
04-D750C2A44 Standard Distributor with 1” x 48” Riser
04-13687
High Flow Segment Distributor with 1” x 48” Riser
04-13688
High Flow Segment Distributor with 1” x 54” Riser
Standard Distributor
High Flow and Fine Mesh 1”
Distributor
Turbulator Kit
Upper Cone
Pre-Cut Turbulator Tubes
04-SC34-44
1” x 44” Length Tube
04-SC34-54
1” x 54” Length Tube
Turbulator
04-1040021
1” Turbulator Kit
Upper Cones - Snap-On
04-D1203
13/16” Upper Cone, Snap-On
04-D1203-1
1” Upper Cone, Snap-On
Autotrol® Turbulator®
The Autotrol Turbulator is a proven, economical, efficient way to enhance iron removal and
add extra value in any water conditioner.
The Turbulator is a unique system that attaches to the bottom of the conditioner’s
distributor tube deep inside of the system’s ion-exchange tank. The Turbulator backwash
distributor system doesn’t rely on the conventional raiser system; a hit-or-miss technique
where water flows up through the resin bed in the hope that some iron will be removed
in the process. Instead, the Autotrol Turbulator uses a water stream compression device
that actually physically moves and stirs the resin.
Maximum Cleaning
To ensure maximum cleaning of the resin, the Turbulator propels resin beads to the top of
the bed, and then allows them to settle back to the bottom. As the particles are stirred,
they move past one another, scrubbing the dirt and iron particles from the resin beads.
Once free from the beads, this sediment and iron flows to drain.This resin bed is constantly
turned over and reclassified, cleaning the beads and extending their life greatly. The small
investment in the Autotrol Turbulator will save you significant money over the life of the
conditioner.
Design Flexibility
Since the Turbulator works in less space, you can easily design narrower or shorter water
conditioners without compromising performance.
39
Bottom Stack Distributors
These bottom stack distributors are designed primarily for use with top mount water
softeners or filter valves. The stack distributors are comprised of individual ABS
segments which are held together with 18-8 stainless steel screws. The segmented
stack has the ability to open up when backwashed, removing any fines that might
accumulate on the distributor.The standard slot size is .010 - .013.
There is no stack distributor assembly required. To install,
solvent weld or thread the riser pipe directly into the
distributor and extend the distributor to the bottom of the
mineral tank.
950 Bottom Stack Distributor (right):
#62011 1.5” Commercial Stack Basket
Hub & Lateral Series for Top Mount Valves
This top mount hub and lateral series is designed to accommodate 14” - 36” diameter
fiberglass mineral tanks with 4” through 6” top openings.The top mount hub and lateral
series consists of an ABS hub and 8-PVC slotted laterals with 3/4” threaded adapters.
The hub is available with a number of openings to accommodate different riser pipe
diameters.
To install, simply solvent weld or thread the riser pipe into the hub and insert it into the
tank through the top opening.Thread the laterals into the hub and extend the hub and
laterals to the bottom of the mineral tank.
Top Mount Hub & Lateral Series (right)
#60059 1.5” Hub and Lateral, 14” & 16” tanks
#33042 1.5” Hub and Lateral, 18” to 24” tanks
#62072 1.5” Hub and Lateral, 30” tanks
#62073 1.5” Hub and Lateral, 36” tanks
#62070 2” Hub and Lateral, 30” tanks
#62071 2” Hub and Lateral, 36” tanks
Top Mount Hub & Lateral (below)
Designed for top mount 3” valves, this 3” hub and
lateral series has excellent flow characteristics.The
hub is machined from PVC stock to accept a 3”
PVC riser pipe.To install, solvent weld laterals into
the hub.
#940047 3” Hub and Lateral, 30” tank
#940001 3” Hub and Lateral, 36” tank
40
890 Series Plastic Distributor Heads
The 890 Series Distributor Heads are molded of rugged composite
plastic and are designed for single in-out applications on simple
filters (sediment removal, taste, odor or pH neutralization).
These economical heads will fit onto standard 2-1/2” NPSM tank
openings. A tapered riser port simplifies installation of 13/16” riser
pipes. Inlet and outlet are 3/4” FNPT for easy straight line
installation.
890 Series Plastic Distributor Head:
#33005 890S Distributor Head, 3/4” Inlet/Outlet
#75132 XPE-81 Distributor Head, 3/4” Inlet/Outlet
with Refill Post
900 Series Plastic Distributor Heads
The 900 Series Distributor Head is constructed of rugged plastic
and is designed for single in-out applications on simple filters such
as sediment removal, taste, odor or pH neutralization.
This economical head will fit onto standard 2-1/2” NPSM tank
openings. Inlet and outlet are 1” FNPT for easy straight line
installation, where higher flow rates are required.
990S Series PVC Distributor Head:
D1221-01 990S Distributor Head, 1” Inlet/Outlet
Tank Closures & Adapters
#81039
#81040
#81041
#62042
#62043
#62041
Tank Closure, 2-1/2” PVC
Tank Closure, 4” CPVC
Tank Adapter, 4” x 12-1/2” CPVC
Tank Closure, 4” PVC
Tank Closure, 6” PVC
Tank Closure, 6” CPVC
41
Air Injectors
Applications
Injectors are easily installed in-line before filter systems when the
percentage of dissolved oxygen content may be too low for effective
oxidization.
Efficiency
These injectors operate with service flow as low as 1-1/2 gpm.They draw
air by a venturi effect and inject it into the water system. Rated working
flows up to 15 gpm.
U1020 Adjustable PVC
Machined from solid 2” PVC, this injector is durable and resistant to rust
and corrosion. The Adjustable PVC Injector has an adjustable bypass for
fine adjustment of the air/volume ration. The venturi and all other
components are easily disassembled for cleaning.
U1020-02 Automatic Bypass PVC
Machined from solid PVC, this injector is durable and resistant to rust and corrosion. Internal spring-loaded
bypass opens when full flow is required, reducing pressure drop. Improved back bore design increases bypass flow
capability. No time consuming adjustments on installation.
Both machined PVC air injectors have 1” FPT inlet and outlet for easy installation.
U1031 Micronizer and Air injector
Injection molded of high impact ABS, the Micronizer Air Injector features simple construction for ease of
adjustment and cleaning. Comes standard with additional check valve and barbed cap for chemical injection.
Features 1” male inlet and outlet.
Model Number
04-U1020
04-U1020-02
04-U1031
Replacement Parts
04-U1020-01
04-U1030-01
42
Material
Adjustable machined PVC
Adjustable Machined PVC
ABS manual
Inlet/Outlet Size
1” FPT
1” FPT
1” MPT
Check valve for machined PVC air injectors
Check valve for Micronizer air injector
Brine Wells and Caps
3-1/2” & 4” Plain and Slotted Brine Well and Caps
Petwa’s 3-1/2” and 4” brine wells are extruded from high impact polystyrene for long life and
durability. Both the 3-1/2” and 4” wells are available with die punched slots that are clean
and uniform. Our wells provide the fit and finish needed for your complete assembly. Custom
brine well lengths are also available, please consult customer service for details. A press fit
cap can be installed in the top and bottom of the well without the use of solvents, giving you
the flexibility to assemble units to your customer’s requirements.
*Note: 3-1/2” wells are stocked.
3-1/2” Brine Wells
Order #
Description
H1031-30S
3-1/2” x 30” slotted
H1031-36S
3-1/2” x 36” slotted
4” Brine Wells
Order #
Description
H1030-30S
4” x 30” slotted
H1030-36S
4” x 36” slotted
Brine Well Caps
The 3-1/2” and 4” caps are designed to be press fit into wells without the need for solvents
or glues.The 6” cap will sit on top of the well.
H7015 - 3-1/2” Cap
H7016 - 4” Cap
H1024 - 6” Cap
43
Residential - 464 Brine Valve Series
Our popular 464 brine valve is available in three models; Standard, Control Flow and
High Flow, to allow you to choose the best model for your application.The 464 brine
valve can be used on residential and light commercial applications refilling up to one
gallon per minute. Each model is equipped with an air check to prevent air from being
pulled into the system during the brine draw cycle.
Features:
• Easily adjustable to fir all brine tanks and cabinets
• Fits both 3-1/2” and 4” brine wells
• Built-in air check prevents air from being drawn into the system
• Refill and brine draw rates of up to 1 gpm
• Can be used as brine refill shut-off valve or safety back-up float
• Easily adjustable float setting
• Materials are FDA compliant and/or NSF certified
Specifications
Brine Valve
Description
Standard
Control Flow
High Flow
1
2
Color
of Body
Black
Blue
White
Hole Size
in Body
Small
Medium
Large
Refill Ball
in Body
Yes
Yes
No
Control Valve
Refill Style
No Timed Refill1
Timed Refill
Timed Refill
Control Valve
Refill Flow Rate
0.35 gpm2
Up to 0.6 gpm
Up to 1.0 gpm
The Standard brine valve should not be used on systems with timed brine flow controls.
At 50 psi
Light Commercial - 474 Brine Valve Series
Featuring a 1/2” riser pipe, our 474 safety brine valve system is capable of providing
brine draw and refill rates up to two gallons per minute when used with the optional
1/2” elbow.The 474 safety brine valve system can be used as a safety back-up float or
as the primary brine shut-off valve depending upon which float assembly you choose.
Features:
• 1/2” riser tube
• Higher flow rates-refill and brine draw up to 1-1/2 gpm with 3/8” elbow and 2 gpm
with optional 1/2” elbow (may be ordered separately)
• Fits both 3-1/2” and 4” brine wells
• Can be used as a safety back-up float or primary brine shut-off
• Components are air tested to ensure proper performance
Optional 1/2” Elbow
with Polytube Insert
Specifications
Item Number
04-H4800-30
Description
474 Safety Brine Valve with 3/8” Elbow, Polytube Insert & Float Assembly Pin
All items packaged 24/carton. Please order even carton quantities.
44
Media
45
AQUAFINE® Ion Exchange Resin
AQUAFINE® AQ100-Na is a premium high capacity gel polystyrene strong acid cation exchange resin supplied
regenerated in the sodium form. It is suitable for use as either residential or commercial water softening
equipment.
Physical & Chemical Characteristics
Polymer Matrix Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polystyrene 8% cross-linked with Divinylbenzene
Physical Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amber spherical beads
Whole Bead Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% minimum
US Standard Mesh Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - 50
Ionic Form as shipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sodium (Na+)
Approximate Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 lb / cu. ft. (850 grams / litre)
Total Capacity in the Sodium Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 meq / ml
pH Range, Stability in the Sodium Form . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 14
Conditioning for Operation
Petwa recommends AQUAFINE AQ100-Na resin be initially regenerated upon the startup of any water softener
system. It is also recommended that the resin be sanitized during the initial regeneration with a small amount of
5.25% sodium hypochlorite solution diluted in the saturated brine mixture.
AQUAFINE is a registered trademark of WaterGroup Inc.
Manufactured in China.
Regulatory Compliance
AQUAFINE AQ100-Na is tested and certified by WQA to NSF / ANSI Standard 44 for material requirements
only.
AQUAFINE AQ100-Na is compliant with US FDA Code of Federal Regulations, Section 21, Paragraph 173.25.
This product has been tested and
certified to meet the material
requirements of NSF/ANSI
Standard 44.
46
C-100E
Purolite® C-100E is a high purity premium grade bead form conventional gel polystyrene sulfonate cation
exchange resin designed expressly for the treatment of foodstuffs, beverages, potable waters and water used in
the processing of food. Its specification is such that it will exceed the relevant EEC requirements, and the resin is
in compliance with the U.S. Food & Drug Administration Code of Federal Regulations, section 21, paragraph
173.25; for use in the treatment of foods for human consumption. Its high bead integrity, excellent chemical and
physical stability and very low extractibles content play a large part in its successful employment in these areas.
Typical Characteristics
Polymer Matrix Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polystyrene crosslended with Divinylbenzene
Physical Form and Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear spherical beads
Whole Beads Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% min
Functional Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polystyrene sulfonate
Ionic Form, as shipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Na+
Shipping Weight, approx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 g/l (53 lb/ft3)
Screen Size
British Standard Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-52 mesh wet
US Standard Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - 50 mesh wet
Particle Size Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1.2 mm < 5%, -0.3 mm < 1%
Moisture Retention, Na+ Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-50%
Swelling Na+ ¨ H+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% max
Ca+ ¨ Na+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8% max
Specific Gravity, Moist Na+ Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.27
Total Exchange Capacity, Na+ Form, wet, volumetric. . . . . 1.9 eq/l min
dry, weight . . . . . . . . 4.5 eq/kg min
Operating Temperature, Max., Na+ Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150°C (300°F) max
pH range, Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 14
Operating, Na+ cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10
Suggested Operating Conditions
Operation
Rate
Solution
Minutes
Amount
Service
8 - 40 BV/h
1.0 - 5.0 gpm/ft3
Influent Water
–
–
Backwash
7 - 12 m/h
3.0 - 5.0 gpm/ft2
Influent Water
5° - 30°C (40° - 80°F)
5 - 20
1.5 - 4 BV
10 - 20 gal/ft3
Regeneration
2 - 7 BV/h
0.25 - 0.90 gpm/ft3
8 - 20% NaCl
15 - 60
60 - 320 g/l
4 - 10 lb/ft3
Rinse, (slow)
2 - 7 BV/h
0.25 - 0.90 gpm/ft3
Influent Water
30
(approx)
2 - 4 BV
15 - 30 gal/ft3
Rinse, (fast)
8 - 40 BV/h
1.0 - 5.0 gpm/ft3
Influent Water
30
(approx)
3 - 10 BV
24 - 45 gal/ft3
Backwash Expansion 50% to 75%
Design Rising Space 100%
“Gallons” refer to the U.S. Gallon = 3.785 litres
47
Anthracite
Anthracite is a select coal, mined and processed for use in water filtration. It is ideal for single bed, dual bed or
multi-media filtration systems.
Crushed Anthracite makes an excellent medium density filtration media. Anthracite is mined from the finest
Pennsylvania coal. It is specifically selected for water treatment, and during its production goes through several
sizing inspections. Representative samples are randomly chosen for a complete laboratory quality control analysis
for effective size, uniformity coefficient, specific gravity, acid solubility and hardness.
Because of its angular shape, some of the sediment penetrates deeper into the bed.When compared to equivalent
filter sands, this means longer filter runs and less head loss. Backwash rates are also reduced.
Because of its unique density,Anthracite can be used in multi-media filters.At 50 lbs/ft3, it will hydraulically classify
and remain above heavier media such as Filter Sand or Manganese Greensand, providing a prefiltration layer.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 lbs/ft3
Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 - 3.8 (Mohs scale)
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #1 Anthracite: 0.6 - 0.8 mm
#1-1/2 Anthracite: 0.85 - 0.95 mm
#2 Anthracite: 1.7 - 2.0 mm
Uniformity Coefficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #1 Anthracite: <1.7
#1-1/2 Anthracite: <1.7
#2 Anthracite: <1.6
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #1 Anthracite: 14 x 30
#1-1/2 Anthracite: 10 x 20
#2 Anthracite: 4 x 12
Acid solubility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤1%
Caustic solubility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1%
Apparent specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 gm/cc
Meets AWWA Standard B100-96
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 36 in., 10 - 18 in multi-bed filters
Freeboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50% of bed depth (min.)
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 gpm/sq.ft. or higher depending upon local conditions
Backwash flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #1 Anthracite: 12 - 18 gpm/sq.ft.
#1-1/2 Anthracite: 18 - 25 gpm/sq.ft.
#2 Anthracite: use air scour
Backwash bed expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 - 40% of bed depth
Certified to
ANSI/NSF
Standard 61.
48
Pyrolux®
A naturally mined ore, Pyrolux is a mineral form of manganese dioxide which has been used in water treatment
for more than 75 years. Pyrolux is a granular filtration media for hydrogen sulfide, iron and manganese reduction.
Pyrolux functions as a catalyst, but itself remains relatively unchanged.
Pyrolux works on a principle whereby the hydrogen sulfide, iron and manganese are oxidized and trapped on the
media while simple backwashing cleans the bed. No chemical regeneration is required, nothing is imparted into
the drinking water and Pyrolux has a high capacity for low contaminant concentrations.
Pyrolux can be used in conjunction with aeration, chlorination, ozone or other pretreatment methods for difficult
applications. Chlorine or other oxidants accelerate the catalytic reaction.
Because of its heavy weight, it is very important that Pyrolux filters are backwashed properly to
insure adequate bed expansion and continued service life.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 lbs/ft3
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 20
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.51 mm
Uniform coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 - 9.0
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . application dependent
Backwash flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #25 - 30 gpm/sq.ft.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 gpm/sq.ft.
49
Filter-Ag®
Filter-Ag has many outstanding advantages over the more common granular filter media used for suspended solids
reduction. Its fractured edges and irregular surface provides a high surface area and complex flow path for efficient
removal of suspended matter throughout the filter bed, typically reducing suspended solids down to the 20 – 40
micron range. Filter-Ag’s larger particle size creates less pressure loss through the filter and allows deeper
sediment penetration into the bed for higher sediment loading and longer filter runs.This large and irregular shape
prevents the screening and caking of sediment in the top several inches of the filter bed as happens in the typical
sand filter, thus preventing a rapid build up of headloss and blinding problems. Filter-Ag’s light weight means lower
backwash rates and better bed expansion to release trapped sediment and rinse the filter media during the
backwash cycle. This ideal combination of particle shape, size and density make it a good choice where quality
water filtration and water conservation are important.
Although not intended to be an iron reduction media, extensive field experience has shown Filter-Ag’s rough and
jagged surface to be very good at entrapping the fragile iron flock that forms after dissolved iron has been
oxidized. The fragmented edges are apparently good flock collection points for the precipitated iron. Typical
oxidation methods include aeration, ozonation and chlorination.
Substantial savings can be realized when designing a system using Filter-Ag. Its low pressure drop, high service flow
rates and high bed loadings combined with lower backwash rates allow economy in equipment downsizing and
reduced pumping requirements. Its light apparent density also saves on handling expense and shipping costs.
Filter-Ag can be applied to systems designed for either pressure or gravity flow. Because of its unique density,
Filter-Ag can also be used in multi-media (graded density) filter designs allowing a more flexible approach to
difficult filtration problems.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light grey to near white
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 26 lbs/cu.ft.
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 gm/cc
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 30
Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (Mohs scale)
Conditions for Operation
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wide range
Maximum water temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140°F/60°C
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 36 in.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 gpm/sq.ft. (although considerably higher rates are often used)
Backwash flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 10 gpm/sq.ft.
• Upon installation allow bed to soak overnight before backwashing
50
Manganese Greensand Plus
GreensandPlus™ is a black filter media used for removing soluble iron, manganese, hydrogen sulfide, arsenic and
radium from water supplies. The manganese dioxide coated surface of GreensandPlus acts as a catalyst in the
oxidation reduction reaction of iron and manganese.The silica sand core of GreensandPlus allows it to withstand
operating conditions in waters that are low in silica, TDS and hardness. When using GreensandPlus, you can
eliminate the aluminate feed.
GreensandPlus is effective at higher operating temperatures and higher differential pressures than ordinary
manganese greensand. Tolerance to higher differential pressure can provide for longer run times between
backwashes and a greater margin of safety. Systems may be designed using either vertical or horizontal pressure
filters, as well as open gravity filters.
GreensandPlus is a proven technology for iron, manganese, arsenic, radium and hydrogen sulfide removal. Unlike
in-situ treated media, there is no need for extensive preconditioning of filter media or lengthy startup periods,
during which required water quality may not be met.
GreensandPlus is an exact replacement for manganese greensand. It can be used in CR or IR applications and
requires no changes in backwash rate or times or chemical feeds.
GreensandPlus has the WQA Gold Seal Certification for compliance with NSF/ANSI 61. Packaging is available in
1/2 cubic foot bags or 1 metric ton (2,205 lbs) bulk sacks.
Physical Properties
Physical Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black, nodular granules shipped in a dry form
Apparent Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 pounds per cubic foot
Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 pounds per cubic foot gross
Specific Gravity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 2.4
Porosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 0.45
Screen Grading (dry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 x 60 mesh
Effective Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.30 - 0.35 mm
Uniform Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 1.6
pH Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 - 8.5*
Maximum Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No limit
Backwash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum 12 gpm/sq.ft. at 55°F
Service Flow Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 5 gpm/sq.ft.
Minimum Bed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 inches (15-18 in. of each media or dual media beds)
*Raw waters having natural pH of 6.2 or above can be filtered through GreensandPlus without pH correction. Raw waters with a pH lower than
6.2 should be pH-corrected to 6.5-6.8 before filtration. Additional alkali should be added following the filters if a pH higher than 6.5-6.8 is desired
in the treated water.This prevents the possible adverse reaction and formation of a colloidal precipitate that sometimes occurs with iron and alkali
at a pH above 6.8.
51
Filter Sand and Gravel
Filter sand and gravel are naturally occurring, river washed, glacial deposit products. Their excellent chemical
properties – high in silica content and low in soluble calcium, magnesium and iron compounds. Precision sizing
and uniform grading to close limits meet the rigid specifications of professional engineers throughout the world.
For over 80 years filter sand and gravel have been satisfying the requirements of industrial, municipal and
residential users.These products have been specified and used nationally and internationally because of their high
quality, desirable chemical properties, color, and wide range of precision sizing.
Processing and regular analysis of production are supervised by registered professional engineers.
Filter Sand is graded specifically for water filtration plants. It can be used in municipal, industrial or residential
applications for sediment filtration.
Uncrushed Gravel has a highly spherical shape that promotes good flow and even distribution in support beds.
Gravel is low in soluble impurities and it will maintain the quality of the treated water, especially in softeners.
Three inch layers are recommended in graded support beds.
Physical Properties
Filter Sand
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light tan to reddish brown
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 lbs/cu.ft.
Mesh Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 x 35*
Effective Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.45 - 0.55 mm*
Uniform Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 or less*
Acid Solubility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 - 1.6%
Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.65 - 2.75
Filter Sand
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 - 30 in.
Freeboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . % of bed depth (min.)
Backwash bed expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% of bed depth
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Municipal: 1.5 - 2 gpm/sq.ft.
Industrial: 3 gpm/sq.ft.
Domestic: 5 gpm/sq.ft.
*All physical properties and conditions for operation are the same for gravel with the exception of mesh size, effective size and
uniformity coefficient.
52
Garnet
Called multi-media or mixed media filtration, the high density, small grain size of #30-40 Garnet solves a major
filtration problem. In a single media granular filter such as a sand filter, the material will hydraulically classify during
backwash according to granule size, the smallest rising to the top.When water flows downward through the sand,
the fine particles at the top of the bed do most of the straining of the sediment. The solids form a cake on the
surface with filtration typically taking place in the top few inches. As the cake forms, the filtration becomes finer
and the head loss increases exponentially with time.
The ideal situation would be to have the large grains of media at the top to trap the large solids, and a uniformly
decreasing grain size in the direction of fluid flow with the small grains at the bottom to do the final polishing.
The penetration of the solids into the entire bed allows for increased solids storage, longer filter runs, and higher
filtration rates.
A properly designed multi-media system will maintain its unique grading of large grains on top and small grains
on the bottom and provide superior performance even after many backwashings. This stable condition of large
grains above finer ones is achieved by the use of materials of different sizes and specific gravities. Garnet with its
high specific gravity of 4.0 forms the lower fine grain layer, its 0.3 mm effective size can filter down to the 10 –
20 micron range. Filter Sand, (effective size of 0.5 mm) and Anthracite, (effective size of 0.9 mm), or Filter-Ag can
form the larger, less dense layers.
Multi-media filtration technology is applicable to both water and waste water treatment. Custom designed filters
with varying filter bed configurations can be designed to meet specific needs. For the majority of municipal and
industrial water supply applications, a filter bed composed of 55% low density material, 30% medium density
material, and 15% high density material is recommended.
#8 Garnet at 140 lb/ft3 is a good choice for support beds when using other high purity Corosex II or the new
manganese dioxide oxidation medias such as Pyrolux.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light tan to reddish purple
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Almandite
Crystal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic
Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.0 - 7.5 (Mohs scale)
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #8 Garnet: 140 lbs/cu.ft.
#8 - 12 Garnet: 140 lbs/cu.ft.
#30 - 40 Garnet: 130 lbs/cu.ft.
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #8 Garnet: 2.0 mm
#8 - 12 Garnet: 1.5 mm
#30 - 40 Garnet: 0.35 mm
Uniformity coefficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #8 Garnet: 1.3
#8 - 12 Garnet: <1.5
#30 - 40 Garnet: 1.4
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 - 4.2 gm/cc
Free silica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimal
Acid solubility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimal
Wide range – application specific
53
Birm®
Birm is an efficient and economical media for the reduction of dissolved iron and manganese compounds from
raw water supplies. It may be used in either gravity fed or pressurized water treatment systems. Birm acts as an
insoluble catalyst to enhance the reaction between dissolved oxygen (D.O.) and the iron compounds. In ground
waters the dissolved iron is usually in the ferrous bicarbonate state due to the excess of free carbon dioxide and
is not filterable. Birm, acting as a catalyst between the oxygen and the soluble iron compounds, enhances the
oxidation reaction of Fe++ to Fe+++ and produces ferric hydroxide which precipitates and may be easily filtered.The
physical characteristics of Birm provide an excellent filter media which is easily cleaned by backwashing to remove
the precipitant. Birm is not consumed in the iron removal operation and therefore offers a tremendous economic
advantage over many other iron removal methods.
Other advantages of Birm include: long material life with relatively low attrition loss, a wide temperature
performance range and extremely high removal efficiency. Negligible labor costs are involved because Birm does
not require chemicals for regeneration, only periodic backwashing is required.
When using Birm for iron removal, it is necessary that the water: contain no oil or hydrogen sulphide, organic
matter not to exceed 4 - 5 ppm, the D.O. content equal at least 15% of the iron content with a pH of 6.8 or
more. If the influent water has a pH of less than 6.8, neutralizing additives such as Corosex, Calcite or soda ash
may be used prior to the Birm filter to raise the pH. A water having a low D.O. level may be pretreated by
aeration. Chlorination greatly reduces Birm’s activity. High concentrations of chlorine compounds may deplete the
catalytic coating.
Birm may also be used for manganese reduction with the same dependability as iron removal. In these applications
the water to be treated should have a pH of 8.0 – 9.0 for best results. If the water also contains iron, the pH
should be below 8.5. High pH conditions may cause the formulation of colloidal iron which is very difficult to filter
out. All other conditions remain the same for either manganese or iron removal.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 – 45 lbs/cu.ft.
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 40
Uniformity coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
• Alkalinity should be greater than two times the combined sulphate and chloride concentration.
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 – 9.0
• Dissolved Oxygen (D.O.) content must be equal to at least 15% of the iron (or iron and manganese) content.
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 - 36 in.
Backwash rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12 gpm/sq. ft.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 5 gpm/sq. ft. intermittent flow rates and/or favorable
local conditions may allow higher flow rates
54
Corosex® and Corosex II
Corosex
By neutralizing the free carbon dioxide in water, Corosex can correct acidic water conditions and render it less
corrosive. Corosex, being a highly reactive magnesium oxide, is used most effectively where pH correction is
substantial or high flow conditions are in use. pH correction and media consumption are affected by a number of
water chemical variables. Being soluble to acidity, Corosex will slowly dissolve and will need to be replenished
periodically.
On a per weight basis, magnesium oxide can neutralize much more acidity than can calcium carbonate (five times
as much). This results in greatly reduced chemical usage for the same pH correction. Please note, under certain
low flow conditions, Corosex may over-correct and create a highly basic (high pH) condition.
Under certain hardness conditions, pH correction can cause hardness minerals to precipitate out of solution,
resulting in cementing or solidification of the Corosex mineral bed. Upflow service is generally recommended
with hardness exceeding five grains per gallon. (Always use an in-line filter ahead of an upflow system to prevent
plugging of the lower distribution screen).
As Corosex’s magnesium oxide neutralizes the water, it will increase hardness and a softener may become
necessary after the neutralizing filter.
Corosex can be effectively combined with Calcite to combine the high flow neutralization properties of Corosex,
along with the slower reacting low flow properties of Calcite, reducing potentially high basic properties due to
overcorrection.
Corosex II
Also available is a high purity, high density magnesium oxide that overcomes some of the drawbacks of the original
Corosex.The advantage of Corosex II is that it is a slower reacting, more stable form of magnesium oxide, yet it
retains the advantages of substantial corrections to low pH waters and reduced chemical usage.
Physical Properties
Corosex
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brownish white
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 lbs/cu.ft.
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 16
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 gm/cc
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 mm
Uniform coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MgO 97% min.
Corosex II
Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 lbs/cu.ft.
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 16
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 gm/cc
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 mm
Uniform coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MgO 99% min.
• Downflow service is generally satisfactory on waters
with a hardness of less than five grains/gal. or where
it’s combined with Calcite at least 50-50. Upflow
service is generally recommended with hardness
exceeding five grains/gal. to prevent “cementing of the
Corosex bed”
• Use distributors designed for upflow applications
• A gravel support bed is recommended
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 - 6.0
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 30 in.
Freeboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50% of bed depth (min.)
• Backwash frequently to prevent possible cementing
Backwash rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12 gpm/sq. ft.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6 gpm/sq. ft. but may
be modified to adapt to
local conditions
55
Activated Carbon
Granular activated carbon is designed for reduction of tastes, odors and dissolved organic chemicals from
municipal and industrial water supplies. Manufactured in the United States from select grades of bituminous coal
to produce a high density, durable granular product capable of withstanding the abrasion and dynamics associated
with repeated hydraulic transport, backwashing and mechanical handling. Activation is carefully controlled to
produce exceptionally high internal surface area with optimum pore size for the adsorption of a broad range of
high and low molecular weight organic contaminants.
One of the most common applications for High Activity Carbon (HAC) is the reduction of the undesirable tastes
and odors present in many chlorinated water supplies. HAC has been successful for many years in the reduction
of free chlorine from water supplies. The end product is clean, fresh water with no objectionable taste or odor
characteristics.
To obtain maximum efficiency of the activated carbon in the adsorption process, it is desirable to have the greatest
possible surface area in the smallest practical volume. This is necessary because the rate of adsorption is
proportional to the amount of surface area of the adsorbing medium media. HAC has a surface area of 850 square
meters per gram.This results in high efficiency and greater system economy. Petwa has provided activated carbon
as a pre-treatment for other water purification systems as well as for use in individual treatment equipment for
the removal of specific impurities.
HAC requires periodic backwashing to eliminate accumulated suspended matter and to re-grade the filter bed.
HAC has an extremely high capacity but must be replaced when the filter bed loses the capacity for reduction of
taste and odor. HAC may be used in either domestic or industrial applications using gravity flow or pressurized
filter vessels.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 40
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 lbs/cu.ft.
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 - 1.5 gm/cc
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.55 - 0.75 mm, 0.65 typical
Water soluble ash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . less than 0.5%
Iodine # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 min., 900 typical
Abrasion # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 min., 81 typical
Moisture as packed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% max., 0.7% typical
• Meets American Water Works Association standard B604-96
• Water to be filtered should preferably be free of oil and suspended matter
• The water to be filtered should be relatively free of iron and turbidity for maximum service life
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wide range
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 – 30 in.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 gpm/sq.ft.
• Upon installation, backwash to remove carbon fines before placing unit into service
56
Calcite
Calcite is a naturally occurring calcium carbonate media. One of the advantages of Calcite is its self-limiting
property. When properly applied, it corrects pH only enough to reach a non-corrosive equilibrium. It does not
over-correct under normal conditions. Upon contact with Calcite, acidic waters slowly dissolve the calcium
carbonate to raise the pH which reduces the potential leaching of copper, lead and other metals found in typical
plumbing systems. Periodic backwashing will prevent packing, reclassify the bed and maintain high service rates.
Depending on pH, water chemistry and service flow, the Calcite bed will have to be periodically replenished as
the Calcite is depleted.
As the Calcite’s calcium carbonate neutralizes the water, it will increase hardness and a softener may become
necessary after the neutralizing filter.
Calcite can be effectively combined with Corosex to combine the high flow neutralization properties of Corosex,
along with the slower reacting low flow properties of Calcite, increasing the ability to correct low pH.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near white
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lbs/cu.ft.
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 40
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 (Mohs scale)
Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CaCO3, 95% min.
MgCO3, 3.0% max.
• A gravel support bed is recommended
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 - 7.0
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 30 in.
Backwash rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12 gpm/sq. ft.
Backwash bed expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35% of bed depth
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6 gpm/sq.ft. but may be modified to adapt to local
conditions
57
MTM®
MTM is a granular manganese dioxide filtering media used for reducing iron, manganese and hydrogen sulphide
from water. Its active surface coating oxidizes and precipitates soluble iron and manganese. Hydrogen sulphide is
oxidized to a sulphur.The precipitates are filtered out in the granular bed and removed by backwashing.
MTM consists of a light weight granular core with a coating of manganese dioxide. The coating provides an
example of contact filtration where the media itself provides the oxidizing potential. This allows for a much
broader range of operation than many other iron removal media. A pH level as low as 6.2 can be treated.
Dissolved oxygen is not essential.The media’s light weight reduces backwash water requirements.
When the oxidizing power of MTM is reduced, the bed has to be regenerated with a weak solution of potassium
permanganate (KMnO4), thus restoring its oxidizing capacity. A regenerating solution of 1-1/2 to 2 ounces (dry
weight) of potassium permanganate per cubic foot is sufficient for normal regeneration. Upon start-up a new bed
should be backwashed and caution taken to insure that the lightweight media is not backwashed to drain.A new
bed should be regenerated the evening of installation. Operating the filter after its oxidizing capacity is exhausted
will reduce its service life and may cause staining.
MTM requires either intermittent or continuous regeneration to maintain its oxidizing capacity. A solution of
potassium permanganate (or chlorine then potassium permanganate) can be pre-fed to maintain capacity. In the
latter case, the manganese dioxide coating acts as a catalyst to enhance the oxidation reaction and as a buffer to
reduce any excess potassium permanganate concentration and prevent it from entering the service lines.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dark brown
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 lbs/cu. ft.
Uniformity coefficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 x 40
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 - 8.5
Maximum water temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100°F / 38°C
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 36 in.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5 gpm/sq. ft., 8 - 10 gpm/sq. ft. intermittent flow possible
Backwash flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 10 gpm per sq. ft.
Backwash expansion rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 - 40% of bed depth (min.)
Regenerant dosage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1/2 - 2 oz. of KMnO4 by weight per cu. ft.
Influent Limitations
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None
Polyphosphates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None
Capacity Per Cu.Ft.
• Iron (Fe+2) alone 600 grains (10,000 ppm)
• Manganese (Mn+2) alone 300 grains (5,000 ppm)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) alone 175 grains (3,000 ppm)
58
Centaur® 12 x 40
CENTAUR 12x40 is a liquid phase virgin activated carbon that has been manufactured to develop catalytic
functionality. The product is unique in that it concentrates reactants via adsorption and then promotes their
reaction on the surface of the pores. CENTAUR 12x40 is produced from bituminous coal using a patented
process. Although it is not impregnated with metals or alkali, it displays the catalytic functionality of these
materials. In most cases, it can be reactivated and does not present the disposal concerns associated with
impregnated carbons.
Applications
CENTAUR 12x40 can be utilized in the liquid phase for the promotion of oxidation, reduction, decomposition,
substitution, and elimination reactions. Specific applications include chloramines, hydrogen sulphide, and iron
removal from drinking water.This product is particularly suited for use in residential and commercial water filters,
for treatment of process water in the bottling and soft drink industries, and for aquarium water treatment.
CENTAUR 12x40 combines a fine pore structure for enhanced adsorption of trace contaminants with high
catalytic activity for their elimination. Thermal reactivation is an option for recycle and reuse of this product to
minimize operating costs and eliminate disposal concerns.
Design Considerations
CENTAUR 12x40 is intended primarily for use in liquid phase systems to promote catalytic reactions. Depending
on the reactant concentrations, the required contact times are usually less than five minutes.The backwashed and
drained density of the product is typically 33 lb/ft3.
Packaging
33 lb (15.0 kg) Kraft bags
Physical Properties
Peroxide No.*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 max
Iodine No., mg/g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825 min
Ash, by weight %. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 max
Moisture, wt %, as packed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 max
Abrasion No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 min
Apparent Density, g/ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 min
U.S. Sieve Series:
Percent on 12 mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 max
Percent through 40 mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 max
*Peroxide number utilizes the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide by the carbon and is an indicator of the amount of catalytic
activity.
59
next-Sand
next-Sand is based on a rare natural mineral that is highly processed and graded. It’s unique properties allow it to
radically alter the performance and cost of media filtration.The hardness, stability and microporous character of
nextsand makes it a perfect filtration media for virtually every application in the water and wastewater treatment
industry.
Features
• High filtration performance-3-5 micron removal.
• High capacity filtration throughout the entire nextsand bed depth provides more than twice the capacity of
multimedia filtration.
• High flow– 3-4 times that of multimedia with superior filtration.
• Long lasting media (>5 years) not consumed in the process.
• Simple periodic backwash keeps the media clean and operating efficiently.
Applications
• RO Pretreatment–superior SDI (silt density index) reduction
• Cooling Towers–unequalled Turbidity removal
• Municipal Water Treatment, pressure and gravity filters–higher flow, lower pressure drop and superior filtration
performance
• Wastewater Polishing–exceptional TSS (total suspended solids) removal
• Precipitated metals removal
• Carwash reclaim and recycling
• Irrigation
Physical Properties
• Composition ....................................................................High Purity Alumino-Silicate
• Size .....................................................................................0.4-1.4 mm (approx. 14x40 mesh)
• Color .................................................................................Dark Gray
• Surface Area .....................................................................25m2/gram
• Surface Absorption .........................................................Hydrophillic
• Thermal Stability .............................................................Stable to 500° C
• Coefficient of Uniformity ..............................................1.7
• Bed Void Volume ..............................................................55%
• Surface Charge ................................................................Net Negative
• Bulk Density .....................................................................55 lbs per ft3 (0.88 kg/L)
• Packaging ...........................................................................1 ft3 bags, 2200lb (40ft3) supersacks.
Performance Characteristics
• Filtration (nominal) .........................................................3-5 micron
• Surface Loading ...............................................................16-20 gpm/ft2 (Typical)
12 gpm/ft2 (Optimized for silt, SDI and ultrafine
particulates)
Operating Characteristics
Service Flow
Backwash Flow
Backwash Duration
Backwash Expansion
Backwash Frequency
Bed Depth
60
12-20 gpm/ft2
13-22 gpm/ft2
5-15 min
40-50%
Delta-P determined
30”-48” depending on application
Typical Backwash Flow Requirements vs
Water Temp*
80°F
70°F
60°F
50°F
40°F
Flow
(27°C) (21°C) (16°C) (10°C) (4.5°C)
2
U.S.gpm/ft 22.3 19.8 17.2 14.8 12.5
m/h
54.5 48.4
42
36.2 30.6
*40% bed expansion.
Potassium Permanganate Feeder
Potassium Permanganate Feeder Assembly incorporates a non-pressurized storage tank and innovative grid design
along with our dependable 464 float valve. The attractive 10” x 16” tank is made of tough blow molded high
density polyethylene, and contains an ultraviolet inhibitor (UVI) for increased resistance to sunlight.* It has a
Potassium Permanganate capacity of 30 pounds and a liquid capacity of five gallons. Feeders are available in blue,
almond, or black (standard) and can be ordered in two, four, or six ounce delivery capacities.
The black injection molded cover is securely fastened with three stainless steel safety screws to prevent access
by children and pets. (As with all chemicals, the potassium permanganate chemical tank should be placed safely
away from children or pets). Chemical warning and drain caution labels are affixed to the unit.
The unique polypropylene felt grid pad retains even the finest grade of undissolved Potassium Permanganate above
the grid.This permits efficient use of our assembly with all grades of Potassium Permanganate.Two and four ounce
feeders have a grid platform height of 5-3/4 inches. Six ounce feeders have a grid platform height of 7-5/8 inches.
The unit is shipped fully tested and assembled in individual cartons. Shipping weight is seven pounds. Please consult
the factory for further information.
Iron and Manganese Removal:
A recommended dose of 1-1/2 - 2 ounces of
Potassium Permanganate per cubic foot of MTM or
Manganese Greensand is suggested for regeneration.
Correct water temperature is important to properly
dissolve Potassium Permanganate. At 50°F (10°C)
four ounces of Potassium Permanganate can dissolve
in one gallon of water.At room temperatures (72°F 22°C) eight ounces will dissolve in one gallon of
water.
For further information please contact customer
service.
*Black HDPE tanks do not require UVI. Black colored HDPE is
naturally resistant to sunlight.
61
NOTES
62
Drinking
Water
Systems
63
1240 Series Manifold RO Drinking Water Systems
Pro Series
Premier Push Button Reverse Osmosis Systems
Our premier model is equipped with our patented Smartap® Push
Button Monitor.At the touch of a button you can be assured that
you are receiving top quality water or
you will be alerted that it is time to
change your membrane. This model
also utilizes three dedicated sediment
and carbon filters.
This model is tested and certified by
WQA against NSF/ANSI 58 for the
reduction of TDS. Tested and
Certified by WQA against ORD0902
for “lead free” compliance
WQA Tested
and Certified
against CSA
B483.1
M Series
Advanced Four-Stage Reverse Osmosis Systems
This model produces great tasting drinking water utilizing
separate dedicated sediment and carbon pre-filters, allowing for
longer run time between cartridge changes.
E Series
Standard Three-Stage Reverse Osmosis Systems
The E Series utilizes a combination sediment/carbon pre-filter and
a dedicated sediment post-filter.This system is great for installing
in tight spaces or for those looking for the most economical
solution.
64
1240 Series Manifold RO Drinking Water Systems
1240 Series Models and System Configurations
Petwa
Item #
Model
Description
Vessels
07-1240102-30
3VTFC50G
3
07-1240202-30
4VTFC50G
4
07-1240203-30
4VTFC75G
4
07-1240302-30
4VTFC50G-PB*
4
07-1240303-30
4VTFC75G-PB*
4
Sediment
Filter
Pre-Filter
Membrane
None
Dual-Purpose
Thin Film Composite
Activated Carbon
50
None
String Wound Polypropylene Activated Carbon Thin Film Composite
Activated Carbon
50
None
Activated Carbon
75
None
Activated Carbon
50
Push Button
Activated Carbon
75
Push Button
Post-Filter
Output†
GPD
Monitor
* These models are tested and certified by WQA against NSF/ANSI 58 for the reduction of TDS. Tested and Certified by WQA against ORD0902 for “lead free”
compliance. WQA Tested and Certified against CSA B483.1
Conditions for Use
Source Water Supply Profile
Community/Private
Feed Water Pressure1
Temperature
pH Range
Maximum TDS Level
Turbidity**
Maximum SDI***
Chlorinated/Non-Chlorinated
242 – 690 kPa (35-100 psig)
4° – 38°C (40° – 100°F)
3.0 – 11.0
2000 mg/L
<1.0 NTU
<4.0
Chemical Parameters
Max mg/L
Hardness (CaCO3)
<350 (< 20 gpg)
Iron (Fe)
<0.1
Manganese (Mn)
<0.05
Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)
0.00
Residual Chlorine (Cl2)
<2.0
**Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
***Silt Density Index: Value stated in SDI units.
† Manufacturer’s output specification
only with inlet conditions of 345 kPa (50
psig), 25°C (77°F), going to atmosphere.
This product is manufactured under
one or more of the following U.S.
patents: 5,045,197; 5,057,212;
5,221,473
Notes: 1Pressure Regulator is recommended for feed water pressures exceeding 552 kPa (80 psig). The performance of a reverse osmosis membrane is highly dependent
upon pressure, temperature and TDS. The actual volume of product water and rejection percentage will vary with differences from the test conditions that membrane
ratings are based upon. These drinking water systems are not intended to be used for the treatment of water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality.
Storage tank capacity is dependent on pressure. Example: with a 7 psi precharge, the drawdown volume is 2.16 gal at 60 psi, 1.79 gal at 40 psi for the storage tank
shown.
Booster Pump
Raises the water pressure and maintains it at the ideal level for the system
to operate at maximum efficiency. Recommended for use on supplies with
low pressure or high concentrations of total dissolved solids (TDS). The
pump is self-priming and whisper-quiet. It runs on a 24VAC transformer
(included) from a standard 120VAC electrical outlet.
System includes: Flexible mounting plate, quick connect fittings and a
pressure shut-off switch.
Item #: 07-92325
Model: RO Booster with Pressure Switch and Transformer for
25 to 75 Gallon per day Systems
65
Economy RO Drinking Water Systems
All models include: 3/8”outlet tubing for higher flows, thin film composite (TFC) membranes, quick connect fittings for
easy installation and servicing, heavy duty powder coated bracket, stainless steel product water check valve, automatic
shut-off valve, 14.4 litre (3.8 U.S. gallon) storage tank and under counter installation kit.
Economy RO Model Components
Reverse Osmosis Membrane - allows water molecules to pass while dissolved impurities are flushed to the drain.
Five Micron Pre-Filter - removes tiny particles of suspended dirt and sediment.
Activated Carbon Pre-Filter - protects TFC membrane from chlorine and removes organics.
Activated Carbon Post Filter - removes tastes and odors to give water a final “polish” prior to delivery.
Pressurized Storage Tank - holds purified drinking and cooking water ready for use.
Chrome Plated Faucet - mounts attractively on sink or counter to deliver pure water at the touch of a lever.
Economy RO Booster Pump Model Specific Components
Booster Pump - raises and maintains the water pressure at the optimum level to ensure the highest TDS rejection rate
with maximum production.
Product Water Pressure Switch - shuts off system when pressure tank has been filled.
Feed Water Pressure Switch - protects pump against run dry situations.
The performance of a reverse osmosis membrane is highly dependent upon pressure, temperature and TDS. The actual volume of product water and rejection percentage
will vary with differences from the test conditions that membrane ratings are based upon. These drinking water systems are not intended to be used for the treatment of water
that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality.
Economy Reverse Osmosis Systems
Model E50TFC-3SF
features:
• Reverse osmosis membrane, nominally
rated at 50 U.S. gallons per day1.
• Pre-filters: 10" five (5) micron
Sediment Cartridge and 10" Activated
Carbon Cartridge
• Post filter: 10" Activated Carbon
Cartridge
• Non air gap faucet
• Plastic storage tank
Model E75TFC-3SF
features:
rated at 75 U.S. gallons per day1.
Carbon Cartridge
Cartridge
Economy Reverse Osmosis Systems c/w Booster
Pump
Model EBP75TFC-3SF features:
• Reverse osmosis membrane, nominally rated at 75 U.S. gallons per day1.
• Booster Pump: Mounted on RO to maintain constant water pressure.
• Pre-filters: 10" five (5) micron Sediment Cartridge and 10" Activated Carbon
Cartridge
• Post filter: 10" Activated Carbon Cartridge
Item
Number
Model
Description
Stages
Sediment
Filter
Pre-Filter
Membrane
Post-Filter
Output
GPD(1)
Rejection
%(2)
Storage Tank
US Gallons(3)
Booster
Pump
07-2870
E50TFC-3SF
4
Spun Polypropylene
Activated Carbon
TFC
Activated Carbon
50
up
3.8
No
07-2871
E75TFC-3SF
4
Spun Polypropylene
Activated Carbon
TFC
Activated Carbon
75
to
3.8
No
4
Spun Polypropylene
Activated Carbon
TFC
Activated Carbon
75
99%
3.8
Yes
07-2876 EBP75TFC-3SF
(1)
Nominal product water ratings are based on the following conditions: Supply TDS of 250 ppm softened tap water, 50 psi (0.36 Mpa), 77°F (25°C), pH 8 and 15% recovery
with outlet to atmosphere.
(2)
TDS rejection percentages are dependent on the supply conditions and the substance being measured.
(3)
Storage tank capacity is dependent upon pressure. For example, with a 7 psi precharge, the drawdown volume is 2.16 gallons at 60 psi; 1.76 gallons at 40 psi.
66
Economy RO Drinking Water Systems
Economy Reverse Osmosis Systems WQA Approved
This model is tested and
certified by WQA against
NSF/ANSI 58 for the
reduction of TDS.
WQA Tested and
Certified against
CSA B483.1
Model E50TFC-3NSF
features:
• WQA Gold Seal tested and certified
to NSF/ANSI 58
rated at 50 U.S. gallons per day.
Carbon Cartridge
Cartridge
• Air gap kit
Model E75TFC-3NSF
features:
• WQA Gold Seal tested and certified
to NSF/ANSI 58
rated at 75 U.S. gallons per day.
Carbon Cartridge
Cartridge
• Air gap kit
The following Economy Reverse Osmosis Systems conform to NSF/ANSI 58 for the specific performance claims as verified
and substantiated by test data.
Item
#
Model
Description
07-2885 E50TFC-3NSF
07-2886 E75TFC-3NSF
# of
Storage Tank
Vessels Capacity Ltr (gal)
4
6 (1.6)
4
8.7 (2.3)
Vessel
1
Vessel
2
Vessel
3
Vessel
4
Sediment Filter Carbon Filter TFC(1) Membrane Carbon Filter
(1)
Sediment Filter Carbon Filter TFC Membrane Carbon Filter
Daily Prod. Rate(2) Efficiency
L/day (G/day)
Rating(3) %
Recovery
Rating(4) %
45.4 (12)
8.5
17.5
100 (26.4)
14.5
25.8
(1)
TFC refers to reverse osmosis membranes constructed from a THIN FILM COMPOSITE
The daily production rate is the volume of product water produced by the system per day and is determined by testing in accordance with the procedure outlined in NSF/ANSI Standard 58.
(3)
System’s Efficiency rating as verified by testing in accordance with NSF/ANSI standard 58. Efficiency rating means the percentage of the influent water to the system that is available to the user as
reverse osmosis treated water under operating conditions that approximate typical daily usage.
(4)
System’s Recovery rating as verified by testing in accordance with NSF/ANSI Standard 58. System’s Recovery rating means the percentage of the influent water to the membrane portion of the
system that is available to the user as reverse osmosis treated water when the system is operated without a storage tank or when the storage tank is bypassed.
(2)
*PRESSURE REGULATOR IS RECOMMENDED FOR FEED WATER PRESSURES EXCEEDING 552 kPa (80 psig)
Conditions for Use
Community/Private
Feed Water Pressure*
Temperature
pH Range
Maximum TDS Level
Turbidity**
Maximum SDI***
Chlorinated/Non-Chlorinated
242 – 690 kPa (35 – 100 psig)
4° – 38°C (40° – 100°F)
3.0 – 11.0
2000 mg/L
<1.0 NTU
<4.0
Chemical Parameters
Max mg/L
Hardness (CaCO3)
Iron (Fe)
Manganese (Mn)
Residual Chlorine (Cl2)
<10 gpg / NSF: <350 (< 20 gpg)
<0.1
<0.05
0.00
<2.0
*Pressure regulator is recommended for feed water pressures exceeding 552 kpa (80 psig); **Nephelometric Turbidity Unit; ***Silt Density Index: Value stated in SDI units.
Model 07-92325 Kemflo RO Booster with Pressure Switch and
Transformer for 35 to 75 Gallon per day Systems
• Raises the water pressure and maintains it at the ideal level for the
system to operate at maximum efficiency.
• Recommended for use on rural supplies with low pressure or high
concentrations of total dissolved solids (TDS).
• Pump is self priming and is whisper quiet. It runs on a 24VAC transformer
(included) from a standard 120VAC electrical outlet.
System includes: Flexible mounting plate, quick connect fittings and a
pressure shut-off switch.
67
Aquatec Reverse Osmosis Booster Pumps
Aquatec booster pumps are available for reverse osmosis system installations on low pressure water supplies. A booster
pump raises and maintains the water pressure to the optimum level to ensure the highest rejection rate and maximum
production.
Distinguishing Features
• Toughest, most durable pump on the market
• Expels trapped air (no more air locks)
• Can be mounted w/pump head up or down
• More flow at extremely low inlet pressures
• New motor venting system to remove moisture
• EMI/RFI electronic noise suppression
• 100% final performance tested
• 1 year limited warranty against manufacturing
defects
Item # 07-92287 Aquatec Model CDP 6800 Series Booster Pump Package
• complete with PSW Shutoff Switch and 115V Transformer • suitable for R.O. Systems rated up to 50 GPD
Key Operating Benefits:
• Maximum Pump Pressure - 120 PSI (827 kPa)
• Maximum Inlet Pressure - 40 PSI (275 kPa)
• Used with membranes 9 to 50 GPD
• Up to 30,000+ operating hours (estimated)
• Can run dry without damage
• Self priming - 60” lift
• Low voltage (12-24V) motor for maximum safety
• Corrosion resistant exterior
• Continuous or intermittent operation
• Supplied with 3/8” PSW Tank Shut-off switch
• Quiet - less than 45 DBA
• Pump inlet/outlet 1/4” QC
• Flexible mounting plate
CDP 6800 Dimensional Specifications
Item # 07-92317 Aquatec Model CDP 8800 Series Booster Pump Package
• complete with PSW Shutoff Switch and 115V Transformer • suitable for R.O. Systems rated up to 120 GPD.
Key Operating Benefits:
• Maximum Pump Pressure - 120 PSI (827 kPa)
• Maximum Inlet Pressure - 40 PSI (275 kPa)
• Used with membranes 50 to 100 GPD
• Up to 15,000+ operating hours (estimated)
• Can run dry without damage
• Self-printing - 60” lift
• Low voltage (12-24V) motor for maximum safety
• Corrosion resistant exterior
• Continuous or intermittent operation
• Supplied with 3/8” PSW tank shut-off switch
• Quiet - less than 52 DBA
• Pump inlet/outlet 3/8” QC
• Flexible mounting plate
CDP 8800 Dimensional Specifications
Accessories
Item # 07-92318:
3/8” PSW Tank Shut-off Switch
68
Item #07-92319:
CDP 6800 Transformer
Item #07-93323:
CDP 8800 Transformer
Kemflo Reverse Osmosis Booster Pump
Item #07-92325
Nominal Maximum Flow Rate = 1.0 LPM (0.26 USGPM)
Maximum Pump Pressure = 758 kPa (110 PSI)
Maximum Inlet Pressure = 414 kPa (60 PSI)
Ambient Temperature Limits = 5 to 35°C (40 to 90°F)
Voltage = 24VDC
The Kemflo Reverse Osmosis Booster Pump can be used with Petwa's 101 or 123 Series Reverse Osmosis
systems from 9 to 75 GPD to provide increased pressure to the inlet of the system for increased production
and higher quality water. The pump provides virtually noise free operation.
Pump comes complete with:
• 120VAC to 24VDC Class 2 Transformer, UL Approved for the US and Canada
• Pressure Switch with 3/8" QC Fittings
• Pump inlet / outlet with ¼" QC Fittings
• Vibration Dampening Motor Mount
1 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects
69
RO Pro Reverse Osmosis Storage Tank
Features
• Polypropylene construction
• Maximum Pressure = 100 psig
• Diameter: 9 3/4”, Height: 19 1/2”
RO-Pro Drawdown - with 7 psi pre-charge pressure
COMPONENT
RO-Pro tanks are manufactured by Kemflo
International Co., Ltd. - Pingtong, Taiwan
70
Reverse Osmosis Storage Tanks
AMTROL Reverse Osmosis Water Storage Tanks
• The most reliable R.O. tank made - the choice for the first R.O. system ever
made...still first choice among R.O. makers today.
• Broadest line in the industry
• Meets the most demanding specifications for potable water - certified by NSF,
Standard 58. Meets U.S. FDA Spec 121.2500, Sub F.
• Keeps water tasting fresh
• Unsurpassed customer service, on time delivery and ready availability
• American made
• 5 year warranty
The Design That Has Set The Standard
Fifty years of innovation, quality control and
engineering excellence go into every AMTROL
tank.
• Longest lasting charge in the industry
• AMTROL’s pioneering diaphragm design provides:
longest life and most complete water discharge
• Fully enclosed polypropylene and butyl water
reservoir - ensures water purity and has less
rubber/water contact than a bladder tank
• Built to last - durable steel tank
• AMTROL is an ISO 9001 Company
Model
Number
RO-2
RO-3
RO-4
RO-14
RO-20
RO-34
RO-44
RO-86
Total Tank Water Capacity in Gallons (Liters) at Various System Pressures
Volume
psig 20
30
40
50
60
70
Gal. (Ltr)
bar 1.38
2.07
2.76
3.45
4.14
4.83
2.0
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.6
(7.6)
(3.3)
(4.2)
(4.8)
(5.3)
(5.6)
(6.0)
3.2
1.4
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.5
(12.1)
(5.2)
(6.8)
(7.7)
(8.4)
(8.9)
(9.3)
4.4
1.9
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.2
3.4
(17.0)
(7.2)
(9.3)
(10.7)
(11.7)
(12.3)
(12.8)
14.0
6.1
7.8
9.0
9.7
10.3
10.7
(53.0)
(22.9)
(29.6)
(33.9)
(36.9)
(39.0)
(40.7)
20.0
5.8
8.9
11.0
*
*
*
(76.0)
(21.8)
(33.9)
(41.5)
*
*
*
34.0
9.1
14.7
18.2
20.6
22.4
23.8
(129.0)
(34.4)
(55.5)
(68.9)
(78.1)
(84.9)
(90.1)
44.0
12.7
19.7
24.1
27.2
29.5
31.2
(167.0)
(48.0)
(74.5)
(91.3) (103.0) (111.5) (118.0)
86.0
24.8
38.5
47.2
43.2
*
*
(326.0)
(93.8) (145.6) (178.5) (201.2)
*
*
Dimensions
Diameter
Height
cm (inches)
cm (inches)
20.32
32.07
(8")
(12-5/8")
23.02
35.8
(9-11/16")
(14-3/32")
27.94
38.1
(11")
(15")
39.05
56.36
(15-3/8")
(22-3/16")
39.05
80.65
(15-3/8")
(31-3/4")
55.88
74.93
(22")
(29-1/2")
55.88
91.44
(22")
(29-1/2")
66.04
119.86
(26")
(47-3/16")
Shipping
Weight
kg (lbs)
2.3
(5)
3.2
(7)
4.1
(9)
10.9
(24)
14.6
(32)
27.7
(61)
39.1
(86)
55.8
(123)
For each model from the RO-1 through the RO-14, the first line is the capacity in gallons with a 5 psig air charge. (0.34 bar); the second line
is the capacity in liters with a 0.34 bar air charge. For models RO-20 through RO-86, the air charge is 10 psig (0.69 bar).
*Call for availability.
71
Reverse Osmosis Designer Faucets
The Tomlinson Designer RO Faucet
comes in 9 beautiful finishes to match
today's designer kitchens.This lead-free
designer faucet retrofits to most
brands and is an excellent upgrade
from basic faucets that come with
most RO and other Filter Systems.
Features
• Combines quality and style with upsell appeal
• Retrofits most brands
• Smooth operating ceramic disk element
• Lever style handle
• Standard finish is highly polished chrome; nine
other designer finishes available
• High reach neck design of 12" (305 mm); optional
shorter neck also available
• Neck swivels easily, 360°
• Unique protective spout tip prevents after drip
• Modular air gap (patent pending)
• Base diameter is 2-1/4" (57 mm)
• Preinstalled tubing for quick connections
• Mounting hardware included
• NSF listed to ANSI NSF Std. 61-1999a
• Two-year warranty
Specifications
Item
Number
Model
Description
07-87540
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Polished Chrome
07-87541
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Satin Nickel
07-87542
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet,White
07-87543
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Biscuit
07-87544
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Black
07-87545
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Polished Brass
07-87546
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Antique Bronze
07-87547
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Bright Nickel
07-87548
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Brushed Stainless Finish
Spout Reach: 5" (127 mm)
Overall Height: 12" (305 mm)
Pressure Rating: 125 PSI / 8.3 BAR
Flow Rate at 35 PSI / 2.32 BAR: 1.0 gpm (3.785 lpm)
Temperature Rating: 40°F / 4°C to 150°F / 66°C
Mounting Hole Diameter: Without air gap: 1/2"
With air gap: 7/8"
The Designer RO Faucet is NSF listed to
ANSI Std. 61-1999A.
72
The Tomlinson Contemporary RO
Faucet comes in four fabulous finishes
which add high style to the high-end
kitchen.
Features
• Elegant design complements today’s
high-end kitchens
• Lever style handle
• Protective spout tip design prevents after-drip
• Patented modular air gap (US patent #7,011,106)
• Internal ceramic disc provides smooth operation
• High reach neck of 12” (305 mm); swivels easily, 360°
• Pre-installed tubing allows for quick connections
• All mounting hardware is included
• NSF listed to ANSI NSF Std. 61
Specifications
Item
Number
Model
Description
07-87551
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Polished Chrome
07-87552
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Satin Nickel
07-87553
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Antique Bronze
07-87554
Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Brushed Stainless Finish
Spout Reach: 5" (127 mm)
Overall Height: 12" (305 mm)
Pressure Rating: 125 PSI / 8.3 BAR
Flow Rate at 35 PSI / 2.32 BAR: 1.0 gpm (3.785 lpm)
Temperature Rating: 40°F / 4°C to 150°F / 66°C
Mounting Hole Diameter:
Without air gap:1/2" min, 1-1/8" max
With air gap 7/8" min; 1-1/8" max
The Designer RO Faucet is NSF listed to
ANSI Std. 61.
Options
Designer RO Display Kit
#07-87550
• Displays your choice of 4
Designer RO Faucets in
under 12" of space.
• Attractive marble-like base
highlights faucet finishes.
• Easy to assemble.
• Completely portable.
Designer RO Faucets sold separately
Value Faucets
The Value Faucets are the best alternative to upgrade the existing basic faucets at your home.The Value Faucets
are a unique quarter turn faucet that comes in two designs and six different finishes.These faucets are NSF
approved and are lead-free.
Features:
• Elegant design complements today’s high-end kitchens
• NSF listed to ANSI NSF Std. 61 and is lead free
• Internal ceramic disc provides smooth operation
• High Neck Design which swivels 360°
• Lever style quarter turn handle
• All mounting hardware is included
• Available in two designs, six different finishes
Series 888 Specifications
• Overall Height of 11.5" (292 mm)
• Swivels Easily, 360°
• Spout Reach: 5.7" (146 mm)
• Mounting Hole Diameter: ½" (12.5 mm)
• Base Diameter: 1.73" (44 mm)
• Connection*: ¼" compression nut fitting
• Operating pressure: 125 psi/8.3 bar
• Flow Rate: 1.0 gpm/3.785 lpm at 35 PSI/2.32 BAR
• Temperature Rating: 4°C/40°F to 70°C/158°F
Item # Description
Series 888
87580 Faucet, Polished Chrome
87581 Faucet, Brushed Nickel
87584 Faucet, Black
87585 Faucet, Satin Nickel
87588 Faucet, Antique Brass
87589 Faucet, Antique Wine
These faucets are NSF 61
approved and are lead-free.
Series 905 Specifications
• Overall Height of 11.075" (281.32 mm)
• Swivels Easily, 360°
• Spout Reach: 4.75" (120 mm)
• Mounting Hole Diameter: ½" (12.5 mm)
• Base Diameter: 1.76 (44.8 mm)
• Connection*: ¼" compression nut fitting
• Operating pressure: 125 psi/8.3 bar
• Flow Rate: 1.0 gpm/3.785 lpm at 35 PSI/2.32 BAR
• Temperature Rating: 4°C/40°F to 70°C/158°F
Item # Description
Series 905
87582 Faucet, Polished Chrome
87583 Faucet, Brushed Nickel
87586 Faucet, Satin Nickel
87587 Faucet, Oil Rubbed Bronze
* The standard faucets come with 1/4" compression nut fitting. The 3/8" quick connect faucet adapter fitting (#07-92407) can be purchased separately.
73
Point-of-Use Coolers
PURA COOL
PURA MAX
The PURA COOL is an economical
bottle-free cooler product.The
treatment system is mounted
remotely and the cooler provides hot
and cold filtered drinking water in a
basic yet sturdy platform.
Features
• Hot and Cold dispensing spigots
• Hot water safety lock to prevent
accidental dispensing
• Dual float shut-off for safety
• Both remotely mounted filtration or
reverse osmosis options
• Meets UL and CSA requirements
The PURA MAX bottle-free
cooler is a product with a modern
look and feel suitable for business
and homes, but without the added
ultraviolet option of the Max Plus
model.
Features
• Modern look with metallic finish
matches any décor particularly in
office environments
• 1 gallon stainless steel cold tank
• Lower cabinet is large enough to
mount either a filtration cartridge
package or a reverse osmosis system
PURA MAX PLUS
PURA ULTIMATE
The PURA MAX PLUS includes a
system which re-circulates water
from the cold reservoir past an
ultraviolet sterilization lamp for
continual sanitization.This Max Plus
has a modern look and feel that is
suitable for both business and home
environments.
Features
• Modern look with metallic finish
matches any décor particularly in
office environments
• Re-circulating ultraviolet sanitization
provides peace of mind
• 1 gallon stainless steel cold tank
• Lower cabinet is large enough to mount either a
filtration cartridge package or a reverse osmosis
system
With advanced features such as
“in tank” UV Santizationand
BioCote® to inhibitbiological
growth, the PURA ULTIMATE
provides an endless supply of
water with safety and security.The
Ultimate modern and yet robust
appeal and function is perfect for
installation in all applications.
Features
• Three water temperature
settings meets everyone’s needs
• In tank ultraviolet sanitization
lamp maintains water quality in
the cold tank
• Lower cabinet mounts either
filtration or reverse osmosis
equipment
• BioCote® Technology protects from bacterial
growth on exterior
• Leak detection and automatic shut-off prevent
water damage
• Large 1 gallon cold tank
• 9” high filling height for pitchers
• Adjustable levelling feet
74
Point-of-Use Coolers
Specifications
Model
PURA Cool
PURA Max
PURA Max Plus
PURA Ultimate
Model
PURA Cool
PURA Max
PURA Max Plus
PURA Ultimate
Cold Tank Capacity Hot Tank Capacity
usgal (L)
usgal (L)
1.2 (4.5)
0.9 (3.5)
0.9 (3.5)
0.4 (1.5)
0.9 (3.5)
0.4 (1.5)
1.2 (4.5)
0.4 (1.5)
Removable
Drip Tray
Cold
Water
Electrical
120V/60Hz/6.2A
120V/60Hz/4.7A
120V/60Hz/4.7A
120V/60Hz/6.2A
Dimensions
H x W x D inches (mm)
39x12x12 (980x312x314)
42x13x15 (1060x330x380)
42x13x15 (1060x330x380)
46x16x15 (1160x410x380)
Hot
Room Temp. Reserve Storage
Leak
Water
Water
Tank usgal (L)
Detection
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3 (11)
Water
Connection
1/4” tube
1/4” tube
1/4” tube
1/4” tube
UV
Protection
—
—
Dispensing Area
Height inches (mm)
7.75 (197)
7.5 (190)
7.5 (190)
9.0 (228)
BioCote
—
—
—
NSF
61
—
—
—
Filtration
Remote
Reverse
Osmosis
Remote
Electrical: 120V/60Hz Grounded North American electrical outlet
Inlet Water Pressure: 40 - 60 psi (275-414 kPa) Recommended / 100 psi (862 kPa) Maximum
Inlet Water Temperature: 40 - 100°F (4 - 38°C)
Drain Connection: Required for coolers equipped with reverse osmosis
Filtration
Equipped Coolers
Reverse Osmosis
Equipped Coolers
Municipal/ Chlorinated/
pH
Private Non-Chlorinated Range
both
both
3.0-11.0
both
both
Maximum Turbidity Maximum
TDS
SDI
<500 mg/L <1.0 NTU
—
recommended
3.0-11.0 <500 mg/L <1.0 NTU
<4.0
recommended
Hardness
<350 mg/L
(<20gpg)
<350 mg/L
(<20gpg)
Iron
(Fe)
<0.1 mg/L
Manganese
(Mn)
<0.05 mg/L
<0.1 mg/L
<0.05 mg/L
Hydrogen
Residual
Sulphide (H2S) Chlorine (Cl)
<0.0 mg/L
<0.0 mg/L
<2.0 mg/L
<2.0 mg/L
75
Leak Controller
The first line of defense against water damage.
Leak Controller detects the water spill on the surface and engages a shut-off valve
to cut-off the water supply. It also sounds an alarm to alert the customer until the
valve is manually reset. By preventing the continuous water flow, equipment and
property damage are restricted and the user liability is reduced.
It can be connected to the water purification system, POU coolers, refrigerators,
ice makers etc.
Features
• Available valve to tubing connection sizes: 1/4” for plastic and copper tubing
• LeakLogic™ RISC based management - state of the art microchip technology for
sensitive controls, operation verification and long battery life
• Status test button
• Audio and LED status indicator
• Audio alarm
Item #07-92434
• Powered by 4 “AA” batteries - no external electrical connections required
• Pull-out battery holder for convenient battery replacement
• Programmable service reminder
• NSF approved automatic ball valve shut-off and plastic tubing
• Two screw mounting plate allows for quick and simple installation
• Sensor towel
• Built with superior impact resistant ABS plastic
• One sensor included with coin test slot and series connectors
• Built with reinforced nylon and glass materials on stressed components
• Water detection sensitivity down to 2 ppm TDS (Total Dissolved Solids)
• Programmable service reminder indicator
• Conformal coating on the printed circuit board
• One Year Limited Warranty from date of purchase against defects in material and workmanship
Specifications
Power
Sensor
Temperature
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
Solenoid
Alarm
LED
Mounting
Battery Replacement
4 “AA” size alkaline type batteries
Electromechanical dual probe with series connectors
System operating range: 40° to 100°F (4° to 37°C)
Water operating range: 36° to 140°F (2° to 60°C)
6.75 x 3.25 x 2.5” (171 x 83 x 64 mm)
0.9 lbs (0.4 kg) with batteries
6V DC Push-Type
85+dB at 5’ @ 3.4 ± 0.5 kHz pulsing alarm
Blue
Accessories and bracket supplied for wall mounting
Replace annually or upon low battery indicator
- This product does not guarantee the prevention of water damage.
- Many factors increase the probability of preventing water damage including: Constant Leak Controller testing / Physical
verfication of all parts / Correct placement of the sensor(s)
Manufactured by Water Controller Products
Livermore, California
76
Distillers
77
Precision Distillers
Pure, clean drinking water
Designed with the busy consumer in mind, Precision
Water Systems distillers will provide years of easy,
maintenance free convenience. There are several
models to choose from, designed to fit a variety of
different needs. Choose from a manually operated or
convenient, automatic family size machine, up to a large
commercial size water distiller. Precision water
distillers allow you to go about your busy day, with the
secure feeling that when you need it, steam distilled
water is at your fingertips, without the inconvenience
of handling bottles. The outstanding features of this
advanced design include: high quality easy to clean
mirror finish stainless steel; a user friendly easy to
change charcoal filter; and a 3/4” impurities drain
system. Combine these outstanding features with the
optional pump kit and automatic drain and your busy
schedule has just become easier.
Model PWS 5-3
Model PWS 8-8
Model PWS 12-12
Distilling Capacity:
5 US gal. (18.9 L)/24 hrs.*
Holding Tank Capacity:
3 US gal. (11.3 L)
Shipping Weight:
36 lbs. (16.4 kg)
Height
17 1/4”/43.8 cm
Width
19”/48.3 cm
Depth
14 3/8”/36.5 cm
Weight
30 lbs/13.7 kg
8 US gal. (30.3 L)/24 hrs.*
8 US gal. (30.3 L)
Shipping Weight:
64 lbs. (29.1 kg)
Height
40”/101.6 cm
Width
17 5/8”/ 44.8 cm
Depth
14 1/2”/36.8 cm
Weight
52 lbs/23.6 kg
12 US gal. (45.0 L)/24 hrs.*
12 US gal. (45.4 L)
Shipping Weight:
76 lbs. (34.5 kg)
Height
41”/104.1 cm
Width
18 5/8”/47.3 cm
Depth
17 3/8”/44.1 cm
Weight
57 lbs/25.9 kg
*For replacement parts, please call Customer Service.
78
Model PWS 8-M
Model PWS 8-5
8 US gal. (30 L)/24 hrs.*
4 US gal. (15.2 L)
Shipping Weight:
46 lbs. (21 kg)
Height
23”/58.4 cm
Width
17 5/8”/44.8 cm
Depth
15”/38.1 cm
Weight
39 lbs/17.7 kg
8 US gal. (30.0 L)/24 hrs.*
Shipping Weight:
30 lbs. (13.5 kg)
Height
13 3/4”/34.9 cm
Width
17 1/2”/44.4 cm
Depth
11”/27.9 cm
Weight
24 lbs/ 11.0 kg
Opt. Holding Tank Capacity:
3.0 US gal. (11.3 L)
Opt.Holding Tank :
Height
51/4”/13.3 cm
Width
15 9/16”/39.7 cm
Depth
14”/35.6 cm
Weight
10 lbs/4.54 kg
Model PWS 12-20
12 US gal. (45.0 L)/24 hrs.*
20.0 US gal. (75.7 L)
Shipping Weight:
83 lbs. (37.7 kg)
Height
51 1/2”/130.8 cm
Width
18 5/8”/47.3 cm
Depth
18 1/8”/46.0cm
Weight
66 lbs/30.0 kg
Commercial Size Convenience
Model PWS 45-75
45 US gal. (170 L)/24 hrs.*
75 US gal. (284 L)
Shipping Weight:
185 lbs. (84.0 kg)
Height
67 1/4”
170.8 cm
Height
90 3/4”
230.5 cm
(Including 24” Tower)
Width
Depth
Weight
26 1/4”
21 1/2”
152 lbs
Available in 208, 220, 240v
66.7 cm
54.6 cm
77.3 kg
Features and Benefits
• Trouble free float system
• Seal protected switching
• Highly efficient, stainless steel finned coil
• Advanced, worry free stainless steel water
solenoid fill valve
• Large 5” boiling and storage tank opening
• Expanded 3/4” drain* for easy removal of
impurities (except Model 8M)
• Stainless Steel Charcoal filter
• Available in all International Voltages
• Warranty - 2 year parts
- 15 year pro rated on stainless
steel
79
The Precision Water Distiller is a result of over 25
years of water distillation manufacturing experience.
It’s features and benefits provide the very best water
system for steam distilled drinking water requirements.The
Precision Pure Water Distiller provides safe pure water at
home for a fraction of the cost of bottled water.
The Precision Water Distiller duplicates natures own
method of purifying water.
This highly reliable process for purifying water combines
distillation with a high capacity activated carbon filter
providing clean, great tasting water.
Precision Water Systems Have Been Tested And
Certified To Eliminate 99% Of All Water Contaminants
A study by Enviro-Test Laboratories shows that the
Precision Water Systems Precision Pure Model PWS 12-12
water distillation unit is a very effective water treatment
system capable of removing both harmful pathogens, toxic
chemicals, and E-Coli bacteria from water. In this study all
pathogens tested were eliminated and were not found in
the finished water. The water distillation system, effectively
removed all of the soluble inorganic and organic chemicals
tested. Removal efficiencies of 99% or greater were
achieved for most of the chemicals tested.
Complete report available upon request.
• As the distilled water enters the
storage tank, the water level lifts
the pump control switch and
activates the optional pump (11)
to deliver distilled water to any
combination of accessory
faucet, ice maker or humidifier.
• Your water distiller is connected to
your household water supply. The raw
water feeds into the distiller through a
1/4” water line (1). This line is
connected to a quick connect
plumbing fitting. As the raw water
enters the distiller it passes through a
long life stainless steel sealed
solenoid and then directly into the
boiler chamber (2).
• The distiller will continue to run
until the water reaches to the top
of the storage tank and lifts the
upper float (12) and turns itself
off. As soon as you have used
approximately one third of the
capacity of the tank, the float
(13) will turn on the distiller to
refill the boiling tank.
• After the water reaches a level over
the heating element (3), the distiller
starts the heating cycle and bring the
water to boil. The pure steam (4) rises
and enters the baffle system (5),
which breaks down any foaming in
the boiler should it occur.
• The automatic electric drain
valve system (Optional) (14), if
equipped, automatically drains
the impurities from the boiling
tank each time the distiller
completes the distillation cycle
and as the valve closes the
distiller boiling tank will refill with
raw water and the distillation
cycle will start again.
• Any volatile gases are released
through a special gas release vent at
the highest point in the cooling system
(6). The pure steam passes through
the condenser coil (7). To support the
cooling cycle a fan is used to properly
cool the steam (8).
• Pure water enters the easy to change,
high capacity, charcoal filter (9). This
filter is designed to be changed with
bulk charcoal after every 200-500
gallons of distilled water produced.
• The demand pump system (11)
(Optional), connects to the
bottom of the storage tank and
electrically plugs into the bottom
of the distiller head (15). A built
in fuse protects the pump.
• Finally distilled water leaves the
charcoal filter and runs into the high
capacity stainless steel storage tank
(10).
Warranty Information
Precision Design and Manufacturing Inc. offers a limited warranty against defects in material and workmanship to the original purchaser.The warranty
includes full replacement on defective electrical components, other parts for a period of two years. A 15 year limited warranty applies to all stainless
steel parts.
Precision Design and Manufacturing Inc. is not responsible for or obligated to pay costs of removal, installation, or any shipping charges in relation to the
claimed warranty.
This warranty is the only expressed warranty. Any other warranty is not valid.
* Note: Performance based on optimum conditions including water temperature, ambient temperature, line voltage, boiling tank cleanliness, boiler fill level, etc
* Specifications are subject to change without notice.
80
Ultraviolet
Disinfection
81
PURA® Ultraviolet Disinfection
PURA® is an advanced Ultraviolet Water Treatment System. It was designed with you, the customer, in mind. PURA®
Product’s are lightweight, easy-to-use and simple to maintain. PURA® Product’s will provide you with clean, disinfected
drinking water for years to come.
All PURA® Product’s feature
• Water disinfection
• Easy to change lamp and filters
• Lamp and ballast matched for quality assurance
• Simple installation
*PURA® Product’s are guaranteed to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three years under normal
use with the exception of electrical components which are guaranteed for a period of one year.
Conditions For Use - All Pura UV Products
Feed Water Pressure†
20 – 75psig (138 – 517kPa)
Feed Water Temperature
38° – 105°F (3.3° – 40.5°C)
pH Range
6.5 – 9.5
Total Dissolved Solids
< 1500 mg/L
Total Suspended Solids
< 10 mg/L
Turbidity
< 5 NTU
Chemical Parameters
Hardness (CaCO3)
Iron (Fe)
Manganese (Mn)
†
Max mg/L
< 120 (7 gpg)
< 0.3
< 0.05
Water Pressure must not exceed 75 psig
(517 kPa) or a pressure regulator must be
installed.
These systems are for the supplemental treatment of
disinfected drinking water which has been treated or other
drinking water which has been tested and deemed acceptable
for human consumption by the state or local health agency
having jurisdiction. These systems are designed to reduce
normally occurring non-pathogenic nuisance organisms and is
not intended for the treatment of contaminated water.
Notes: a. (1) All flow rates shown will provide a UV dose of no less than 16,000 µW-s/cm2 or greater.
b. (2) Empty sumps on UVBB-Rack systems can be filled with a wide variety of optional cartridges.
c. EPCB refers to Extended Pass Carbon Block filter
U.S. Patent #4,971,687
UVB Series™
PURA® Product’s patented UVB Series™ is designed to provide
disinfected water at a flow rate of 2 gallons per minute. In
addition to disinfection, water is filtered through our .5 micron
Extended Pass Carbon Block (EPCB) filter.
Our double and triple models provide you with additional
filtration with sediment and activated carbon filters.
This compact All-in-One system installs with ease and can be used anywhere that
clean, clear, good tasting, disinfected water is needed. It is ideal for point-of-use
applications like: under the kitchen sink, office water coolers, water vending
machines, boats, recreational vehicles, etc.
Features:
• Electronic lamp indicator (LED)
• Standard voltage 115V
Options:
• 220V/50Hz (2-Prong Euro plug)
• 12V DC
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally open) Safety monitor for alarm
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally closed) Safety monitor for solenoid shut off
Specifications & Performance UVB Series™
Item #
Model
Description
07UVB115610111
EPCB
07UVB215620121 EPCB/SD
07UVB315630131 EPCB/GC/SD
# of
sumps
Sump
Type
1
#10
2
#10
3
#10
Sump
1
Sump
2
Sump
3
EPCB
none
none
Carbon/UV
5 Micron
EPCB
none
Sed Filter Carbon/UV
5 Micron
Granular
EPCB
Sed Filter Carbon Filter Carbon/UV
#11
Flow Rates(1)
GPM
(L/min)
14 Watts
2 (7.6)
#11
14 Watts
2 (7.6)
#11
14 Watts
2 (7.6)
Lamp #
Power
Used
Dimensions
HxWxD
In. (cm)
15 x 5.5 x 5.5
(38.1 x 14 x 14)
15 x 11 x 5.5
(38.1 x 27.9 x 14)
15 x 16 x 5.5
(38.1 x 40.6 x 14)
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. (Kg)
10.0
(4.5)
15.0
(6.8)
24.0
(10.9)
Inlet/
Outlet
Size
3/8” NPT
3/8” NPT
3/8” NPT
The contaminants and other substances reduced by this water treatment device are not necessarily in your water. In addition, the presence of certain
contaminants in your drinking water does not necessarily pose a health risk.
82
UV20 Series™
The PURA® Product’s UV20 Series™ is designed to provide
disinfected water at a flow rate of 8 - 10 gallons per minute.
This system is ideal for whole house water treat-ment. In
addition to disinfection, the double and triple models provide
filtration for the removal of sediment and chemical
contaminants.
This ultraviolet water treatment system makes a perfect
companion to water softeners, distillers, reverse osmosis and
ozone systems. The UV20 Series™ has proven to be PURA®
Product’s most popular product line and has created an
industry standard in whole house disinfection.
Features:
Options:
• 12V DC
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally open) Safety monitor
for alarm
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally closed) Safety monitor
for solenoid shut off
Specifications & Performance UV20 Series™
Item
Number
Model
Description
# of
sumps
Sump
Type
Sump
1
Sump
2
Sump Lamp #
3
07-15710100
UV20-1
1
#20
UV
none
none
#20
Flow Rates(1)
GPM
(L/min)
22 Watts
10 (38)
07-15720121
UV20-2 SD
2
#20
UV
none
#20
22 Watts
10 (38)
07-15720122
UV20-2 CB
2
#20
UV
none
#20
22 Watts
8 (30)
07-15730131
UV20-3
SD/CB
3
#20
5 Micron
Sed Filter
10 Micron
Carbon Block
5 Micron
Sed Filter
10 Micron
Carbon Block
UV
#20
22 Watts
8 (30)
Power
Used
Dimensions
Shipping
Inlet/
HxWxD
Weight
Outlet
In. (cm)
Lbs. (Kg)
Size
25 x 5.5 x 5.5
16.0
3/4” NPT
(63.5 x 14 x 14)
(7.3)
25 x 11 x 5.5
23.0
3/4” NPT
(63.5 x 27.9 x 14)
(10.4)
25 x 11 x 5.5
25.0
3/4” NPT
(63.5 x 27.9 x 14)
(11.3)
25 x 16 x 5.5
33.0
3/4” NPT
(63.5 x 40 x 14)
(15.0)
83
UV BigBoy™ Series
The UV BigBoy™ Series is the
most versatile commercial
ultraviolet disinfection system
on the market today.This 15 to
60 GPM series is manufactured
with versatility in mind, and is
virtually unlimited in the
possible filter configurations
and manifold sequences. The
series is designed with the
same traditional style that
Pura® has made an industry
standard - worldwide.
One advantage of the UV BigBoy™ Series is the
convenient manifold mounting rack. The rack can be
used to configure up to four UV chambers in parallel or
in series.This allows the user to achieve either a higher
UV dosage or higher flow rate (up to 60 GPM).
This mounting rack configuration provides easy access
for cleaning and maintenance to the individual units
without the need to shut down the entire water
distribution line. The standard LED lamp monitor
provides a visual verification the lamp is in operation.
This series is also available with a lamp-out circuit
(LOC) that is designed to control a solenoid valve
and/or an audible alarm.
Pura® proudly announces the UV BigBoy™ Series, with
its capacity, versatility and cost, to be the world’s most
flexible, complete water disinfection system in its class.
Features:
Options:
• 12V DC
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally open) Safety
monitor for alarm
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally closed) Safety
monitor for solenoid shut off
Specifications & Performance UV BigBoy™ Series
Item #
0715810100
0715820121
0715830131
Model
# of Sump
Description sumps Type
UVBB-1
1
#20BB
UVBB-2
2
UVBB-3
3
Sump
1
UV
Sump
2
none
#20BB 5 Micron
UV
Sed Filter
#20BB 5 Micron
10 Micron
Sed Filter Carbon Block
#20
Power
Used
22 Watts
Flow Rates(1)
GPM (L/min)
15 (57)
none
#20
22 Watts
15 (57)
UV
#20
22 Watts
15 (57)
Sump
3
none
Lamp #
Dimensions
Shipping
In. (cm) H x W x D Wgt. Lbs. (Kg)
28 x 7.5 x 9.0
18.0
(71.1 x 19 x 22.9)
(8.2)
28 x 15 x 9.0
35.0
(71.1 x 38.1 x 22.9)
(15.9)
28 x 23 x 9.0
54.0
(71.1 x 58.4 x 22.9)
(24.5)
Inlet/Outlet
Size
1-1/2” NPT
Power Flow Rates(1)
Dimensions
Shipping
Used GPM (L/min) In. (cm) H x W x D Wgt. Lbs. (Kg)
22 Watts
15 (57)
45 x 34 x 18
65.0
(114.3 x 86.36 x 45.7)
(29.5)
44 Watts
30 (114)
45 x 34 x 18
75.0
(114.3 x 86.36 x 45.7)
(34.0)
88 Watts
60 (227)
45 x 34 x 18
91.0
(114.3 x 86.36 x 45.7)
(41.3)
Inlet/Outlet
Size
1-1/2” NPT
1-1/2” NPT
1-1/2” NPT
Specifications & Performance UV BigBoy™ Rack Series
Item #
0715018001
0715018201
0715018401
Model
# of Sump Sump Sump
Description sumps Type
1
2
UVBB-R1
4
#20BB empty(2) empty
Sump
3
empty
Sump
4
UV
Lamp #
#20
UVBB-R2
4
#20BB
empty
empty
UV
UV
#20
UVBB-R4
4
#20BB
UV
UV
UV
UV
#20
1-1/2” NPT
1-1/2” NPT
84
UV1-EPCB Series™
PURA® Product’s UV1-EPCB Series™ is a bright example of PURA® Product’s
patented All-In-One concept.This product combines both ultraviolet disinfection
with carbon filtration all in a very attractive and compact system.
The UV-1 Series™ is rated for 1 gallon per minute and uses either a 0.5 micron
(EPCB) carbon block filter or a 10 micron (EPCB 10) carbon block filter.This easy
to install system can be used as a stand alone or in conjunction with other water
treatment products.
Features:
• Compact Size
Options:
• 12V DC
Specifications & Performance UV1-EPCB Series™
Item #
0715910111
Model
Description
UV1-EPCB
# of
sumps
1
Sump
Type
#10SL
Sump
Content
EPCB
Carbon/UV
Lamp #
#10
Power
Used
10 Watts
Flow Rates(1)
GPM (L/min)
1 (3.8)
Dimensions
In. (cm) H x W x D
13.5 x 5.0 x 5.0
(34.3 x 12.7 x 12.7)
Shipping
Wgt. Lbs. (Kg)
7.0
(3.2)
Inlet/Outlet
Size
1/2” NPT
UV ADDON Series™
PURA® Product’s UV ADDON Series™ is designed to be an easy addition to water
treatment systems that require ultraviolet disinfection (RO systems, holding tanks, water
dispensers, recirculating systems and more).The ADDON systems are available with a 1
GPM or 3 GPM flow rate. They are constructed using a 304 grade stainless steel body
with a molded head that includes 3/8” John Guest™ quick connect fittings on the
inlet/outlet. This versatile system also includes a heavy duty mounting bracket, but will
also fit standard 2” RO mounting clips. The UV ADDON Series™ can be used almost
anywhere and is equipped with a unique power supply that makes installation simple,
space requirements minimal and lamp changes easy.
Features:
• 3/8” quick connect fittings
Options:
• 12V DC
Specifications & Performance UV ADDON Series™
Item #
0715510100
0715530100
Model
Description
UV ADDON-1
# of
sumps
1
UV ADDON-3
1
Sump Sump
Type Content
304 SS
UV
304 SS
UV
Lamp #
#10
Power
Used
10 Watts
#20
22 Watts
Flow Rates(1)
Dimensions
GPM (L/min)
In. (cm) H x W x D
1 (3.8)
12 x 4 x 3.5
(30.5 x 10.2 x 8.9)
(2.3)
3 (11.4)
22.5 x 4 x 3.5
(57.2 x 10.2 x 8.9)
(3.2)
Shipping
Wgt. Lbs. (Kg)
5.0
Inlet/Outlet
Size
3/8” QC
7.0
3/8” QC
85
The PURA® UVSS Series is an advanced Ultraviolet
Water Disinfection System. It has been designed with
you, the consumer, in mind. The system will provide
you with disinfected drinking water for years to come.
These systems have been designed with high quality
construction and innovative features.
Disinfection of water using ultraviolet light at a
wavelength at 254nm is a chemical free way of
destroying the DNA of microorganisms rendering
them unable to replicate or cause infection.
Model
UVSS-10
The axial flow chamber design of the PURA® Stainless
Steel Series, (in the bottom and out the side) utilizes
the energy from the Ultraviolet Lamp evenly across
the water flow.
Model
UVSS-6
Installation of the system is straight forward and
simple. Maintenance includes changing the lamp once a
year and cleaning the quartz sleeve periodically.
UVSS Models
The PURA® UVSS models include the following;
Standard Features:
• LED Display
• Lamp Failure Visual and Audible Alarm
• Lamp Change Reminder
• Countdown Lamp Timer
• Axial Flow Design
• 115V / 60Hz North American 3-Prong Grounded
Plug
UVSS-M Models
The PURA® UVSS-M models are constructed with all
the features of the UVSS models plus the following;
Additional Features:
• UV Sensor to Monitor the Disinfection Dosage
• Solenoid Output shuts down water flow using
optional solenoid valve upon Lamp Failure, Power
Failure or Low UV Intensity Alarm
Options:
• Solenoid Valves for UVSS-M models equipped with a
Solenoid Output
• 220V / 50 Hz models equipped with 2-prong Euro
plug
Specifications & Performance UVSS Series™
Item
Number
07-8750
Model
Number
UVSS-6
07-8751
UVSS-10
07-8752
UVSS-15
07-8753
UVSS-6M
07-8754
UVSS-10M
07-8755
UVSS-15M
Flow Rate*
@ 16 mJ/cm2
usgpm (L/min)
11
(42)
20
(76)
29
(110)
11
(42)
20
(76)
29
(110)
Flow Rate*
@ 30 mJ/cm2
usgpm (L/min)
6
(23)
10
(38)
15
(57)
6
(23)
10
(38)
15
(57)
* All Flow Rates rated at 96% UVT at End of Lamp life
Maximum Operating pressure = 125psi (862 kPa)
Operating Temperature Range = 36 to 104°F (2 to 40°C)
86
Flow Rate*
@ 40 mJ/cm2
usgpm (L/min)
4.5
(17)
7.7
(29)
11
(42)
4.5
(17)
7.7
(29)
11
(42)
Lamp
Watts
25
37
39
25
37
39
Inlet/
UV Chamber Size
Outlet
(D x L)
Size
inches (cm)
3/4" NPT
2.5" x 22"
(6 x 58)
3/4" NPT
2.5" x 36"
(6 x 91)
1.5" NPT
3.5" x 38"
(9 x 97)
3/4" NPT
2.5" x 22"
(6 x 58)
3/4" NPT
2.5" x 36"
(6 x 91)
1.5" NPT
3.5" x 38"
(9 x 97)
Control Box Size
(L x W x H)
inches (cm)
7.3" x 3.2" x 2.5"
(18.5 x 8 x 6.4)
7.3" x 3.2" x 2.5"
(18.5 x 8 x 6.4)
7.3" x 3.2" x 2.5"
(18.5 x 8 x 6.4)
8.3" x 3.2" x 2.5"
(21 x 8 x 6.4)
8.3" x 3.2" x 2.5"
(21 x 8 x 6.4)
8.3" x 3.2" x 2.5"
(21 x 8 x 6.4)
Weight
lbs (kg)
7
(3.2)
11
(5.0)
14
(6.4)
8
(3.6)
12
(5.5)
15
(6.8)
The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may
deviate from the specifications and descriptions stated herein, without obligation to
change previously manufactured products or to note the change.
Point-ofUse
Filtration
Products
NOTE: Not all Housings or Cartridges are stocked.
Please refer to the Price List for items that are stocked.
87
Pentek® Filtration Products
What can I do about iron stains?
To determine the correct method of removal, it is
important to know which type of iron is present.
Soluble Iron - also known as ferrous iron or clearwater iron - is clear in running water but will settle
to the bottom as black or rust-colored particles
when it is allowed to stand. When it contacts air, it
may precipitate and stain. Soluble iron cannot be
filtered out but may be reduced with a cationexchange water softener.
Insoluble Iron - also known as ferric iron or visible
iron - is suspended in water and is clearly visible as
“rusty” water. You should be able to see small black
or rust-colored particles in your water as soon as it
comes out of your tap before you’ve allowed it to sit.
Insoluble iron may be reduced with a sediment filter.
If you have a water softener, be sure to place the
sediment filter before the water softener.
What kind of cartridge filter do I need?
You need to determine what specific concerns you
have about your water (lead? chlorine? sodium? poor
taste and odor?). If you’re not sure, then find out the
quality of the water entering your home. If you are
on a community water supply, call your water
company and ask them to send you a water quality
report. If your water comes from a private well, you
will need to have your water tested by a reputable
laboratory. Once you have determined how your
water can be improved, our Customer Service
Department can help you determine what water
filtration solution best fits your needs. Here are some
general guidelines:
Sediment
3/4” standard or valve-in-head filter housing with
sediment cartridge
Sediment,Whole House
1” and 1-1/2” Big Blue® Filter Housing with sediment
cartridge
Chlorine,Whole House
1” and 1-1/2” Big Blue® Filter Housing with radialflow carbon filter cartridge (RFC Series)
Taste/Odor/Chlorine
1/4”, 3/8” or 1/2” SlimLine™ Filter Housing with
carbon filter cartridge
Point-of-Use
Countertop Drinking Water Filter • Undersink
Drinking Water Filtration System • Faucet Filter
• Shower Filter
88
My water smells like rotten eggs. Can I get a filter
to improve this problem?
That “rotten egg” smell is actually caused by harmless
bacteria which produce hydrogen sulfide gas. These
bacteria can’t be removed with a cartridge filter.
I have a well and I want to install a sediment
filter. What filter cartridge can I use?
You will need to use a synthetic sediment filter
cartridge such as a Pentek Filtration P5 and CW-F
cartridge. Pleated cellulose cartridges such as the
Pentek S1 Series cartridges are NOT resistant to the
harmless bacteria that are found in many well water
supplies.
Standard Filter Housings
• Ideal for a wide range of applications, including residential,
commercial and industrial.
• Available in 10” and 20” sizes to meet your needs.
• Optional pressure-relief/bleed button on inlet side of cap.
• Thick walls for increased strength.
• Leak-proof sealing with top-seated Buna-N O-ring.
• Available with clear and blue sumps.
#20 Blue
#20 Blue MB
#10 Blue MB
Standard filter housings are manufactured of a durable
polypropylene or clear Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN). All are
equipped with 3/4” NPT inlet and outlet ports.
Reinforced polypropylene housings have excellent chemical
resistance and are ideal for many residential, commercial and
industrial applications. Clear sumps are manufactured from a clear,
FDA-approved Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN) and offer on-site
examination of the cartridge.
Standard filter housings are available in both 10” and 20” lengths
and will accommodate a wide range of 2-1/2” and 2-7/8” diameter
cartridges.
#10 Blue
#10 Clear MB
MB=Mounting Boss Cap
COMPONENT
The 150001, 150002, 150067, 150068, 150072,
150435 and 150436 are Tested and Certified by NSF
International under NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for material
and structural integrity requirements only.
Item #
Description
150067
150068
150071
150072
150435
150436
150069
150070
#10 BLUE Standard, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r., w/m.b.c.
#10 BLUE Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r., w/m.b.c.
#10 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Standard, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r., w/m.b.c.
#10 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r., w/m.b.c.
#10 CLEAR/BLACK CAP Standard, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r., w/m.b.c.
#10 CLEAR/BLACK CAP Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r., w/m.b.c.
#20 BLUE Standard, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r., w/m.b.c.
#20 BLUE Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r., w/m.b.c.
Maximum
Dimensions
12-1/4” x 5-1/8”
(311 mm x 130 mm)
Initial ∆P (psi) @
Flow Rate (gpm)
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
12-5/8” x 5-1/4”
(321 mm x 133 mm)
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
22-3/8” x 5-1/8”
(568 mm x 130 mm)
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
Materials of Construction
• Housing ..........................Polypropylene (Blue)
Styrene-Acrylonitrile (Clear)
• Cap ....................................Reinforced Polypropylene
• Button Assembly ........300-series Stainless Steel, EPDM
and Polypropylene
• O-Ring ..............................................Buna-N
• Maximum Temperature ..........125°F (51.7°C)
• Maximum Pressure ..................125 psi (8.62 bar)
CAUTION: Protect against freezing to prevent cracking of the filter and water leakage.
89
Slim Line® Filter Housings
• Slim design reduces space required for installation without
sacrificing capacity.
• FDA Grade.
• Optional pressure relief button on inlet side of cap.
• Leak-proof seal with top-seated O-ring.
• Available with clear or opaque sumps.
Slim Line® filter housings are available in either reinforced
polypropylene or clear Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN) in 5”, 10” and
20” lengths. The black or blue reinforced polypropylene housing
caps are available with 1/4”, 3/8” or 1/2” NPT connections. Four
bosses are molded into every cap for mounting purposes.
#20 Blue
#10 Blue
#10 Clear
Slim Line® filter housings are an excellent choice for low-flow
applications and when space and chemical compatibility are primary
concerns.
Clear Slim Line® Filter Housings offer on-site examination of
flow, performance and cartridge life. They are ideal for a variety of
applications. Manufactured of clear Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN), the
sumps are stress relieved for added clarity and strength. The blue
polypropylene caps can be ordered with an optional pressure-relief
button on the inlet side to relieve pressure inside the housing when
changing filter cartridges.
Opaque Slim Line® Filter Housings are molded from rugged
reinforced polypropylene, Opaque Slim Line® filter housings offer
outstanding chemical compatibility and are ideal for use in a variety
of low-flow applications. These applications include under-sink and
countertop residential filtration, pre- and post-reverse osmosis
filtration, recreational vehicle filtration, food service, humidifying
systems. They are equipped with a black, reinforced polypropylene
cap and can be ordered with an optional pressure-relief button on
the inlet side to relieve pressure inside the housing when changing
filter cartridges.
COMPONENT
90
The 158005, 158006, 158114, 158120, 158125,
158126, 158128, 158129, 158131, 158149, 158195,
158204 and 158205 are Tested and Certified by NSF
International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for material
and structural integrity requirements only.
#5 Blue
#5 Clear
Slim Line® Specifications & Performance Data
Item #
Description
Maximum
Dimensions
Flow Rate (gpm)
2 psi @ 3 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 11 lpm)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
158138
#5 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
158133
#5 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
7” x 4-3/8”
(178 mm x 111 mm)
7-3/8” x 4-5/8”
(187 mm x 118 mm)
158002
158003
158110
158111
#5 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, w/p.r.
#5 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 3/8 In/Out, wo/p.r.
#5 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, w/p.r.
7” x 4-3/8”
(178 mm x 111 mm)
7-3/8” x 4-5/8”
(187 mm x 118 mm)
158115
158114
158117
158116
158326
158120
158182
158125
158179
#10 CLEAR/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
#10 BLACK/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
#10 WHITE/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, w/p.r.
#10 WHITE/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
#10 WHITE/WHITE COUNTERTOP 1/4"" In/Out
11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
(299 mm x 111 mm)
12-1/8” x 4-5/8”
(308 mm x 118 mm)
158005
158006
158007
158008
158149
158098
#10 WHITE/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, w/p.r.
#10 WHITE/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, wo/p.r.
11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
(299 mm x 111 mm)
12-1/8” x 4-5/8”
(308 mm x 118 mm)
11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
(299 mm x 111 mm)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
158195
158196
158214
158215
11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
(299 mm x 111 mm)
12-1/8” x 4-5/8”
(308 mm x 118 mm)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
158129
21-7/8” x 4-3/8”
(556 mm x 111 mm)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
158204
158205
21-7/8” x 4-3/8”
(556 mm x 111 mm)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
2 psi @ 3 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 11 lpm)
11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
(299 mm x 111 mm)
• Housing ..........................SAN (Clear) or
Polypropylene (Opaque)
and Polypropylene
• O-Ring ..............................................Buna-N
91
3G Standard Filter Housings
We took our time-tested industry standard and made it even
better.We started from the ground up, utilizing our 35 years
of experience, to create the unique and innovative Third
Generation (3G) design. This patent pending design features
integral brackets, 20” clear housings, and caps for differential
pressure gauges.The new patent pending 3G housing accepts
standard double open end (DOE) and our Seal-Safe™ O-ring
sealing cartridges (only available on Microguard Cartridges).
The new Seal-Safe™ O-ring design offers enhanced cartridge
sealing for critical cartridge applications.You can be assured
the Third Generation Standard Filter Housing will set the
new standard and keep you in the lead.
• Integral bracket versions available.
• Available in 10” and 20” sumps in clear and opaque.
• Buttress threads and uniform walls for easier cartridge
change and improved strength.
• Accepts proprietary Seal-Safe™ double O-ring sealing
cartridges as well as standard DOE cartridges.
• Cap is available with threaded ports for mounting
differential pressure gauge.
• Choice of with or without pressure-relief/bleed button.
• Leak-proof sealing with top-seated floating Buna-N
O-ring.
3G Standard Filter Housings are manufactured from a
durable polypropylene or clear Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN).
All are equipped with 3/4” NPT inlet and outlet ports.
Reinforced polypropylene housings have excellent chemical
resistance and are ideal for many residential, commercial and
industrial applications. Clear sumps are manufactured from a
clear, FDA compliant Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN).They offer
on-site examination of the cartridge and have excellent
chemical compatibility as well.
3G Standard Filter Housings are available in both 10” and 20”
lengths and will accommodate a wide range of 2-1/4” to 31/8” diameter cartridges.
*
*Shown with
differential
gauge. Gauges
sold separately.
US Patent No. D 455,194 S and D 456,486 S.
Standard Mounting Boss Caps
Integral Mounting Bracket Caps
- Can be used with MC-1A bracket kit.
- Differential pressure gauges cannot be used with these
housings.
- Optional screw kit for integral bracket, part number
150580 sold separately.
- Differential pressure gauges cannot be used with these
housings.
MB Cap W/PR
MB Cap W/PR
IB Cap W/PR
Integral Bracket Meter Mount Caps
- Optional screw kit for integral bracket sold separately.
- Cap contains predrilled and tapped holes for mounting
differential pressure gauges.
CAUTION: Housing will not hold pressure without an installed
differential pressure gauge.
92
MM Cap W/PR
IB Cap W/PR
3G Standard Filter Housings
Maximum
Dimensions
Item #
Description
Standard Mounting Boss Caps
150542
3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” MB w/p.r., Blue Housing
150546
3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” MB, Blue Housing
150544
3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” MB w/p.r., Blue Housing
150548
3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” MB, Blue Housing
150558
3G #10 ST BL/CL ¾” MB w/p.r., Clear Housing
150562
3G #10 ST BL/CL ¾” MB, Clear Housing
150587
3G #10 ST BK/CL ¾” MB w/p.r., Clear Housing
150560
3G #20 ST BL/CL ¾” MB w/p.r., Clear Housing
150564
3G #20 ST BL/CL ¾” MB, Clear Housing
Integral Mounting Bracket Caps
150550
3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” IB w/p.r., Blue Housing
150554
3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” IB, Blue Housing
150552
3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” IB w/p.r., Blue Housing
150556
3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” IB, Blue Housing
150566
3G #10 ST BL/CL ¾” IB w/p.r., Clear Housing
150570
3G #10 ST BL/CL ¾” IB, Clear Housing
150568
3G #20 ST BL/CL ¾” IB w/p.r., Clear Housing
150572
3G #20 ST BL/CL ¾” IB, Clear Housing
Integral Bracket Meter Mount Caps
150574
3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” MM w/p.r., Blue Housing
150576
Flow Rate (gpm)
12-3/4” x 5-3/8”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(324 mm x 137 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
23” x 5-3/8”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(584 mm x 137 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
12-3/4” x 5-3/8”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(324 mm x 137 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
23” x 5-3/8”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(584 mm x 137 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
13-1/4” x 5-3/4”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(337 mm x 146 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
23-1/2” x 5-3/4”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(597 mm x 146 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
13-1/4” x 5-3/4”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(337 mm x 146 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
23-1/2” x 5-3/4”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(597 mm x 146 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
13-1/4” x 5-3/4”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(337 mm x 146 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” MM w/p.r., Blue Housing
23-1/2” x 5-3/4”
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(597 mm x 146 mm)
(0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
*Height does not include meter. Add 1-3/4” for 143549 gauge and 1/2” for 143550 gauge.
Key
ST = Standard
BK = Black
BL = Blue
CL = Clear
MB = Mounting Bosses for MC-1A bracket
IB = Integral Bracket
MM = Meter Mount for Differential Pressure Gauges
BT = British Threads
W/PR = With Pressure Release
(blank) = Without Pressure Release
• Housing ...........................Polypropylene (Opaque)
• Button Assembly ........300-series Stainless Steel,
polypropylene and EPDM
• O-Ring ..............................................Buna-N
CAUTION: Filter must be protected against freezing, which can cause cracking of the filter and water leakage.
93
3G Slim Line® Standard Filter Housings
• 10-inch housings available with clear or opaque sump.
• Buttress threads for additional strength and easier
cartridge changes.
• John Guest and NPT threaded connections offered in 1/4inch, 3/8-inch, and 1/2-inch.
• Cap styles include mounting boss, integral bracket, meter
mount and optional pressure relief bleed valve.
• Housing accepts our proprietary Seal-Safe™ double o-ring
sealing cartridges as well as DOE (double open end)
cartridges.
• Leak-proof sealing with a top-seated floating Buna-N Oring.
Slim Line® housings are the perfect choice for low-flow
filtration applications. Their slim design and high chemical
compatibility make them ideal for those challenging
applications.
Caps are manufactured from reinforced polypropylene in
black, blue, and white. Standard NPT threaded and John
Guest connections are available with 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch and
1/2-inch connections. Three different style caps add to the
flexibility of these housings.
The mounting boss cap features bosses molded in to the cap.
This allows the housing to be mounted to a single bracket or
a multiple housing bracket.
The integral bracket cap does not require a separate bracket
as the bracket is part of the cap. This feature saves valuable
time during installation.
Take the guesswork out of when to change your cartridge by
using the meter mount cap. These gauges indicate when the
cartridge is dirty and allow you to get the most out of your
cartridges.
U.S. Patent No. D 455,194 S and D 456,486 S
94
Pressure relief buttons are another option with the Slim
Line® 3G housings. Placed on the inlet side, the pressurerelief button helps reduce the pressure in the housing when
changing the cartridge.
Housings are available with either clear or opaque sumps.
The clear housings are manufactured of StyreneAcrylonitrile (SAN) and are stress relieved through a special
process for added strength and clarity. Clear housings offer
on-site examination of the flow, cartridge life and
performance.
Opaque housings are molded from reinforced polypropylene
and offer outstanding chemical compatibility.
Typical applications for the 3G Slim Line® housings include,
but are not limited to, undersink residential filtration, preand post reverse osmosis systems, recreational vehicle
filtration, and food service.
3G Slim Line® Standard Filter Housings
Item #
Description
Maximum Dimensions
Initial ∆P (psi) @ Flow Rate (gpm)
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/4-inch NPT, Mounting Boss Housings
158597 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” MB w/o pr
158598 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” MB w/pr
12-1/2" x 4-5/8"
158599 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/4” MB w/o pr
(318 mm x 118 mm)
®
158600 #10 3G Slim Line Blue/Clear 1/4” MB w/pr
158601 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 1/4” MB w/o pr
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/4-inch John Guest Quick Connect, Mounting Boss Housings
158602 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” QC MB w/o pr
158603 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” QC MB w/pr
12-1/2" x 4-5/8"
158604 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/4” QC MB w/o pr
(318 mm x 118 mm)
®
158606 #10 3G Slim Line White/White 1/4” QC MB w/o pr
158607 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 1/4” QC MB w/pr
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/4-inch NPT, Integral Bracket Housings
158636 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” IB w/pr
13-3/8" x 5-3/8"
158637 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/4” IB w/pr
(340 mm x 137 mm)
®
158638 #10 3G Slim Line White/White 1/4” IB w/pr
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/4-inch John Guest Quick Connect, Integral Bracket Housings
158639 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” QC IB w/pr
13-3/8" x 5-3/8"
158640 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/4” QC IB w/pr
(340
mm x 137 mm)
158641 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 1/4” QC IB w/pr
®
3G Slim Line Housings (Cap Sump) - 3/8-inch NPT, Mounting Boss Housings
11-3/4" x 4-3/4"
(298 mm x 121 mm)
158611 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 3/8” MB w/pr
158613 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 3/8” MB w/o pr
158612 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 3/8” MB w/pr
158614 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 3/8” QC MB w/o pr
11-3/4" x 4-3/4"
(298 mm x 121 mm)
158619 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 3/8” QC MB w/o pr
158618 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 3/8” QC MB w/pr
13-3/8" x 5-1/4"
(340 mm x 133 mm)
13-3/8" x 5-1/4"
(340 mm x 133 mm)
®
158647 #10 3G Slim Line White/White 3/8” QC IB w/pr
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/2-inch NPT, Mounting Boss Housings
11-3/4" x 4-3/4"
(298 mm x 121 mm)
158623 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/2” MB w/pr
12-1/2" x 4-5/8"
158625 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” QC MB w/pr
(318 mm x 118 mm)
13-3/8" x 5-3/8"
(298 mm x 121 mm)
13-3/8" x 5-3/8"
(298 mm x 121 mm)
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/2-inch NPT or Quick Connect, Integral Bracket Meter Mount Housings
13-3/8" x 5-3/8"
158656 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” IB MM1 w/pr
(298 mm x 121 mm)
158657 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” QC IB MM1 w/pr
1
2 psi @ 3 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 11 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 3 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 11 L/min)
2 psi @ 3 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 11 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
Housing is not designed to operate without an installed differential pressure gauge. Gauge must be purchased separately. See page 83.
95
Big Blue® Filter Housings
• Large capacity housings suitable for high flow applications.
• Available in 10” and 20” sizes to meet your needs.
• Optional pressure relief/bleed on inlet side of cap.
• Accepts 4-1/2” diameter cartridges.
Big Blue® filter housings offer the versatility to meet all your large-capacity
filtration needs, including high flow and heavy sediment applications. The extra
large housing allows for greater cartridge capacity, reducing the number of vessels
required for high flow rate applications. Sumps are constructed of durable
reinforced polypropylene and are available in 10” and 20” lengths.
The high flow polypropylene (HFPP) cap is available with 3/4”, 1” or 1-1/2” NPT
inlet and outlet ports.The 1-1/4” internal port allows a greater volume of liquid
to pass through the HFPP cap more rapidly.
Big Blue® housings are compatible with a broad range of chemicals and are
available with or without an optional pressure relief button. They accept a wide
variety of 4-1/2” diameter cartridges in either 10” or 20” lengths.
#10 Big Blue®
COMPONENT
#20 Big Blue®
The 150233, 150234, 150235, 150236, 150237, 150238,
150239, 150240, 150467 and 150469 are Tested and
Certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42
for material and structural integrity requirements only.
Item #
150469
150470
150237
150238
166219
150239
150240
Description
®
#10BB Big Blue , 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r.
#10BB Big Blue®, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
#10BB Big Blue®, 1” In/Out, w/p.r.
#10BB Big Blue®, 1” In/Out, wo/p.r.
#10BB Big Clear, 1” In/Out, w/p.r.
#10BB Big Blue®, 1 1/2” In/Out, w/p.r.
#10BB Big Blue®, 1 1/2” In/Out, wo/p.r.
150233
150234
166201
150235
150236
#20BB Big Blue®, 1” In/Out, w/p.r.
#20BB Big Blue®, 1” In/Out, wo/p.r.
#20BB Big Clear, 1 1/2” In/Out, w/p.r.
#20BB Big Blue®, 1 1/2” In/Out, w/p.r.
#20BB Big Blue®, 1 1/2” In/Out, wo/p.r.
Maximum
Dimensions
Flow Rate (gpm)
13-1/8” x 7-1/4”
(333 mm x 184 mm)
2 psi @ 15 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 57 lpm)
13-1/8” x 7-1/4”
(333 mm x 184 mm)
1 psi @ 15 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 57 lpm)
13- 5/8” x 7-1/4”
(346 mm x 184 mm)
1 psi @ 20 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
23- 3/8” x 7-1/4”
(594 mm x 184 mm)
1 psi @ 15 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 57 lpm)
23-7/8” x 7- 1/4”
(606 mm x 184 mm)
1 psi @ 20 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
• Housing ..............................Polypropylene
• Cap ........................................Polypropylene (HFPP)
• Button Assembly ............300-series Stainless Steel, EPDM
and Polypropylene
• O-Ring ........................................Buna-N
• Maximum Temperature ......100°F (37.7°C)
• Maximum Pressure ..............#10BB - 100 psi (6.9 bar)
#20BB - 90 psi (6.2 bar)
96
Valve-In-Head Filter Housings
• Ideal for a wide range of applications, including residential,
commercial and industrial.
• Available in 10” and 20” sizes.
• Optional pressure-relief/bleed button on inlet side of cap.
• Thick walls for increased strength.
• Leak-proof sealing with top-seated Buna-N O-ring.
• Available with clear and blue sumps.
Valve-in-head housings incorporate the same rugged design and
application features as our Standard 3/4” NPT housings.
The internal valve-in-head allows both inlet and outlet ports to be
simultaneously shut-off with a half turn of the handle. This eliminates
the need for external shut-off valves. Radial sealing O-rings and sealing
surfaces are continuously cleaned each time the valve is used, ensuring
leak-proof operation.
Valve-in-head filter housings are available in 10” and 20” lengths, will
accommodate a wide range of 2-3/8” and 2-7/8” diameter cartridges
and are available with either reinforced polypropylene or clear FDAcompliant Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN) sumps.
Valve-in-Head
#10 Blue
Valve-in-Head
#20 Blue
Valve-in-Head
#10 Clear
The 150164 and 150172 are Tested and Certified by
NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for
material and structural integrity requirements only.
COMPONENT
Item #
150164
150437
150166
Description
#10 BLUE Valve-In-Head, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r.
#10 CLEAR Valve-In-Head, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r.
#20 BLUE Valve-In-Head, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r.
Maximum
Dimensions
12 1/2” x 5 1/8”
Flow Rate (gpm)
4 psi @ 8 gpm
(318 mm x 130 mm)
(0.3 bar @ 30 lpm)
12 7/8” x 5 1/4”
4 psi @ 8 gpm
(327 mm x 133 mm)
(0.3 bar @ 30 lpm)
22 5/8” x 5 1/8”
4 psi @ 8 gpm
(575 mm x 130 mm)
(0.3 bar @ 30 lpm)
• Housing ..........................Polypropylene (Blue)
and Polypropylene
• Valve Parts ....................................Delrin
• O-Ring ..............................................Buna-N
97
High Temperature Filter Housings
• Ideal for a wide range of industrial applications.
• Excellent alternative to stainless and carbon steel vessels.
• Durable glass-reinforced nylon construction.
Constructed of glass-reinforced nylon. High temperature filter
housings are an economical alternative to stainless and carbon
steel housings.
1/2”
Slim Line High
Temperature
#20
These 1/2” and 3/4” NPT housings can withstand temperatures up
to a maximum of 160°F (71.1°C). Excellent chemical compatibility
makes High Temperature housings an ideal choice for a wide
variety of industrial applications including those involving organic
solvents, sea water, alcohol, petroleum and vegetable oils. They
should not be used with ketones.
A #241 Viton O-ring provides dependable sealing. Both 10” and
20” lengths are available to accommodate flow rates up to 20 gpm
(76L/min.).
3/4”
Standard High
Temperature
#20
1/2”
Slim Line High
Temperature
#10
3/4”
Standard High
Temperature
#10
Item #
158319
150015
150111
Description
#10 BLACK High Temperature Slim Line® 1/2” In/Out, wo/p.r.
#10 RED High Temperature Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
#20 RED High Temperature Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
Maximum
Dimensions
11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
(298 mm x 111 mm)
Flow Rate (gpm)
5 psi @ 8 gpm
(<0.4 bar @ 30 lpm)
12-1/8” x 5-1/8”
(308 mm x 130 mm)
22-1/4” x 5-1/8”
<1 psi @ 8 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 30 lpm)
(565 mm x 130 mm)
•
•
•
•
Housing ..............................Glass-Reinforced Nylon
Cap ......................................Glass-Reinforced Nylon
O-Ring ................................Viton®
Maximum Pressure ......125 psi (8.6 bar)
• Maximum Temperature ......160°F (High Temperature)
160°F (High Temperature
Slim Line®)
98
Bag Vessel Assemblies
• Lightweight, corrosion-resistant, polypropylene construction gives you strength without
weight.
• Available in 1” and 1-1/2” NPT sizes.
• Comes complete with gauge, wrench and 3/8” drain valve.
• Choice of 10” and 20” housings.
• Light enough to be portable.
PBH-420
Pentek’s standard bag vessel assemblies keep your system on stream longer by reducing
bag filter change time.
The single large Acme thread closure ensures quick opening and positive sealing.
All PBH Series vessels come complete with gauge, wrench and 3/8” drain valve.
PBH Series bag vessel assemblies are made of lightweight, corrosion-resistant,
polypropylene to give you all the strength you need without the weight.
Bag vessel assemblies are economically priced, allowing you to install a duplex system for
totally uninterrupted flow rates.
Bags are available in polypropylene felt, absolute-rated high-efficiency polypropylene and
nylon monofilament mesh - ideal for filtering and straining applications from 1 to 800
microns.
PBH-410
(shown with bag vessel stand)
Item #150370
PBH & BB Housing Stand
Item #
Description
150360
PBH-410 (1”)
150338
150367
150337
PBH-410 ( 1 1/2”)
PBH-420 (1”)
PBH-420 (1 1/2”)
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rates (gpm)
Maximum
Dimensions
Maximum
Pressure
13-1/8” x 7-1/4”
1 psi @ 15 gpm
100 psi
(333mm x 184mm)
(0.1 bar @ 56.8 lpm)
(6.9 bar)
13-5/8” x 7-1/4”
1 psi @ 20 gpm
100 psi
(346 mm x 184 mm)
(0.1 bar @ 75.7 lpm)
(6.9 bar)
23-3/8” x 7-1/4”
1 psi @ 15 gpm
90 psi
(594mm x 184mm)
(0.1 bar @ 56.8 lpm)
(6.2 bar)
23-7/8” x 7-1/4”
1 psi @ 20 gpm
90 psi
(606mm x 184mm)
(0.1 bar @ 75.7 lpm)
(6.2 bar)
• PBH-410 accepts a standard 4” x 8-1/4” (102 mm x 210 mm) bag. Dimensions allow for 1” (25 mm) overlap on basket.
• PBH-420 accepts a standard 4” x 18-1/2” (102 mm x 470 mm) bag. Dimensions allow for 1” (25 mm) overlap on basket.
• Housing ............................
• Cap ....................................
• Gauge ................................
• Vent Plug..........................
• Drain Plug ......................
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
Bismuth Brass (lead free)
Polypropylene
High Density Polypropylene
•
•
•
•
Ball Valve .......................................... PVC/Buna-N Seals
Basket................................................ Polypropylene
O-Ring and Gaskets.................... Buna-N
Maximum Temperature............ 100°F (37.8°C)
NOTE: Many standard bags with rings may be used in these vessels. Refer to Pentek Filtration’s bag filter specifications sheet for 1 to 200 micron quickinstall bags.
99
ST Series Stainless Steel Filter Housings
• Heavy duty units for smaller filtration systems and point-of-use
applications.
• Brushed 304 Stainless Steel sump with a cast brass/nickel plated head.
• Ideal for high pressure/hot water applications.
• Accepts complete range of standard double open end (DOE) cartridges.
ST Series stainless steel filter housings effectively provide heavy-duty
filtration for smaller filtration systems and point-of-use applications.
Supplying flow rates of up to 20 gpm (76 L/min), at a maximum water
temperature of 300°F (149°C). ST Series are ideal for hot water and highpressure applications not suited for plastic housings. The brushed 304
stainless steel sumps are available with either a pipe plug or pet-cock in
the bottom for draining. Heads are manufactured from nickel-plated castbrass.
ST Series housings are easy to install and maintain. They are compatible
with a complete range of filter cartridges, adding to their versatility.
The Model ST-1 is a single cartridge filter ideal for filtering water at a flow
rate not exceeding 10 U.S. GPM (depending on cartridge selection).
ST-1
ST-2
The Model ST-2 is identical to the ST-1, but requires two 9-3/4” (248mm)
cartridges or one 19-1/2” (495mm) cartridge to provide higher capacity
for longer operations of the filter between cartridge change-over.
ST-3
The Model ST-3 is again identical to the ST-1 and ST-2 with even higher
flow rate and greater dirt holding capacity than the ST-1 or ST-2. Requires
three 9-3/4” (248mm) cartridges or one 29-1/4” (743mm) cartridge.
Item #
Description
15601702
ST-1
15601802
ST-2
15601902
ST-3
No. 9-3/4”
(248 mm)
Cartridges
1
2
3
Filter
Height
in (mm)
12 7/8 (327)
22 3/4 (578)
32 3/8 (822)
Shipping
Weight
lbs (kg)
7 (3.2)
10-1/2 (4.8)
13-1/2 (6.1)
Flow Rate*
GPM (LPM)
10 (38)
15 (57)
20 (76)
Max. Pressure
w/pipe plug
psi (bar)
250 (17.2)
250 (17.2)
250 (17.2)
Max. Pressure
w/pet-cock
psi (bar)
250 (17.2)
250 (17.2)
250 (17.2)
*When used with 20 micron (nominal) cartridge.
• Maximum cartridge diameter 3” (76 mm).
• Will not accept GAC, CC, CGAC,TSGAC,WS, PCF or PCC Series cartridges.
Also Available:
144128 Wall Bracket for ST-1, ST-2 and ST-3
156037 Mounting bracket for ST-1, ST-2 and ST-3
• Housing ....................................Brushed 304 Stainless Steel
• Head ..........................................Brass/Nickel Plated
• Maximum Temperature ....300°F (149°C)
• Pipe Size ............................3/4” NPT
• Sealing Gaskets ..............Buna-N, Cellulose Fiber
WARNING: For drinking water applications, do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection
before or after the system.
NOTE: Not recommended for applications with TDS or chlorides >1000 and/or pH <5.0. Use of this product in these conditions will void the limited
warranty. Consult factory for product modifications for these conditions.
100
ST-BC Series Stainless Steel Filter Housings
• Heavy duty units for large scale commercial/industrial applications.
• Brushed 304 stainless steel construction with a gray-silver epoxy finish.
• Ideal for high-temperature applications.
• Accepts complete range of standard double open end (DOE) cartridges.
ST-BC Series stainless steel filter housings offer a variety of solutions for your
large-scale, heavy-duty filtration needs. Simple to install and maintain, these
housings are ideal for schools, restaurants, farms, institutions and industrial
use. Holding from 4 to 20 cartridges, ST-BC Series housings provide flow
rates from 28 - 125 gpm (106-473 L/min).
ST-BC-16
ST-BC-12
Housings are constructed of 304 stainless steel with a gray-silver epoxy
finish.They include drains on both the “clean” and “dirty” sides of the sump.
ST-BC Series housings are compatible with a complete range of filter
cartridges adding to their versatility.
ST-BC-4
ST-BC-8
ST-BC-20
No.* Cartridges
Dimensions
Filter Height
in (mm)
Shipping Wgt.
lbs (kg)
Flow Rate**
GPM (LPM)
Max. Pressure
psi (bar)
Pipe Size
in (mm)
ST-BC-4
(4) 3” X 9-3/4” or 10”
(76mm x 248mm or 254mm)
19 1/4 (489)
20 (9.1)
28 (106)
125 (8.62) to
300°F (149°C)
2 (50.8)
15602602
ST-BC-8
(8) 3” x 9-3/4” or 10”
(76mm x 248mm or 254mm)
29 (737)
30 (13.6)
56 (212)
125 (8.62) to
300°F (149°C)
2 (50.8)
15602702
ST-BC-12
(12) 3” x 9-3/4” or 10”
(76mm x 248mm or 254mm)
39 3/4 (1010)
40 (18.2)
84 (318)
125 (8.62) to
300°F (149°C)
2 (50.8)
15602802
ST-BC-16
(16) 3” x 9-3/4” or 10”
(76mm x 248mm or 254mm)
49 3/4 (1264)
50 (22.7)
110 (416)
125 (8.62) to
300°F (149°C)
2 (50.8)
15603202
ST-BC-20
(20) 2 1/2” x 9-3/4” or 10”
(64mm x 248mm or 254mm)
49 3/4 (1264)
50 (22.7)
125 (473)
125 (8.62) to
300°F (149°C)
2 (50.8)
Item #
Description
15602502
Note:Will not accept model GAC, CC, CGAC,TSGAC,WS, PCF or PCC series cartridges.
*Number of cartridges refers to the number of 9-3/4” (248 mm) or 10” (254 mm) cartridges which are configured around the housing times the number of cartridges that
may be stacked. Example 4 x 2 means that 9-3/4” (248 mm) cartridges are configured four around and two high.
**Above rated capacity based on sediment removal with a 25 micron filter cartridge and 1 PSIG initial clean pressure drop.
• Housing ....................................Brushed 304 Stainless Steel
• Finish ..........................................Epoxy
• Maximum Temperature ....300°F (149°C)
• Maximum Pressure ......125 psi (8.6 bar)
• Pipe Size ............................2” (50.8 mm)
• Sealing Gasket ................Buna-N
NOTE: Maximum cartridge diameter 3” (76 mm).
WARNING: If pressure exceeds 125 psi (8.62 bar) at any time, a pressure regulator must be used. Do not use water that is microbiologically unsafe or
of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system.
NOTE: Not recommended for applications with TDS or chlorides >1000 and/or pH <5.0. Use of this product in these conditions will void the limited
warranty. Consult factory for product modifications for these conditions.
101
MPST-1 Multi-Purpose Stainless Steel Filter
Housing
• Unique design accepts either a 41/2-inch x 20-inch DOE cartridge or a PENTEK Model 420 bag
filter (Conversion Kit #243111).
• 304 stainless steel construction with epoxy finish.
• Equipped with several ports for differential pressure gauges.
• Heavy-duty design for numerous commercial and industrial applications.
• Ideal for high temperature or high pressure applications.
The PENTEK MPST-1 Multi-Purpose Stainless Steel Filter Housing is designed to accept either a
41/2-inch x 20-inch DOE cartridge or a PENTEK 420 style bag filter.The housing comes standard
as a cartridge filter housing but the optional bag filter kit converts it to a bag filter housing in
seconds.
Simple to install, maintain, and convert from cartridge to bag filter and back, this housing is ideal
for schools, restaurants, farms, institutions and numerous industrial applications.
The MPST-1 housing is constructed of 304 stainless steel and powder coated with two-part
epoxy with flow rates up to 50 GPM and maximum temperature ratings at 250°F, making it ideal
for hot water and high pressure applications. An adjustable stand is included which adds to its
versatility.
It is supplied with two-inch inlet and outlet ports and a threaded drain port for easy servicing. It
is also equipped with several pressure differential gauge ports to aid in cartridge or bag filter
replacement.
Item #
156237
Maximum
Flow Rate
50 GPM
(189 L/min)
Dimensions
(Height x O.A. Dia*)
29” x 6-3/8”
(737 mm x 162 mm)
Pipe Size
(NPT)
2”
(50.8 mm)
Maximum
Temperature
250°F
(121°C)
Maximum
Pressure
150 psi
(10.34 bar)
Note: Will not accept model GAC 20BB, BBF1-20BB, WS-20BB or CRFC-20BB Cartridges.
*Height does not include stand
• Housing ............................304 Stainless Steel
• Finish ................................Epoxy
• Sealing Gasket ..............Buna-N
NOTE: Maximum cartridge diameter 43/4-inches (12 mm)
WARNING: If pressure exceeds 150 psi (10.34 bar) at any time, a pressure regulator must be used. Do not use water that is microbiologically unsafe or
of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system.
NOTE: Not recommended for applications with TDS or chlorides >1000 ppm and/or pH <5.0. Use of this product in these conditions will void the
limited warranty. Consult factory for product modifications for these conditions.
102
BFS/BBFS Series Basic Filtration Systems
• Multi-housing systems include wall-mounting bracket and hardware.
• Available with low-profile Slim Line® or large capacity Big Blue® housings.
• All systems are shipped completely pre-assembled.
BFS and BBFS Basic Filtration Systems consist of either two or three filter
housings, which are mounted in series, a wall-mounting bracket and
hardware.
The BFS-201 consist of a series of 3/8” NPT low-profile Slim Line® housings
in series for installations where space is limited. The BBFS systems consist
of a series of large-capacity 1” NPT #20 Big Blue® housings allowing for
greater cartridge capacities and higher flow rates. All systems are equipped
with a pressure relief button to relieve housing pressure during cartridge
changes, and are shipped completely pre-assembled.
BBFS-222
BBFS-22
All of the housings are manufactured of a durable polypropylene, have
excellent chemical resistance and are ideal for many residential, commercial
and industrial applications.
BFS-201
Maximum
Dimensions
Maximum
Pressure
BBFS-22
15-1/4” x 8-1/2” x 26-1/2”
(388mm x 216mm x 673mm)
90 psi (6.2 bar)
160168
BBFS-222
23-1/4” x 8-1/2” x 26-1/2
(591mm x 216mm x 673mm)
90 psi (6.2 bar)
160196
BFS-201
10-1/2” x 5-1/4” x 14”
(267mm x 133mm x 356mm)
125 psi (8.6 bar)
Item #
Description
160166
• Cap ....................................Polypropylene
• Housing ..........................Polypropylene
• Bracket ............................Powder Coated Carbon Steel
• O-Rings ............................................Buna-N
NOTE: 20” (508 mm) Big Blue® sumps are interchangeable with 10” (254 mm) Big Blue® sumps.
NOTE: Big Blue® is a registered trademark of Pentek Filtration.
103
UMS-4 BB Housing Skid System
• Can be installed in series, parallel or combination of both.
• Manufactured from pultruded fiberglass for strength and fire
resistance.
• Holds 4 Big Blue® filter housings or bag vessel assemblies.
The pultruded fiberglass is compatible with a wide range of
organic and inorganic substances, but the UMS-4 is not
compatible with all plating solutions. Assembly hardware is
manufactured from 304 stainless steel for greater chemical
resistance.
This system is capable of holding up to four Big Blue® filter
housings or bag vessel assemblies.The housings can be assembled
in series, parallel or a combination of both series and parallel to
accommodate your filtration requirements.
Item #160210
The UMS-4 can be installed in the following combinations:
Note: Sumps / Housings sold separately.
SERIES
PARALLEL
COMBINATION - SERIES TO PARALLEL
COMBINATION - PARALLEL TO SERIES
Possible Flow Rates
Parallel arrangement:
Series arrangement:
104
up
up
up
up
to
to
to
to
200 gpm (757 lpm) for filter bags
100 gpm (378.5 lpm) for filter cartridges
50 gpm (189 lpm) for filter bags
25 gpm (94.6 lpm) for filter cartridges
Chemical Compatibility Chart
s
es
inl
Sta
es
- 60
er i
nE
0S
o
30
Vit
ne
ico
Sil
-N
Bu
D
B
B
D
A
B
A
D
A
A
A
A
D
A
B
A
A
A
D
D
D
-D
A
C
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
-A
A
D
D
-A
C
A
D
na
A
A
A
A
D
-A
--B
D
A
-D
A
B
B
A
-A
A
-A
D
-A
B
A
D
A
D
A
A
B
D
A
-B
B
A
B
C1222
A
D
A
B
D
D
B
A
-B
-B
-D
A
C
C
A
-C
B
B
B
D
-A
A
A
D
lrin
12
22
D
B
A*
A
D
A
A
D
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
-A
D
D
D
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
A/D*
A/C*
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
De
A
D
A
A
A
D
A
-A
A
A
B
GF
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
D
C
A
A
B
A
A
A
A*
A
A
A
A
D
-B
A
A
C
N
125
50
125 100
125 100*
125
10
125 ANY
72
100
125 ANY*
68
20
125
10
125
-125
2
125
96
68
25
125
-125 100
125
20
125 100
125
-125 100
125
20
68
40
68
30
125
-68
-125 100
125 100
125 100
100 100
125 100
68
10
125 100
125
-125 ANY
100
5
125
-68
25
100
-200 100
125 100
125 100
125
-100 100
lon
Ny
Acetic Acid
Acetone
Ammonium Compounds
Ammonium Hydroxide
Beer
Benzene
Calcium Compounds
Calcium Hypochlorite
Citric Acid
Cottonseed Oil
Detergents
Ethyl Alcohol
Freon
Fruit Juices
Gasoline
Glucose
Glycerin
Glycol
Hexane
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid
Hydrogen Peroxide
Inks
Ketones
Lubricating Oils
Mercury
Methyl Alcohol
Mineral Oil
Naphthalene
Nitric Acid
Olive Oil
Plating Solutions
Sodium Compounds
Sodium Hypochlorite
Sugar & Syrups
Sulfuric Acid
Toluene
Water (hot)
DI Water
Sea Water
Whiskey/Wines
Xylene
SA
TF
ne
yle
r op
)**
lyp
°F
Po
e(
tur
*
er a
n*
mp
tio
Te
tra
en
nc
)**
Co
°F
%
e(
tur
era
mp
Te
Chemical
C
D
A
A
D
D
A
B
D
A
A
A
12-113
TF
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
D
D
A
D
A
A
B
A
B
D
A
A*
A
A
A
C
D
C
A
A
A
D
-B
B
-C
-C
C
C
--B
D
-D
B
B
-B
-----C
---D
-C
D
C
C
A
-D
A
A
--D
C
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
-A
C
C
A
B
B/C
D
-B
---
12
II
ONLY
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
-A
---A
A
A
A
-A
A
A
A
-B
B
A
-A
A
--A
A
A = Negligible Effect
B = Limited
Absorption Attack
C = Extensive
Absorption
and/or Rapid
Permeation
D = Extensive Attack
* Consult Factory for
Specific Compound
** Maximum
TF = Talc Filled
GF - Glass Filled
NOTICE: We cannot
anticipate all conditions
under which this
information and our
products, or the
products of other
manufacturers in
combination with our
products, may be used.
We accept no
responsibility for results
obtained by the
application of this
information or the safety
and suitability of our
products, either alone or
in combination. Users
are advised to make
their own tests to
determine the safety
and suitability of each
product combination for
their own purposes and
applications. Unless
otherwise agreed in
writing, or previously
tested by Pentek
Filtration on specific
applications, we sell the
product without warranty
against chemicals listed
above. Buyers and
users assume all
responsibility for liability
performance or damage.
105
Pentek® Filter Housings Pressure Drop
PRESSURE/FLOW
MODEL
1/4” Slim Line™
3/8” Slim Line™
1/2” Slim Line™
3/4” Standard
3/4” V-I-H
Big Blue® HFPP 3/4”
Big Blue® HFPP 1”
Big Blue® HFPP 1-1/2”
NET PRESSURE DROP - psi (bar) @ FLOW RATE - gpm (lpm)
1
3
5
8
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
(4)
(11)
(19)
(30)
(38)
(57)
(76)
(95)
(114)
(132)
(151)
(189)
(227)
(265)
(303)
<1
2
4
10
15
(<.1)
(.1)
(.3)
(.7)
(1.0)
<1
<1
2
5
7
(<.1)
(<.1)
(.1)
(.4)
(.5)
<1
<1
2
5
7
(<.1)
(<.1)
(.1)
(.4)
(.5)
<1
<1
<1
<1
1
2
3
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(.1)
(.1)
(.2)
<1
1
2
4
7
16
(<.1)
(.1)
(.1)
(.3)
(.5)
(1.1)
<1
<1
<1
<1
1
2
3
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(.1)
(.1)
(.2)
<1
<1
<1
<1
1
1
2
3
4
5
7
11
16
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(.1)
(.1)
(.1)
(.2)
(.3)
(.4)
(.5)
(.8)
(1.1)
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
1
1
2
2
3
4
7
10
13
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(<.1)
(.1)
(.1)
(.1)
(.1)
(.2)
(.3)
(.5)
(.7)
(.9)
CAUTION: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the unit.
NOTE:The pressure drop values listed for flow rates higher than 10 gpm were extrapolated from curves, except in the case of the Big Blue® housings.
All tests were performed on empty housings (no cartridges.)
106
Pentek® Mounting Brackets
For Big Blue® Housings
This bracket is made for the 10” and 20” Big Blue® housings only.
150061
144092
WB-SS Kit, Bracket and Screws, Powder-Coated Carbon Steel
WB-SS, Bracket Only, Stainless Steel
Standard Housing Brackets
For Mounting Caps with Bosses
The MC-1 bracket is made for the 3/4” (19mm) housings with bosses only. It is constructed of zinc-plated
steel.
150578
144090
MC-1 Kit, Bracket and Screws, 3/4” CAPS only
MC-1 Bracket Only, 3/4” CAPS only
For 3/4” Housings
The UB-1 bracket is made for the 3/4” (19mm) inlet/outlet housings only. It is constructed of zinc-plated
steel.
151011
14401200
UB-1 Kit, Bracket and Screws, 3/4” CAPS only
UB-1 Bracket Only, 3/4” CAPS only
Slim Line™ Mounting Brackets
For 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” Housings
For Slim Line™ Housings with 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” inlet/outlet. It is constructed of zinc-plated steel.The kit
includes bracket and screws.
26023
14402500
Kit, Bracket and Screws, 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” Slim Line™
Bracket Only, 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” Slim Line™
CCF & RO System Brackets
14414202
14416902
Slim Line™ Bracket,Two-Housing, CCF & RO
Slim Line™ Bracket,Three-Housing, CCF & RO
Big Blue® System Bracket
For Big Blue® housings with 3/4”, 1” and 1-1/2” inlet/outlet. 2 or 3 housing brackets available. Made of
powder-coated carbon steel.
144258
144259
Big Blue® Bracket,Two-Housing
Big Blue® Bracket,Three-Housing
150370
Bag Housing Stand
For Big Blue® bag housings and Big Blue® cartridge housings.
Made of SuperFlexon®
107
Pentek® Accessories
Cartridge Couplers
155003
Standard coupler available
for standard double open
end (DOE) cartridges
Material: polypropylene
Sump Extension
157209 Used for all natural
polypropylene housings
Material: polypropylene
Big Blue® Coupler
144229
Available for Big Blue®
(4-1/2” diameter) DOE
cartridges
Material: Polypropylene
Cap Plug Kit
144457 For vents or gauges
Includes plug and O-ring
O-Rings
Spanner Wrenches
Used to loosen sump when changing
cartridges.
150539
Wrench, Sump, SW-1A, Slim
Line & 3G Housings
150295
Wrench, Sump, SW-2,
Standard 3/4” Housings
150296
Wrench, Sump, SW-3, #10BB
Housings
144368
Wrench, Sump, SW-4, #20BB
Housings
144880 Wrench, Sump, Big Clear
Buna-N FDA Grade
151121
237 for #5 & #10 Slim
Line™ Housings
151120
241 for #10, #12 & #20
Housings
151122
Big Blue® O-Ring
Silicone FDA Grade
158096
237 for #5 & #10 Slim Line™ Housings
151118
241 for #10, #12 and #20 Housings
Viton
157193
158095
151117
012 Kit for Vent Plugs
237 for #5 & #10 Slim Line™ Housings
241 for #10, #12 and #20 Housings
Differential Pressure Gauges
These gauges can be read from both sides.They tell the user when to change the cartridge while the filter is in
operation.They are easily mounted directly to MM (Meter Mount) caps with screws provided. Both are constructed of
glass-filled nylon, Buna-N O-rings, 304 SS spring. 143549 contains a ceramic magnet.
Color Change Differential Pressure Gauge
Green and red color indicate when cartridge should be changed.
Green (clean) 0-7 psid; Red (change) 7-10 psid.
Item # 143550
Needle Differential Pressure Gauge
Needle points to international standard colors to determine when cartridge needs
to be changed. Green (clean) 0-6 psid;Yellow (change) 6-9 psid; Red (dirty) 9-12 psid.
Item # 143549
108
143550
143549
Pentek® Sumps & Caps
Item #
Description
Item #
Description
Filter Housing Caps
Filter Housing Sumps
154049
1/4" Black Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® & #5 Blue Housings
153014
#5 Slim Line® Blue Sump
®
154053
1/4" Blue Cap w/o pr for Slim Line & #5 Clear Housings
153056
#5 Slim Line® Clear Sump
154062
1/4" White Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® Housings
153049
#10 Slim Line® White Sump
154108
3/8" Black Cap w/pr for Slim Line® & #5 Blue Housings
153062
#10 Slim Line® Black Sump
®
154006
3/8" Black Cap w/o pr for Slim Line & #5 Blue Housings
153017
®
154111
3/8" Blue Cap w/pr for Slim Line & #5 Clear Housings
153018
#10 Slim Line® Clear Sump
154010
3/8" Blue Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® & #5 Clear Housings
153093
#10 Slim Line® Black Nylon Sump
®
154171
1/2" Black Cap w/pr for Slim Line & #5 Blue Housings
153063
#10 Std Black Nylon Sump
154083
1/2" Black Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® & #5 Blue Housings
153005
#10 Std Red High Temp Sump
154175
1/2" Blue Cap w/pr for Slim Line® & #5 Clear Housings
153001
#10 Blue Sump
154503
1/2" Black Nylon Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® Black Nylon
153128
#10 Clear Sump
Housing
153013
#20 Blue Sump
154101
3/4" Black Cap w/pr for #10 & #20 Blue Housings
153058
154001
3/4" Black Cap w/o pr for #10 & #20 Blue Housings
153092
#20 Slim Line® Black Nylon Sump
154102
3/4" Blue Cap w/pr for #10 Clear Housings
153064
#20 Std Black Nylon Sump
154115
3/4" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr for #10 & #20 Blue
153029
#10 Big Blue® Sump
Housings
153114
#10 Big Blue® Sump - White
154017
3/4" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr for #10 & #20 Blue
153208
#10 Big Clear Sump
Housings
153070
#20 Big Blue® Sump
154116
3/4" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr for #10 Clear Housings
153166
#20 Big Clear Sump
154018
3/4" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr for #10 Clear
153080
#20 Big Blue® Sump - White
Housings
153042
#10 All Natural Std. Sump - No Drain Plug (style 2)
154134
3/4" Black VIH Cap w/pr for #10 & #20 VIH Blue Housings
153101
#10 All Natural Std. Sump w/Drain Plug
154138
3/4" Blue VIH Cap w/pr for #10 Clear VIH housing
153046
#12 All Natural Sump for 222 - No Drain Plug
154061
3/4" Black Nylon Cap w/o pr for #10 & #20 housings
153106
#12 All Natural Sump for 222 - With Drain Plug
154003
3/4" Red High Temperature Cap w/o pr
153040
#20 All Natural Std. Sump - No Drain Plug
154195
3/4" Black HFPP Cap w/pr for Big Blue® Housings
153102
#20 All Natural Std. Sump - With Drain Plug
154166
1" Black HFPP Cap w/pr for Big Blue® Housings
153055
#20 Ext All Natural Sump for 222 - No Drain Plug
154077
1" Black HFPP Cap w/o pr for Big Blue® Housings
153107
#20 Ext All Natural Sump for 222 - With Drain Plug
154291
1" Black Cap for Big Clear Housings
3G Filter Housing Sumps
154167
1-1/2" Black HFPP Cap w/pr for Big Blue® Housings
153202
3G #10 SL Blue Sump
154078
1-1/2" Black HFPP Cap w/o pr for Big Blue® Housings
153203
3G #10 SL Clear Sump
154025
#10, #12, & #20 All Natural Cap, Std., No Plugs
153197
3G #10 ST Blue Sump
154135
#10, #12, & #20 All Natural Cap, Std., w/Two Vent Plugs
153194
3G #10 ST Clear Sump
154351
#10, #12, & #20 All Natural 222 Cap, Std., No Plugs
153200
3G #20 ST Blue Sump
154136
#10, #12, & #20 All Natural 222 Cap, Std., w/Two Vent Plugs
153195
3G #20 ST Clear Sump
154082
Countertop White Cap - 1/4” Inlet/Outlet (for #5 and #10 Units)
3G Filter Housing Caps
154638
3G 3/4" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr
154584
3G 3/4" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr
154646
3G 3/4" Black Integral Bracket Cap w/pr
154600
3G 3/4" Black Integral Bracket Cap w/o pr
154622
3G 3/4" Black Integral Bracket Cap, Meter Mount w/pr
154639
3G 3/4" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr
154585
3G 3/4" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr
154647
3G 3/4" Blue Integral Bracket Cap w/pr
154788
3G 3/8" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr
154790
3G 3/8" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr
154737
3G 3/8" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr
154804
3G 3/8" Black Integral Bracket Cap w/pr
154806
3G 3/8" Blue Integral Bracket Cap w/pr
109
C Series Dual Purpose Powdered-Activated
Carbon Cartridges
• Economically priced.
• Provides sediment filtration and bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• High dirt-holding capacity.
• Available in 4 sizes and two micron ratings.
• Recommended for chlorinated water supplies.
C Series cartridges offer an economical solution for all of your general-purpose water
filtration needs. Constructed of a carbon impregnated cellulose media, these dual-purpose
cartridges filter out fine sediment particles and reduce unwanted taste, odor and chlorine
taste and odor from your tap water.* A polyester reinforcement backing and external netting
provide additional strength and dirt-loading capacity.
C Series cartridges are available in three different sizes and both the C-1 and C-2 are
nominally rated at 5-microns
C1-20
These dual-purpose cartridges are well suited for a wide range of residential applications, and
make excellent polishing filters when used in process or closed-loop streams.
* Based on manufacturer's internal testing.
C1
C2
This C1 is Tested and certified by NSF International under
ANSI/NSF Standard 42 for material requirements only.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
15500243
C1
15502243
C2
15559743
C1-20
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
2-1/2” x 9-3/4”
(64mm x 248mm)
2-1/2” x 4-7/8”
(64mm x 124mm)
2-1/2” x 20”
(64 mm x 508mm)
5
4 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.3 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
2.0 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
1.0 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 19 lpm)
>2,500 gallons @ 1 gpm*
(>9,500 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
>1,250 gallons @ 0.5 gpm*
(>4,700 liters @ 1.9 lpm)
>5,000 gallons @ 2 gpm*
(>18,900 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
5
5
• Filter Media ..........PAC Impregnated Cellulose
• End Caps................Vinyl Plastisol (C1 & C2)
• Netting....................Polyethylene
• Reinforcement Backing ........Cellulose Polyester (C1 & C2)
• Core ................................................Polypropylene
• Temperature Rating ................40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
(C1, C2, C1-20)
NOTE: Some harmless bacteria will attack cellulose media cartridges. If your cartridge seems to disintegrate, or has a musty or moldy odor, switch to a
synthetic media cartridge or consult the manufacturer.
*NOTE: Estimated capacity tested at given flow rate using 2 ppm free available chlorine at continuous flow to 0.5 ppm breakthrough.
NOTE: Increased flow rates may result in less effective chlorine reduction.
*Based on manufacturer’s internal testing.
110
FloPlus™ Series Modified Molded Carbon
Block Cartridges
• Nominal 0.5-micron rating.
• 99.95% reduction of Cryptosporidium and Giardia cysts.
• Premium dirt-holding capacity.
• Outstanding chlorine taste and odor reduction.
• True depth filtration which offers greatest life of any cyst-capable carbon
cartridge.
FloPlus™ cartridges utilize a revolutionary new technology that
significantly enhances the traditional Fibredyne product, making it possible
to obtain cyst reduction in a cartridge that functions like a nominal 10micron cartridge.
FloPlus-20
This product boasts extremely low pressure drops and high flow rates –
comparable to 10-micron (very open) carbon cartridges. Its efficiency is so
high that a 0.5 micron rating is possible, which means that cysts and very
small particles can be removed to create cleaner, safer water.
This product is ideal for applications where pressure drop and low flow
have been chronic problems in the past, as well as whole house water
treatment with the addition of cyst reduction. However, it will address the
needs of any end user looking for a product that offers high flow, low
pressure drop, infrequent cartridge changes and cyst-free water.
FloPlus-20BB
FloPlus-10BB
FloPlus-10
The FPS-10 with the FloPlus 10, FPS-20 with the FloPlus
20, FPS-10BB and the FPS-20BB with the FloPlus 20BB
are Tested and Certified by NSF International to
NSF/ANSI Standard 53 for the reduction of Cysts.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
45590343
FloPlus-10
45590443
FloPlus-20
45590543
FloPlus-10BB
45590643
FloPlus-20BB
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
2-7/8” x 20”
(73mm x 508mm)
4-5/8” x 9-3/4”
(118 mm x 248mm)
4-5/8” x 20”
(118mm x 508mm)
0.5
2.0 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
2.0 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
4.0 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.3 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
4.0 psi @ 4 gpm
(0.3 bar @ 15.2 lpm)
>10,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
(>37,800 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
(>75,700 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
(>94,500 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
(>189,000 liters @ 15.2 lpm)
0.5
0.5
0.5
• Filter Media ..........Bonded PAC
• End Caps................Polypropylene
• Netting....................Polyethylene
• Gaskets ................................Santonprene™
• Temperature Rating........40°F to 180°F (4.4°C to 82.2°C)
NOTE: Performance capacity depends on system design, flow rate and certain other application conditions. Certain states require system registration or
certification for health-related reduction claims.
NOTE: A drinking water cartridge may contain carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water, follow the
instructions for flushing the cartridge to remove fines.
NOTE: It is recommended that you run the tap for 20 seconds prior to using the water for drinking or cooking purposes.
111
NCP Series Non-Cellulose CarbonImpregnated Pleated Cartridges
•
•
•
•
Non-cellulose media resists bacterial attack.
Provides sediment filtration and chlorine taste & odor reduction.
Pleated for maximum dirt-loading capacity.
Nominal 10-micron rating.
NCP Series cartridges are constructed from a carbon-impregnated
non-cellulose media. They offer sediment-filtration, as well as taste,
odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction in one cartridge. Unlike
cellulose cartridges, NCP Series cartridges are resistant to both
bacterial attack allowing them to be used for municipal and nonchlorinated water applications.
Pleats provide additional surface area for high dirt-loading capacity,
while maintaining minimal pressure drop.This combination of a pleated
polyester media and carbon filtration produces an outstanding filter
cartridge with extended service life.
NCP Series cartridges are excellent polishing filters, closed loop
streams and are ideal for post reverse osmosis and well water
applications.
NCP-20BB
NCP-20
NCP-10
Item #
Description
15536743
NCP-10
15539843
NCP-BB
15539743
NCP-20
15538243
NCP-20BB
NCP-BB
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*
2-1/2” x 9-3/4”
(764mm x 248mm)
4-1/2” x 9-3/4”
(114mm x 248mm)
2-1/2” x 20”
(64mm x 508mm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(114mm x 508mm)
10
2 psi @ 3 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 11 lpm)
2 psi @ 8 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 30 lpm)
2 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 19 lpm)
1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
225 gallons @ 1 gpm
(850 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
500 gallons @ 2 gpm
(1,890 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
450 gallons @ 2 gpm
(1,700 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
1,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
(3,780 liters @ 15 lpm)
10
10
10
*Filtration efficiency and chlorine taste and odor reduction efficiency are reduced at higher flow rates. Chlorine taste and odor reduction based on greater than 50% reduction
using 2ppm free chlorine feed concentration at 68°F (20°C) at continuous flow.
• Filter Media....................Pleated Carbon-Impregnated
Polyester
• End Caps..........................Vinyl Plastisol
• Core ......................................Polypropylene
• Netting ................................Polyethylene
• Temperature Rating ......40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system.
112
CFB Series Modified Molded Block Cartridges
• Nominal 10-micron rating.*
• Excellent dirt-holding capacity.*
• High chlorine taste & odor and bad taste & odor reduction.*
• Economic choice for high sediment applications leading to premature plugging.
CFB Series cartridges provide the effective chlorine taste & odor reduction found in
traditional carbon block media while offering excellent sediment reduction capabilities.*
CFB Series products are a modified molded block created by use of our proprietary
Fibredyne technology.This technology creates a unique filter media by attaching powdered
activated carbon onto a cellulose-free synthetic fiber matrix.The result is a single cartridge
that combines the benefits of both a sediment filter and a carbon block into a single
cartridge. Fibredyne's carbon block technology also offers up to two times the chlorine
taste & odor reduction and dirt-holding capacity of traditional blocks.* In addition, this
technology will not release fines into the effluent stream due to a unique post-filtration
layer that is fused to the carbon/fiber media blend.
CFB Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant materials, making
them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and industrial
applications.
Tested and Certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI
Standard 42 for material requirements only.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
25567143
CFB-10
25567243
CFB-20
25567343
CFB-30
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Taste & Odor
Reduction @ Flow Rate (gpm)
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
2-7/8” x 20”
(73mm x 508mm)
2-7/8” x 30”
(73mm x 762mm)
10
3.0 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.7 bar @ 3.8 Lpm)
3.0 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.7 bar @ 7.6 Lpm)
3.0 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.7 bar @ 11.4 Lpm)
(>18,900 L @ 3.8 Lpm)
(>37,800 L @ 7.6 Lpm)
(>56,700 L @ 11.4 Lpm)
10
10
• Filter Media ..................Bonded PAC
• End Caps ........................Polypropylene
• Netting ............................Polyethylene
• Gaskets ....................................................Santonprene™
• Temperature Rating ..........................40°F to 180°F (4.4°C to 82.2°C)
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the unit.
certification for health-related contaminant reduction claims.
NOTE: Cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation, a new cartridge should be flushed with
sufficient water to remove all traces of fines prior to using the water.
NOTE: Micron ratings based on 85% or greater removal of given particle size. Estimated capacity using 2ppm free available chlorine at 0.5 ppm
breakthrough.
113
CFB-Plus Series Modified Molded Block
Cartridges
• Nominal 10-micron rating.
• Premium dirt-holding capacity.*
• Premium chlorine taste & odor and bad taste & odor reduction.*
The CFB-Plus Series cartridges are an enhanced version of our CFB product. It
offers the same benefits with even greater chlorine taste & odor reduction and the
highest sediment reduction found in a carbon cartridge.*
CFB-Plus Series products are modified molded blocks manufactured using our
proprietary Fibredyne technology.This technology creates a unique filter media by
attaching powdered activated carbon onto a cellulose-free synthetic fiber matrix.
The result is a single cartridge that combines the benefits of both a sediment filter
and a carbon block into a single cartridge.
Fibredyne's carbon block technology also offers up to two times the chlorine taste
& odor reduction and dirt-holding capacity of traditional blocks.* In addition, this
technology will not release fines into the effluent stream due to a unique postfiltration layer that is fused to the carbon/fiber media blend.
CFB-Plus Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant
materials, making them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service,
commercial and industrial applications.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
25567443
CFB-Plus10
25567543
CFB-Plus20
25567643
CFB-Plus30
25567743
CFB-Plus10BB
25567843
CFB-Plus20BB
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Flow Rate (gpm)
2-7/8" x 9-3/4"
(73mm x 248mm)
2-7/8" x 20"
(73mm x 508mm)
2-7/8" x 30"
(73mm x 762mm)
4-5/8" x 9-3/4"
(118mm x 248mm)
4-5/8" x 20"
(118mm x 508mm)
5-10
1.6 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.7 bar @ 3.8 Lpm)
1.6 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.7 bar @ 7.6 Lpm)
1.6 psi @ 3 gpm
(0.7 bar @ 11.4 Lpm)
2.5 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.2 bar @ 7.6 Lpm)
2.5 psi @ 4 gpm
(0.2 bar @ 11.4 Lpm)
(>37,800 L @ 3.8 Lpm)
(>75,700 L @ 7.6 Lpm)
(>113,500 L @ 11.4 Lpm)
(>94,600 L @ 7.6 Lpm)
(>189,000 L @ 15.1 Lpm)
5-10
5-10
5-10
5-10
breakthrough.
114
CFBC Series Modified Molded Block Cartridges
• Nominal 0.5-micron rating.*
• 99.95% reduction of Cryptosporidium and Giardia Cysts.*
• High chlorine taste & odor and bad taste and odor reduction.*
CFBC Series cartridges offer the effective chlorine taste and odor reduction found in
traditional carbon block media while providing superior sediment reduction with
resistance to premature plugging. They are highly effective at reducing chlorine taste &
odor, bad taste and odor, as well as some organic chemicals.*
CFBC Series products are modified molded blocks manufactured using our proprietary
Fibredyne technology.This technology creates a unique filter media by attaching powdered
activated carbon onto a cellulose-free synthetic fiber matrix.The result is a single cartridge
that combines the benefits of both a sediment filter and a carbon block into a single
cartridge.
Benefits of this technology include low pressure drop over the entire life of the cartridge
and up to three times the chlorine taste & odor and dirt-holding capacity of traditional 0.5
micron carbon blocks.* In addition, Fibredyne's technology will not release fines into the
effluent stream due to a unique post- filtration layer that is fused to the carbon/fiber media
blend.
CFBC Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant materials, making
them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and industrial
applications.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
25567943
CFBC-10
25568043
CFBC-20
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Flow Rate (gpm)
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
2-7/8” x 20”
(73mm x 508mm)
0.5
10.7 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.7 bar @ 3.8 Lpm)
10.7 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.7 bar @ 7.6 Lpm)
(>75,700 L @ 3.8 Lpm)
(>75,700 L @ 7.6 Lpm)
0.5
breakthrough.
115
CFB-PB10 Lead Reduction Modified Molded
Block Cartridges
• 99.95% reduction of Cryptosporidium and Giardia cysts.*
• Lead reduction through 2000 gallons.*
• High chlorine taste & odor and bad taste and odor reduction.*
The CFB-PB cartridge offers the benefits of effective chlorine taste & odor, cyst and lead reduction
found in traditional carbon block media while offering premium sediment filtration.*
The CFB-PB product is modified molded block manufactured using our proprietary Fibredyne
technology.This technology creates a unique filter media by attaching powdered activated carbon
and lead adsorbent material onto a cellulose-free synthetic fiber matrix. This results in higher
reduction efficiencies that resist plugging, afford the longest life, and feature the lowest pressure
drop over the effective life of the cartridge of any available 0.5 micron filter cartridge.*
Fibredyne's carbon block technology also offers up to two times the chlorine taste & odor
reduction and dirt-holding capacity of traditional blocks.* In addition, this technology will not
release fines into the effluent stream due to a unique post-filtration layer that is fused to the
carbon/fiber media blend.
The CFB-PB cartridge is manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant materials, making it an ideal
choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
25568143
CFB-PB10
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Flow Rate (gpm)
2-7/8" x 9-3/4"
(73mm x 248mm)
0.5
8.1 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.6 bar @ 3.8 Lpm)
(>18,900 L @ 3.8 Lpm)
breakthrough.
116
ELPC Series Electroplating Carbon Cartridges
• Cellulose-free construction.
• Resistant to chemical breakdown in both acidic and alkaline solutions up to
180ºF (82ºC).
• Will not contribute to plating porosity or brittleness.
• Integrated post-filtration layer to ensure that no carbon fines are bled into the
plating bath.
• End cap gaskets are permanently molded on to the end caps to ease filter
cartridge change-out (gaskets cannot fall off into the filter housing during
installation or removal of filter).
The ELPC Series is a premium line of activated carbon filter cartridges specifically
designed for electroplating solutions.They represent the best technology available
in cartridge filtration for use in a wide range of electroplating applications.
The unique technology used to manufacture this product ensures that there is no
bleeding of carbon fines into the plating bath. In addition, the carbon that is used
is an ultra-clean, highly purified carbon to ensure that sulfur is not leached into the
plating bath.
ELPC Series products have a 10- micron nominal rating with superior dirt-holding
ability.
The fibrous physical structure created by our proprietary Fibredyne technology
produces a unique block with true depth filtration capability which allows for
maximum treatment with minimal pressure drop through the cartridge.
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Flow Rate (gpm)
ELPC-10
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
10
3.4 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.2 bar @ 3.8 Lpm)
25566943
ELPC-20
2-7/8” x 20”
(73mm x 508mm)
10
3.4 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.2 bar @ 7.6 Lpm)
25567043
ELPC-30
2-7/8” x 30”
(73mm x 762mm)
10
3.4 psi @ 3 gpm
(0.2 bar @ 11.4 Lpm)
Item #
Description
25566843
breakthrough.
117
CBC Series Carbon Briquette Cartridges
• 99.5% reduction of Cryptosporidium, Giardia, Entamoeba and Toxoplasma cysts.*
• Premium high capacity bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Enhanced dirt holding capacity.*
CBC Series cartridges are highly effective at reducing unwanted taste, odor and
chlorine: taste and odor from potable drinking water. The unique structure of the
carbon block enables it to reduce Giardia, Cryptosporidium, Entamoeba and
Toxoplasma cysts and fine sediment particles down to 0.5 microns.*.
CBC Series cartridges are manufactured using a patented process and made entirely
from FDA-approved materials. They are an ideal choice for a wide range of
residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications. They also make
excellent polishing filters or pre-filters in applications requiring fine filtration and high
capacity.
CBC-20BB
COMPONENT
Item #
15516943
15516243
15530943
15517043
15531243
The CBC-10, CBC-20, CBC-BB and CBC-20BB
are Tested and Certified by NSF International
under ANSI/NSF Standard 42 for material
requirements only.
Description
CBC-5
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
0.5
CBC-10
CBC-20
CBC-BB
CBC-20BB
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
CBC-20
CBC-BB
CBC-5
CBC-10
Maximum
Dimensions
2-7/8” x 4-7/8”
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*
7.0 psi @ 1 gpm
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*†
(73 mm x 124 mm)
(0.48 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
>11,400 litres @ 3.8 lpm
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
3.7 psi @ 1 gpm
(73 mm x 248 mm)
(0.26 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
>75,700 litres @ 3.8 lpm
2-7/8” x 20”
3.0 psi @ 2 gpm
(73 mm x 508 mm)
(0.21 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
>170,300 litres @ 7.6 lpm
4-5/8” x 9-3/4”
4.6 psi @ 2 gpm
(117 mm x 248 mm)
(0.32 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
>189,300 litres @ 7.6 lpm
4-5/8” x 20”
8.5 psi @ 4 gpm
(117 mm x 508 mm)
(0.59 bar @ 15.1 lpm)
>567,800 litres @ 15.1 lpm
• Filter Media ..........................Bonded PAC
• End Caps ................................Polypropylene
• Inner/Outer Wraps ...........Polyolefin
• Netting......................................Polyethylene
• Gaskets .....................................Buna-N
• Temperature Rating............40°F to 180°F (5°C to 83°C)
NOTE: Cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder) and a new cartridge after installation should be flushed with
sufficient water to remove al traces of the fines from your water system before using the water. Each time you use your filtered water tap for drinking or
cooking purposes it is recommended that you run (flush) the tap for at least 20 seconds prior to using water.
NOTE: Micron ratings based on 85% or greater removal of given particle size.
NOTE: CBC-Series cartridges are capable of reducing 99.9% of Cryptosporidium and Giardia cysts. Data obtained from actual particle counts using AC
Fine Test Dust and Latex spheres.
* Based on manufacturer’s internal testing.
†Estimated capacity using 2ppm free available chlorine (FAC) at continuous flow with greater that 90% reduction.
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
118
CCBC-10 Coconut Based Carbon Block
Cartridges
• Water-washed coconut-carbon formulation.*
• Premium high capacity bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Enhanced dirt-holding capacity.*
CCBC-10 cartridges are highly effective at reducing unwanted taste & odor and chlorine
taste & odor from potable drinking water.With a nominal 1-micron rating, they are equally
effective at reducing fine sediment.*
CCBC-10 cartridges are manufactured using a patented process and made from a waterwashed, coconut-carbon formulation. This process and media yields a cartridge with high
chlorine taste & odor reduction capacity.
These cartridges are protected by Endurawrap™, a uniquely formulated polyolefin
bilaminate pre-filter, designed to significantly increase the useful life of the cartridge by
trapping sediment that typically plugs carbon block cartridges.
They are an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and
industrial applications.They also make excellent polishing filters or pre-filters in applications
requiring fine filtration and high capacity.
SCBC Series are silver impregnated versions of the standard CCBC to help inhibit the
growth of bacteria.
CCBC-10
This CCBC-10 is Tested and certified by NSF
International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for
material requirements only.
COMPONENT
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*
CCBC-10
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
1
3.3 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.23 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
(18,900 liters @3.8 lpm)
SCBC-10
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
1
3.3 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.23 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
(18,900 liters @3.8 lpm)
Item #
Description
15571353
15535043
• Filter Media ....................................Water-Washed
Coconut Based Carbon
• End Caps ..........................................Polypropylene
• Inner/Outer Wraps .....................Polyolefin
• Gaskets ................................Buna-N
• Temperature Rating ......40°F to 180°F (5°C to 83°C)
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
119
CBR2 Series Carbon Briquette Multimedia
Cartridges
• Lead reduction through 2000 gallons.*
• VOC and MTBE reduction.*
• 99.95% reduction of Cryptosporidium, Giardia,
Entamoeba and Toxoplasma cysts.*
• Premium high capacity chlorine taste & odor reduction
through more than 20,000 gallons.*
As with our standard CBC Series carbon block, both the
CBR2-10 and CBR2-10R are more effective at reducing
levels of chlorine taste & odor, MTBE and (VOCs).*
The CBR2-10R has a built-in flow restrictor (0.6 gpm) to
allow for maximum contact time.
The CBR2-10 and CBR2-10R are advanced multimedia
cartridges designed to reduce chlorine taste & odor,
dissolved and particulate lead, cysts, MTBE and certain
volatile organic chemicals (VOCs).*
CBR2 Series cartridges are manufactured using a patented
process, and combine powdered activated carbon (PAC)
with a specially designed adsorbent medium for lead and
mercury reduction.
These cartridges are protected by Endurawrap™, a
uniquely formulated polyolefin bilaminate prefilter,
designed to significantly increase the useful life of the
cartridge by trapping sediment that typically plugs carbon
block cartridges.
In addition to lead reduction, the unique structure of the
carbon block enables it to reduce Giardia,
Cryptosporidium, Entamoeba and Toxoplasma cysts and
fine sediment particles down to 0.5 microns.*
CBR2-10R
This CBR2-10 and CBR2-10R are Tested and
certified by NSF International under ANSI/NSF
CBR2-10
COMPONENT
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*
CBR2-10
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 247mm)
0.5
15 psi @ 1.0 gpm
(1.0 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
>20,000 gallons @ 1.0 gpm
(>75,700 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
CBR2-10R
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 247mm)
0.5
Flow restricted to 0.6 gpm (2.3
lpm) with built-in flow restrictor
>20,000 gallons @ 0.6 gpm
(>75,700 liters @ 2.3 lpm)
Item #
Model
15526843
(use 26118)
15540343
• Filter Media ....................................Bonded PAC
• Outer Wrap....................................Polyolefin
• Gaskets ................................Buna-N
NOTE: Certain states require system registration or certification for health-related contaminant reduction claims.
NOTE: Chlorine and lead reduction tests conducted by Pentek Filtration at 0.6 gallons per minute with a Pentek Filtration Slim Line™ (SL) housing.
NOTE: Meets NSF Standard 42 for chlorine I taste & odor reduction*.
CAUTION: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the unit.
NOTE: Giardia, Cryptosporidium, Entamoeba and Toxoplasma cyst claim based on actual tests showing greater than 99.95% reduction using NSF
Standard 53 protocol.
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
120
EP Series Carbon Briquette Cartridges
• High dirt-holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block.*
• Highly effective bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
EP Series cartridges are versatile and combine the long life of carbon block
filtration with the higher dirt-holding capacity of wound, carbon-impregnated
paper cartridges like our C-1.
EP Series cartridges are manufactured using a patented process that yields a
cartridge with a nominal 5-micron filtration rating, high dirt-holding capacity. A
high porosity design helps prevent the cartridge from plugging before its
adsorption capacity is exhausted, maximizing the utilization of the carbon while
maintaining low pressure drop.
EP-20BB
EP-20
These cartridges are protected by Endurawrap™, a uniquely formulated
polyolefin bilaminate pre-filter, designed to significantly increase the useful life of
the cartridge by trapping sediment that typically plugs carbon block cartridges.
EP Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant materials
making them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service,
The EP-10, EP-20, EP-BB and EP-20BB are Tested and
Certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42
for material requirements only.
Item #
25542403
EP-5
Description
EP-5
Maximum
Dimensions
2-7/8” x 4-7/8”
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
5
(73mm x 124mm)
15553143
EP-10
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
5
(73mm x 247mm)
15552943
EP-20
2-7/8” x 20”
5
(73mm x 508mm)
15554843
EP-BB
4-5/8” x 9-3/4”
5
(117mm x 248mm)
15558343
EP-BB
EP-10
COMPONENT
EP-20BB
4-5/8” x 20”
(117mm x 508mm)
5
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
3.4 psi @ 1 gpm
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*
(0.23 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
(11,350 litres @ 3.8 lpm)
3.4 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.23 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
(22,700 litres @ 3.8 lpm)
3.4 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.23 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
(45,400 litres @ 7.6 lpm)
4.3 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.30 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
(83,300 litres @ 7.6 lpm)
5.5 psi @ 5 gpm
(0.38 bar @ 19 lpm)
(151,400 litres @ 15.1 lpm
• Filter Media ..........................Bonded PAC
• End Caps ................................Polypropylene
• Inner/Outer Wraps ...........Polyolefin
• Netting......................................Polyethylene
• Gaskets .....................................Buna-N
• Temperature Rating............40°F to 180°F (5°C to 82.2°C)
NOTE: The EP cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder) and a new cartridge after installation should be
flushed with sufficient water to remove the fines from your water system before using the water.
NOTE: Micron ratings based on 85% or greater removal of given particle size. Data obtained from actual particle counts using AC Fine Test Dust and
Latex spheres.
NOTE: Estimated capacity using 2ppm free available chlorine (FAC) at continuous flow with greater than 90% reduction.
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
121
CEP-10E Series Coconut Based Carbon Block
Cartridges
• Acid-washed coconut-carbon formulation.
• Bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Low extractables, minimal pH rise for RO pre- and post-filter applications.*
CEP-10E cartridges are manufactured from an acid-washed coconut-carbon based formulation that
minimizes the pH rise and produces better tasting water.
Our patented manufacturing process yields a cartridge with a nominal 5- micron filtration rating, low
extractables and a minimal pH rise ideal for RO pre- and post-filter applications. A thin-wall, high
porosity design helps prevent the cartridge from plugging before its adsorption capacity is
exhausted, maximizing the utilization of the carbon while maintaining low pressure drop.
These cartridges are protected by Endurawrap™, a uniquely formulated polyolefin bilaminate
prefilter, designed to significantly increase the useful life of the cartridge by trapping sediment that
typically plugs carbon block cartridges.
CEP-10E
Tested and certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
15571443
CEP-10E
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 247mm)
5
3.0 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.2 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
(>18,900 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Acid-Washed
Coconut Based Carbon
• Inner/Outer Wraps ....................Polyolefin
• Gaskets ................................Buna-N
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
122
EPM Series Modified Epsilon Carbon
Briquette Cartridges
• Highest carbon block dirt holding capacity for maximum cartridge
life.*
• Bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Lowest pressure drop.
EPM Series cartridges are a modified version of our “EP Series”
cartridge. An economical price makes this cartridge suitable for taste,
odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction, as well as sediment filtration.*
EPM Series cartridges are manufactured using a patented process that
yields a cartridge with a nominal 10-micron filtration rating, high porosity
and greater chlorine removal capacity than competitive 10 micron
carbon blocks.The high porosity design helps prevent the cartridge from
plugging before its adsorption capability is exhausted, maximizing the
utilization of the carbon while maintaining low pressure drop.
They are an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service,
commercial and industrial applications. They also make excellent
polishing filters or pre-filters in applications requiring fine filtration and
high capacity.
EPM Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant
materials making them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential,
food service, commercial and industrial applications.
EPM-20BB
EPM-20
EPM-10
EPM-BB
Tested and certified by NSF
International to NSF/ANSI Standard
42 for material requirements only.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*
15563443
EPM-10
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
10
1.5 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.10 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
1.0 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.07 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
5.0 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.35 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
4.0 psi @ 4 gpm
(0.28 bar @ 15 lpm)
(73mm x 247mm)
15563543
EPM-20
2-7/8” x 20”
10
(73mm x 508mm)
15578243
EPM-BB
4-5/8” x 9-3/4”
10
(117mm x 247mm)
15578343
EPM-20BB
4-5/8” x 20”
(117mm x 508mm)
10
(>11,400 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
(>22,700 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
(>56,750 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
(>113,500 liters @ 15 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Bonded PAC
• Netting ..................................Polyethylene
• Gaskets ..................................Buna-N
• Outer Wrap....................................Polyolefin
• Temperature Rating ........40°F to 180°F (5°C to 83°C)
NOTE: Performance capacity depends on system design, flow rate and certain other application conditions.
NOTE: When greater chlorine reduction is needed, use the standard EP series blocks.
NOTE: EPM-Series cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation follow the instructions for
flushing the cartridge to remove all traces of the fines before using the water.You should run (flush) the tap at least 20 seconds prior to using water for
drinking or cooking purposes.This is particularly important if the tap has not been used daily.
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
123
Chloramine Reduction Carbon Cartridges
• Utilizes advanced activated carbon technology which results in excellent chloramine
as well as superior chlorine reduction.
• CRFC20BB Radial Flow Cartridge.
• CGAC-10 Granular Activated Carbon Cartridge.
• ChlorPlus Series Carbon Briquette Cartridges.
PENTEK® offers three different product solutions for chloramine reduction.
Chloramine is increasingly becoming more common as an alternative to chlorine for
water treatment.
The CGAC-10 cartridge utilizes traditional granular activated carbon and is used for
basic applications where chloramine must be removed. The construction of this
cartridge allows water to pass evenly over a large bed of carbon while minimizing
channeling or bypass.
The ChlorPlus™ carbon block cartridges will help reduce sediment while providing
greater chloramine performance capacities than granular carbon.They will also significantly reduce the carbon fines found in many granular canisters.
The CRFC20-BB heavy duty radial flow cartridge measures 4-1/2” in diameter and 20”
ChlorPlus 20
long which is ideal for higher flow rate and capacity applications.This cartridge incorpo- CRFC-20BB
CGAC-10
rates a 70 micron porous polypropylene outer shell and a spun polypropylene-wrapped
core.The bed of granular activated carbon (GAC) between the outer shell and core creates a unique radial flow design which
effectively removes chloramine, has a low pressure drop, and helps to reduce fines commonly seen in GAC style cartridges.
All three products utilize advanced activated carbon technology which allows excellent chloramine reduction as well as
superior chlorine reduction. The variety of sizes and capacities offered by PENTEK chloramine reduction cartridges make
them ideal solutions for both point-of-entry (POE) and point-of-use (POU) applications.
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Reduction @ Flow Rate
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
2-7/8” x 20”
(73mm x 508mm)
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
1
6 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.41 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
6 psi @ 2 gpm
(0.41 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
20 psi @ 1 gpm
(1.38 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
2.5 psi @ 2.5 gpm
(0.17 bar @ 9.5 lpm)
<1 psi @ 1.5 gpm
(<.07 bar @ 9.5 lpm)
2.5 psi @ 2.5 gpm
(0.17 bar @ 9.5 lpm)
<1 psi @ 1.5 gpm
(<.07 bar @ 9.5 lpm)
(>378,500L @ 3.8 lpm)†
(>757,000L @ 3.8 lpm)†
(>113,500L @ 3.8 lpm)†
(>11,400 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
(>22,700 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
(>56,750 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
(>37,900L @ 7.6 lpm)†
(>113,500 liters @ 15 lpm)
(>757,000L @ 15 lpm)†
(>113,500 liters @ 15 lpm)
Item #
Description
25541643
ChlorPlus10
25541743
ChlorPlus20
15566143
CGAC-10
35505643
CRFC-BB
4-1/2” x 9-3/4”
(114mm x 248mm)
20
15596743
CRFC20-BB
4-1/2” x 20”
(114mm x 508mm)
20
1
20
ChlorPlus
CGAC-10
CRFC-BB/CRFC20-BB
• Filter Media.........................................Advanced Bonded PAC .................Advanced Granular Activated.............Advanced Granular Activated
• End Caps .......................................................Polypropylene ..........................................Polystyrene ...........................................Polypropylene
• Inner Wrap/Core...........................................Polyolefin .....................................................N/A.............................................Spun Polypropylene
• Outer Wrap/Shells........................................Polyolefin...............................................Polystyrene.............................................Polyethylene
• Expansion Pad .....................................................N/A .................................................Polypropylene ..................................................N/A
• Post Filter ..............................................................N/A ............................................Spun Polypropylene...............................Spun Polypropylene
• Netting ............................................................Polyethylene...................................................N/A ...........................................................N/A
• Gaskets ................................................................Buna-N ..........................Buna-N (top) Santoprene (bottom) ...........................Buna-N
• Temperature Rating...................40°F to 125°F (5°C to 52°C)............40°F to 180°F (5°C to 83°C).............40°F to 125°F (5°C to 52°C)
NOTE: Some harmless bacteria will attack cellulose media cartridges. If your cartridge seems to disintegrate, or has a musty or moldy odor, switch to a
synthetic media cartridge or consult the manufacturer.
*NOTE: Estimated capacity tested at given flow rate using 2 ppm free available chlorine to 0.5 ppm breakthrough.
NOTE: Increased flow rates may result in less effective chlorine reduction.
124
GAC Series Granular Activated Carbon
Cartridges
• Effective bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Designed for maximum adsorption.
• Post-filter to reduce carbon fines.
• Available in a variety of sizes and flow rates.
GAC20BB
GAC Series cartridges effectively reduce unwanted tastes, odor and chlorine
from your drinking water.* They are designed to allow maximum contact
between the water and carbon, ensuring maximum adsorption.
The construction of the cartridge allows water to enter at one end and pass
through the entire length of the carbon bed before exiting the other end of
the cartridge, while an internal expansion pad minimizes channeling or bypass.
Before the water exits the cartridge, a 20-micron post-filter helps reduce
carbon fines and other suspended particles from the filtered water.The postfilter is permanently fastened to an innovative support basket ensuring that it
is firmly secured and eliminating any potential for bypass.
GAC-20
GAC-10
GAC Series cartridges are available in a variety of sizes and flow rates, and
effectively provide good general purpose drinking water filtration.
The GAC-10 and GAC-20BB are Tested and Certified by
NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for material
requirements only.
GAC-5
COMPONENT
GAC-BB
Maximum
Dimensions
∆P psi
Initial∆
@ Flow Rate GPM
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate GPM*
GAC-5
2-7/8” x 4-7/8”
(73 mm x 124 mm)
3.0 psi @ 0.5 gpm
(0.25 bar @ 1.9 lpm)
250 gallons @ 0.5 gpm
(900 liters @1.9 lpm)
15510943
GAC-10
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73 mm x 248 mm)
7.0 psi @ 1.0 gpm
(0.5 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
5,000 gallons @ 1.0 gpm
(18,900 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
15511143
GAC-20
2-7/8” x 20”
(73 mm x 508 mm)
16 psi @ 2.0 gpm
(1.1 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
(37,800 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
15515343
GAC-BB
4-1/2” x 9-3/4”
(114 mm x 248 mm)
6.0 psi @ 2.0 gpm
(0.4 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
(47,000 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
15524943
GAC-20BB
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 mm x 508 mm)
5.0 psi @ 4.0 gpm
(0.3 bar @ 15 lpm)
(95,000 liters @ 15 lpm)
Item #
Description
15511003
•
•
•
•
Filter Media ..........Granular Activated Carbon
End Caps................Polystyrene
Post-filter ...............Spun Polypropylene
Outer Casing ......Polystyrene
• Expansion Pad ..................Polypropylene
• Gasket ...................................Buna-N (top)
Santoprene (bottom)
• Temperature Rating........40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
NOTE: A drinking water cartridge may contain carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water, follow the instructions for flushing the cartridge to remove fines.
NOTE: It is recommended that you flush for 20 seconds prior to using the water for cooking purposes.
NOTE: Chlorine Reduction is estimated capacity using 2 ppm free available chlorine (FAC) at continuous flow with greater than 75% reduction.
125
CC Series Coconut Shell Granular Activated
Carbon Cartridges
• Effective bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Greater VOC reduction than standard GAC cartridges.*
• Post-filter to reduce carbon fines.
• Available in a variety of sizes and flow rates.
CC Series granular activated carbon cartridges are an excellent choice to reduce
unwanted chlorine taste & odor, and certain VOCs from potable drinking water. CC
Series cartridges also reduce MTBE.They contain coconut shell based activated carbon,
which produces drinking water of exceptional taste and quality and provides better VOC
reduction than standard GAC cartridges.*
The construction of the cartridge allows water to enter at one end and pass through the
entire length of the carbon bed before exiting the other end of the cartridge, while an
internal expansion pad minimizes channeling or bypass. Before the water exits the
cartridge, a 20-micron post filter helps remove carbon fines and other suspended
particles from the filtered water.The post filter is permanently fastened to an innovative
support basket ensuring that it is firmly secured, eliminating any potential for bypass.
CC Series cartridges effectively provide good general-purpose drinking water filtration.
This CC-10 and CC-20 are Tested and
Certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
15515543
CC-10
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P psi
@ Flow Rate GPM
Chlorine Reduction
@ Flow Rate GPM*
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73 mm x 248 mm)
20
4.5 psi @ 1 gpm
(0.3 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
(28.000 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
•
•
•
•
Filter Media ..........Granular Activated Carbon
End Caps................Polystyrene
Post-filter ...............Spun Polypropylene
Outer Casing ......Polystyrene
• Expansion Pad ......................Polypropylene
• Gasket ......................................Buna-N (top)
Santoprene (bottom)
• Temperature Rating............40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
certification for health-related reduction claims.
NOTE: A drinking water cartridge may contain carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water, follow the instructions for flushing the cartridge to remove fines.
NOTE: It is recommended that you flush for 20 seconds prior to using the water for cooking purposes.
126
TSGAC Specialty Granular Activated
Carbon/Phosphate Cartridges
•
•
•
•
Effective bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
Phosphate crystals reduce rust stains and scale deposits.*
Designed for maximum adsorption.
Post filter to reduce carbon fines.
TSGAC cartridges contain granular activated carbon to effectively reduce unwanted
taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor, as well as phosphate crystals to reduce rust
stains and scale deposits.*
The construction of the cartridge allows water to enter at one end and pass through
the entire length of the carbon bed before exiting the other end of the cartridge. An
internal expansion pad minimizes channeling or bypass.This design allows for maximum
contact between the water and carbon, ensuring maximum adsorption.
Before the water exits the cartridge, a 20-micron post filter helps remove carbon fines
and other suspended particles from the filtered water. The post filter is permanently
fastened to an innovative support basket ensuring that it is firmly secured and eliminating
any potential for bypass.
TSGAC cartridges provide superior performance and outstanding protection for your
water lines, fixtures, major appliances and commercial equipment.
TSGAC-10
The TSGAC-10 Cartridge is tested and Certified by NSF
International against ANSI/NSF Standard 42 - Conforms
to material requirements.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
15513143
TSGAC-10
Maximum
Dimensions
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
Chlorine Reduction*
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
2-7/8” x 9-3/4”
(73mm x 248mm)
2.5 psi @ 1.0 gpm
(0.2 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
(7,570 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
• Filter Media ..........Granular Activated Carbon
• Expansion Pad ..................Polypropylene
Hexametaphosphate Crystals • Gasket ...................................Buna-N (top)
• End Caps................Polystyrene
Santoprene (bottom)
• Post-filter ...............Spun Polypropylene
• Outer Casing ......Polystyrene
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe of of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system.
NOTE: A drinking water cartridge may contain carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water, flush the cartridge for
5 minutes to remove fines.
NOTE: It is recommended that you run the tap for 20 seconds prior to using the water for drinking or cooking purposes.
127
RFC Series Radial Flow Carbon Cartridges
• Provides effective chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• BB cartridges are ideal for point-of-entry (POE) and other high flow
rate applications.
• Unique design reduces carbon fines in filtered water.
• Available in a wide variety of sizes.
RFC Series cartridges are constructed with a 70-micron porous polyethylene outer shell and durable polypropylene end caps.The 2-3/4”
OD cartridges have a polypropylene core and the 4-1/2” OD
cartridges incorporate a spun polypropylene core. Sandwiched between
the outer shell and the core is a bed of granular activated carbon
(GAC).
The unique radial flow design offers the benefits of granular activated
carbon (GAC) filtration, such as low pressure drop, while at the same
time significantly reducing the release of carbon fines commonly
associated with GAC style cartridges.
RFC Series cartridges are available in a wide variety of sizes and are
ideal point-of-entry (POE) and other high flow rate applications.
The RFC20-BB is Tested and Certified by
NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42
for material requirements only.
RFC-20
RFC-BB
COMPONENT
Item #
15506543
Description
RFC-20
15514143
RFC-BB
15524743
RFC20-BB
RFC20-BB
Maximum
Dimensions
2-3/4” x 20”
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
0.60 psi @ 2 gpm
(70 mm x 508 mm)
(0.04 bar @ 7.6 L/min)
22,700 liters @ 7.6 L/min
4-1/2” x 9-3/4”
0.90 psi @ 2 gpm
> 35,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
(114 mm x 248 mm)
(0.06 bar @ 7.6 L/min)
132,500 liters @ 7.6 L/min
4-1/2” x 20”
0.90 psi @ 4 gpm
(114 mm x 508 mm)
(0.06 bar @ 15.1 L/min)
265,000 liters @ 15.1 L/min
Chlorine Taste & Odor Reduction
@ Flow Rate (gpm)*
• Filter Media ..........Granular Activated Carbon
• Outer Shell ...........Polyethylene
• End Caps ................Polypropylene
• Gasket.......................................Buna-N
• Inner Wraps/Core .............Polypropylene
• Temperature Rating...........40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 51.7°C)
NOTE: The granular activated carbon cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation, a new
cartridge should be flushed with sufficient water to remove all traces of the fines from your water system before using the water. Each time you use
your filtered water tap for drinking or cooking purposes it is recommended that you run (flush) the tap for at least 20 seconds prior to using water.This
is particularly important if the water tap has not been used daily.
128
S1 Series Pleated Cellulose Sediment
Cartridges
•
•
•
•
•
Pleated design maximizes dirt-holding capacity.
Designed for general water filtration purposes.
Recommended for chlorinated water supplies.
Economically priced.
S1 Series cartridges are manufactured from a pleated cellulose media and are
designed for general water filtration purposes.
The media is pleated around a polypropylene core for added strength and the ends
are immersed in a thermo-setting vinyl plastisol. Embedding and sealing each end
of the pleat in this fashion fuses the three components together forming a unitized
end cap and gasket.
An external netted sheath helps retain uniform pleat spacing in high flow and
pulsating flow streams. The overlap seam is sonically welded to reduce bypass
improving filtration efficiency.
S1 Series cartridges are economically priced and highly effective at reducing
sediment particles down to 20-microns in size.
S1-20
S1-20BB
S1
S1-BB
Item #
15500143
Description
S1
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
20
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
2.4 psi @ 10 gpm
(0.17 bar @ 38 lpm)
Dimensions
2-5/8” x 9-3/4”
(67x248 mm)
Surface
Area
586.21 in.2
(1488.97 cm2)
Recommended
Flow Rates
12 GPM
(45 LPM)
15530343
S1-20
20
0.8 psi @ 10 gpm
(0.06 bar @ 38 lpm)
2-5/8” x 20”
(67 x 508 mm)
1119.09 in.2
(2842.49 cm2)
15 GPM
(57 LPM)
15540543
S1-BB
20
1.2 psi @ 10 gpm
(0.08 bar @ 38 lpm)
4-1/2” x 9-3/4”
(114 x 248 mm)
2079.63 in.2
(5282.26 cm2)
20 GPM
(76 LPM)
15530543
S1-20BB
20
1.2 psi @ 10 gpm
(0.08 bar @ 38 lpm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 x 508 mm)
4289.86 in.2
(10896.24 cm2)
25 GPM
(95 LPM)
• Filter Media ......................Resin Impregnated Cellulose
• End Caps ..........................Vinyl Plastisol
• Core ....................................Polypropylene
NOTE: S1-BB and S1-20BB are for use in 10” and 20” Big Blue® housings and BBFS systems only.
NOTE: Big Blue® (BB) is a registered trademark of Pentek Filtration.
129
R Series Pleated Polyester Cartridges
• Pleated design maximizes dirt-holding capacity.
• Versatile and reusable, allowing for a variety of uses.
• Durable polyester media is bacteria and chemical resistant.
• Nominal 30-micron rating (R-30) and nominal 50-micron rating (R-50).
R Series cartridges are manufactured from a durable, non-woven and reusable
polyester fabric that is suitable for a wide range of filtration uses.
The media is pleated around a polypropylene core for added strength, and the
ends are immersed in a thermo-setting vinyl plastisol. Embedding and sealing
each end of the pleat block in this fashion fuses the three components,
together forming a unitized end cap and gasket. The overlap seam is sonically
welded to reduce internal bypass, improving filtration efficiency.
The standard 9-3/4” length cartridge has more than four square feet of
polyester fabric, while the larger Big Blue® version has more than 16 square
feet. The media is pleated to maximize dirt-holding capacity and extend the
time period between changes or cleaning.
R Series cartridges are resistant to both bacteria and chemical attack making
them suitable for a variety of residential, commercial and industrial applications.
This R50-BB is Tested and certified by NSF
International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for
material requirements only.
COMPONENT
Item #
Description
15503153
R30-478
15501743
R30
15503843
R50
15541643
R30-20
15510143
R30-BB
15505343
R50-BB
15543043
R30-20BB
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
2-5/8” x 4-7/8”
(67mm x 124mm)
2-5/8” x 9-3/4”
(67mm x 248mm)
2-5/8” x 9-3/4”
(67mm x 248mm)
2-5/8” x 20”
(67mm x 508mm)
4-1/2” x 9-3/4”
(114mm x 248mm)
4-1/2” x 9-3/4”
(114mm x 248mm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(114mm x 508mm)
30
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
30
50
30
30
50
30
• Filter Media ....................................Non-Woven Polyester
• End Caps ..........................................Vinyl Plastisol
• Core ........................................Polypropylene
• Temperature Rating ........40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
130
PP Series Pleated Polypropylene Cartridges
•
•
•
•
Pleated design maximizes dirt-holding capacity.
Durable polypropylene media resists bacterial attack.
Suitable for municipal or well water applications.
PP Series cartridges are manufactured from a durable polypropylene media.
They are resistant to bacterial attack and compatible with a wide range of
chemicals.
The high porosity of the media provides higher flow rates and dirt holding
capacity, while maintaining extremely low pressure drop.
The media is pleated around a polypropylene core for added strength, and
the ends are immersed in a thermo-setting vinyl plastisol. Embedding and
sealing each end of the pleat block in this fashion fuses the three
components together forming a unitized end cap and gasket.
An external netted sheath helps protect against particle migration in
pulsating flow streams.The overlap seam is sonically welded to reduce
internal bypass, improving filtration efficiency.
PP Series cartridges provide nominal 30-micron filtration and are highly
effective at reducing medium/fine particles in a variety of residential,
Item #
Model
15512043
PP30-BB
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
4 1/2” x 9 3/4”
(114mm x 248mm)
30
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
• Filter Media..............................Non-Woven Polypropylene
• End Caps....................................Vinyl Plastisol
• Core ............................................Polypropylene
• Netting ................................Polyethylene (PP30 only)
• Temperature Rating ......40°F to 145°F (4.4°C to 63°C)
131
ECP Series Pleated Cellulose Polyester
Cartridges
•
•
•
•
Replaces CP and HFCP Series cartridges.
Special formulation of resin-impregnated cellulose and polyester fibers.
Provides higher wet strength than regular cellulose cartridges.
Minimal unloading and media migration.
ECP1-20
ECP Series cartridges are manufactured from a special formulation of resinimpregnated cellulose and polyester fibers.
This unique blend of materials provides a higher wet strength than regular cellulose
cartridges. It also provides high flow rates and dirt-holding capacity, while
maintaining extremely low pressure drop.
The media is pleated around a polypropylene core for added strength and the ends
are immersed in a thermo-setting vinyl plastisol. Embedding and sealing each end
of the pleat block in this fashion fuses the components together forming a unified
end cap and gasket.
ECP Series cartridge end caps feature a color-coding system for easy identification
of micron ratings: Tan (1-micron), White (5-micron), Blue (20-micron),Yellow (50micron).
The new ECP cartridges contain more media surface area than most competitive
cartridges.The standard 10" ECP cartridges contain six square feet of media, where
most cartridges contain only 4.5 square feet.Additional ECP cartridges contain the
following amount of media:
• Standard 20" cartridge – 12 ft2
• 10" BB cartridge – 18 ft2
• 20" BB cartridge – 36 ft2
ECP20-20BB
ECP50-BB
ECP5-10
Item #
Model
End Cap
Color
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
25548143
25548243
25548343
25548443
25548543
25548643
25548743
25548843
25548943
25549043
25549143
25549243
25549343
25549443
25549543
25549643
ECP1-10
ECP5-10
ECP20-10
ECP50-10
ECP1-20
ECP5-20
ECP20-20
ECP50-20
ECP1-BB
ECP5-BB
ECP20-BB
ECP50-BB
ECP1-20BB
ECP5-20BB
ECP20-20BB
ECP50-20BB
Tan
White
Blue
Yellow
Tan
White
Blue
Yellow
Tan
White
Blue
Yellow
Tan
White
Blue
Yellow
2-5/8" x 9-3/4" (67mm x 248mm)
2-5/8" x 9-3/4" (67mm x 248mm)
2-5/8" x 9-3/4" (67mm x 248mm)
2-5/8" x 9-3/4" (67mm x 248mm)
2-5/8" x 20" (67mm x 508mm)
2-5/8" x 20" (67mm x 508mm)
2-5/8" x 20" (67mm x 508mm)
2-5/8" x 20" (67mm x 508mm)
4-1/2" x 9-3/4" (114mm x 248mm)
4-1/2" x 9-3/4" (114mm x 248mm)
4-1/2" x 9-3/4" (114mm x 248mm)
4-1/2" x 9-3/4" (114mm x 248mm)
4-1/2" x 20" (114mm x 508mm)
4-1/2" x 20" (114mm x 508mm)
4-1/2" x 20" (114mm x 508mm)
4-1/2" x 20" (114mm x 508mm)
1
5
20
50
1
5
20
50
1
5
20
50
1
5
20
50
<1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
• Media....................................Cellulose Polyester
• End Caps ..........................Vinyl Plastisol
• Core ..........................................Polypropylene
• Temperature Rating ..........40°F to 125°F (5°C to 52°C)
132
PS Series Spun-Bonded Polypropylene
Cartridges
• Manufactured from pure 100% polypropylene.
• Designed for purity and chemical compatibility.
• Spun fibers form a true gradient density from outer to inner surfaces.
Our new PS Series of poly spun-bonded filter cartridges are manufactured from pure
100% polypropylene fibers.The depth filtration cartridge construction offers greater
performance flexibility in a broad range of solutions.
In water applications, polypropylene media will not impart taste, odor or colors into
the solution. For industrial applications, polypropylene offers superior chemical
resistance and is not prone to bacterial attack. The thermal bonding process of the
media eliminates the need for a core support while offering resistance to collapse.
This process also greatly reduces fiber migration.
PS Series cartridges are available in a wide range of lengths and micron sizes to
accommodate a broad range of vessel sizes and applications.
Item #
25569043
25569143
25569243
25569343
25569443
25569543
25569643
25569743
25569843
25569943
25570043
25570143
Model
PS1-10C
PS1-20C
PS1-30C
PS1-40C
PS5-10C
PS5-20C
PS5-30C
PS5-40C
PS20-10C
PS20-20C
PS20-30C
PS20-40C
Maximum
Dimensions
2-3/8” x 9-3/4” (60 mm x 248 mm)
2-3/8” x 20” (60 mm x 508 mm)
2-3/8” x 30” (60 mm x 762 mm)
2-3/8” x 40” (60 mm x 1016 mm)
2-3/8” x 9-3/4” (60 mm x 248 mm)
2-3/8” x 20” (60 mm x 508 mm)
2-3/8” x 30” (60 mm x 762 mm)
2-3/8” x 40” (60 mm x 1016 mm)
2-3/8” x 9-3/4” (60 mm x 248 mm)
2-3/8” x 20” (60 mm x 508 mm)
2-3/8” x 30” (60 mm x 762 mm)
2-3/8” x 40” (60 mm x 1016 mm)
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
1
1
1
1
5
5
5
5
20
20
20
20
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
2.9 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.2 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
1.45 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.97 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.73 psi @ 5 gpm ( <0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
1.0 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.5 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.33 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.25 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.7 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.35 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.23 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
0.18 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Polypropylene Fibers
• Temperature Rating....................40°F to 145°F (4.4°C to 62.8°C)
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection or after the system.
133
P Series Spun Bonded-Polypropylene
Cartridges
• Manufactured from pure 100% polypropylene.
• Spun fibers form a true gradient density from outer to inner surfaces.
P Series cartridges are manufactured from pure 100% polypropylene fibers.The fibers
have been carefully spun together to form a true gradient density from outer to inner
surfaces.
P Series cartridges are designed for purity.They will not impart taste, odor or color
to the liquid being filtered when used within the recommended temperature limit.
Additionally, the polypropylene construction provides superior chemical resistance
and is not prone to bacterial attack.
The coreless strength is achieved by sintering the many fibers into a solid matrix.
P Series cartridges are available in a wide array of sizes and micron ratings to
accommodate all of your filtration needs.
The P1, P5, P1-20 and P5-20 are Tested and Certified by
NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for material
requirements only.
COMPONENT
P1-20
P5-20
P25-20
P5-478
P1
P5
P1-30
P1-30
Item #
Model
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)*
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
15503043
P5-478
2-3/8” x 4-7/8” (61 mm x 124 mm)
5
0.3 psi @ 2 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
15522543
P1
2-3/8” x 9-7/8” (61 mm x 251 mm)
1
0.6 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 19 lpm)
15501443
P5
2-3/8” x 9-7/8” (61 mm x 251 mm)
5
0.2 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 19 lpm)
15530405
P1-20
2-3/8” x 20” (61 mm x 508 mm)
1
0.6 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15501605
P5-20
2-3/8” x 20” (61 mm x 508 mm)
5
0.6 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15522605
P25-20
2-3/8” x 20” (61 mm x 508 mm)
25
0.2 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15522706
P1-30
2-3/8” x 30” (61 mm x 762 mm)
1
0.5 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15522806
P5-30
2-3/8” x 30” (61 mm x 762 mm)
5
0.2 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Polypropylene Fibers
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection or after the unit.
134
POLYDEPTH® Polypropylene Sediment
Cartridges
• Thermally bonded polypropylene micro-fiber construction for higher filtration
efficiency.
• Consistent flow rate and superior filtration performance.
• Available in a wide range of micron ratings and lengths.
• Will not impart taste, odor or color to water being filtered.
• Ideal for a wide variety of industrial filtration.
The POLYDEPTH® filtration cartridge is constructed of thermally bonded polypropylene
microfibers to ensure high efficiency.The filter media incorporates a rigid polypropylene
center core for increased durability.This thermal bonded micro-fiber construction offers
no fiber release, consistent flow rate and superior filtration performance. It also is not
brittle or prone to breakage problems like resin-bonded cartridges.
Unique micro-grooves provide added surface area. The polydepth cartridge will not
impart taste, odor or color to the liquid being filtered, which makes it ideal for food and
beverage applications. The recommended temperature limit of 40°F to 175°F (4.4°C to
79.4°C) allows it to be used in many hot water applications.Additionally, the polypropylene construction provides superior chemical resistance and is not prone to bacterial
attack.
Available in different lengths from 9-3/4” up to 40”. Unlike competitive cartridges, the
longer lengths are not manufactured from shorter cartridges that are glued together.
They are continuous units that cannot separate during use. POLYDEPTH cartridges are
available in various micron ratings including 1-, 5-, 10-, 25-, and 50-microns.
Item #
15574843
15575543
15576243
15576943
15574943
15575643
15576343
15577043
15575043
15575743
15575143
15575843
15576543
15577243
15575243
15575943
Model
PD-1-934
PD-1-20
PD-1-30
PD-1-40
PD-5-934
PD-5-20
PD-5-30
PD-5-40
PD-10-934
PD-10-20
PD-25-934
PD-25-20
PD-25-30
PD-25-40
PD-50-934
PD-50-20
Maximum
Dimensions
2- 1/2” x 9- 7/8” (64mm x 251mm)
2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm)
2-1/2” x 30” (64mm x 763mm)
2-1/2” x 40” (64mm x 1017mm)
2-1/2” x 9-7/8” (64mm x 251mm)
2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm)
2-1/2” x 30” (64mm x 763mm)
2-1/2” x 40” (64mm x 1017mm)
2-1/2” x 9-7/8” (64mm x 251mm)
2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm)
2-1/2” x 9-7/8” (64mm x 251mm)
2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm)
2-1/2” x 30” (64mm x 763mm)
2-1/2” x 40” (64mm x 1017mm)
2-1/2” x 9-7/8” (64mm x 251mm)
2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm)
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
1
1
1
1
5
5
5
5
10
10
25
25
25
25
50
50
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
All 9-7/8” cartridges are rated at
<2 psi @ 2 gpm (<0.14 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
All 20” cartridges are rated at
<2 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
<2 psi @ 7 gpm (<0.14 bar @ 26.5 lpm)
<2 psi @ 9 gpm (<0.14 bar @ 34 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Polypropylene
• Maximum Temperature ......40°F to 175°F (4.4°C to 79.4°C)
135
DGD Series Dual-Gradient Density Cartridges
• Manufactured from 100% pure polypropylene.
• Two separate gradient density layers enhance cartridge performance.
• Three times the dirt-holding capacity of similar sized sediment cartridges.
DGD Series cartridges are manufactured from 100% pure polypropylene and are
sized for use in our Big Blue® filter housings.
DGD Series cartridges are designed for purity and will not impart taste, odor or
color to the liquid being filtered. Additionally, the polypropylene construction
provides superior chemical resistance and is not prone to bacterial attack.
The DGD Series advanced design combines selective “final filtration” with
appropriate “pre-filtration” to achieve up to three times the dirt-holding capacity
of similar size sediment cartridges and many more times that of standard spun
or string-wound cartridges. This performance enhancement is achieved by
combining two separate gradient layers in one filter.
The larger diameter of the pre-filter reduces the particle load to the post filter,
allowing it to operate at higher velocities. The effective filter depth is increased
to a full 233% of standard spun-polypropylene or string-wound filters. This
increased depth provides for very high particulate reduction efficiencies and
added loaded capacity.
The unique design and performance characteristics of the DGD Series cartridges
make them an excellent choice for all residential, rural, municipal and commercial
applications.
Item #
Model
15535943
DGD-2501
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
4-1/2” x 10”
Pre-filter: 25;
Post-filter: 1
Pre-filter: 25;
Post-filter: 1
Pre-filter: 50;
Post-filter: 5
Pre-filter: 50;
Post-filter: 5
Pre-filter: 75;
Post-filter: 25
Pre-filter: 75;
Post-filter: 25
(114 mm x 254 mm)
15536043
DGD-2501-20
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 mm x 508 mm)
15535743
DGD-5005
4-1/2” x 10”
(114 mm x 254 mm)
15535843
DGD-5005-20
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 mm x 508 mm)
15535543
DGD-7525
4-1/2” x 10”
(114 mm x 254 mm)
15535643
DGD-7525-20
DGD-2501-20
DGD-5005-20
DGD-7525-20
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 mm x 508 mm)
DGD-2501
DGD-5005
DGD-7525
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 20 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
• Filter Media ............................Polypropylene
• Temperature Rating ............40°F to 145°F (4.4°C to 62.8°C)
136
CW/WP Series Polypropylene Wound
Cartridges
• String-wound design reduces fine sediment from a variety of fluids.
• Withstands temperatures up to 165°F (73.9°C).
• Nominal 10, 30, 50-micron rating (CW) and nominal 5, 30-micron
rating (WP).
CW and WP Series cartridges are manufactured from a durable
polypropylene cord that is wound around a rigid polypropylene core.
They are an economical solution to reduce fine sediment, including
sand, silt, rust and scale particles.
CW cartridges are very economical and wound in a standard pattern
around the core.They are available in 10, 30 and 50-micron ratings.
WP Series cartridges are wound in a precise pattern around the core
providing greater surface area.The result is higher dirt-loading capacity
and greater efficiency than standard wound cartridges like the CW.
Both of these string-wound cartridge styles are capable of withstanding temperatures up to 165°F (73.9°C), and will accommodate flow
rates between 7 and 10 GPM with minimal pressure drop.
CW-F
CW and WP Series cartridges are suitable for a wide variety of
sediment filtration applications, including municipal and well water as
well as many industrial fluids.
Item #
Model
15518643
CW-F
15518743
CW-MF
15521443
CW-50
15507143
WP-5
15507243
WP-30
WP-30
WP-5
CW-MF
CW-50
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
2-3/8” x 9-7/8”
(60mm x 251mm)
2-3/8” x 9-7/8”
(60mm x 251mm)
2-3/8” x 9-7/8”
(60mm x 251mm)
2-3/8” x 9-7/8”
(60mm x 251mm)
2-3/8” x 9-7/8”
(60mm x 251mm)
10
<1 psi @ 7 gpm
(<0.1 bar @ 27 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
<2.5 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.17 bar @ 38 lpm)
<1.4 psi @ 10 gpm
(<0.10 bar @ 38 lpm)
30
50
5
30
• Filter Media ....................................Polypropylene Fiber Cord
• Core ..................................................Polypropylene
137
Big Blue Polypropylene Wound Cartridges
The WP-BB Series cartridges are constructed of fibrous
polypropylene media which as been wound around a
polypropylene core.Available in nominal micron ratings ranging
from 0.5 to 10, and both 9-7/8” and 20” lengths.
The WPX-BB Series cartridges are constructed of fibrillated
polypropylene wound on a polypropylene core. The fibrillated
polypropylene should be used when pressures require minimization of extractables and/or fiber migration. They are
available in nominal micron ratings ranging from 5 to 100, and
in both 9-7/8” and 20” lengths.
WP5BB97P
Item #
26100/
35521243
150100/
35521343
26101/
35521443
26102/
35521543
26103/
35521643
26127/
35522243
70004/
35522343
26128/
35522543
26104/
35521743
26123/
35521843
26124/
35521943
26125/
35522043
26126/
35522143
26129/
35522643
Model
WP5BB97P
WP1BB97P
WP5BB97P
WP10BB97P
WP25BB97P
WP1BB20P
WP5BB20P
WP25BB20P
WPX5BB97P
WPX10BB97P
WPX25BB97P
WPX50BB97P
WPX100BB97P
WPX100BB20P
Maximum
Dimensions
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 mm x 508 mm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 mm x 508 mm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 mm x 508 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 9-7/8”
(114 mm x 251 mm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(114 mm x 508 mm)
WPX5BB97P
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
0.5
Max Recommended
Flow Rate
10 gpm (38 lpm)
Pressure
Drop
5 psi (0.3 bar)
1
15 gpm (57 lpm)
4 psi (0.3 bar)
5
20 gpm (76 lpm)
3 psi (0.2 bar)
10
20 gpm (76 lpm)
1 psi (0.1 bar)
25
20 gpm (76 lpm)
1 psi (0.1 bar)
1
30 gpm (114 lpm)
6 psi (0.4 bar)
5
40 gpm (151 lpm)
6 psi (0.4 bar)
25
40 gpm (151lpm)
5 psi (0.3 bar)
5
10 gpm (38 lpm)
16 psi (1.1 bar)
10
15 gpm (57 lpm)
12 psi (0.8 bar)
25
20 gpm (76 lpm)
10 psi (0.7 bar)
50
30 gpm (114 lpm)
8 psi (0.6 bar)
100
40 gpm (151 lpm)
8 psi (0.6 bar)
100
65 gpm (246 lpm)
8 psi (0.6 bar)
• Construction ..................................Fibrous Polypropylene, Polypropylene Core
WARNING: Filter must be protected from freezing which can cause cracking of the filter and water leakage. For drinking water applications, do not use
with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection or after the unit.
138
BP, BPHE & BN Series Filter Bags
• Thermally welded unique design results in consistent
filtration efficiencies.
• Semi-rigid cylindrical design is easily crushed and
incinerated.
• Higher productivity - faster bag “change-outs”.
Polypropylene bags are compatible with a broad range of
corrosive fluids including organic solvent, oils, acids, alkalis
and micro-organisms.
BN Series (Strainer) Bags*
Woven monofilament materials are offered in nylon with
micron rates of 50-800 and efficiencies from 75 to 95
percent.The materials are cleanable and reusable.
* Call for availability
BN-420
BPHE-420
BP-420
BP Series (Polypropylene Felt) Bags
An assortment of filtration ratings is offered - from 1 to 200
microns - to comply with any filtration requirement.
The bags are manufactured from felt because of its high
solids loading capabilities, in comparison to similar mesh
fabrics. The media is created by needle-punching two layers
of synthetic fibers together in a supporting scrim. A glazed
finish, created by melting the outermost surface fibers, is
used to produce a bond that reduces the possibility of
migration.
BPHE Series (High Efficiency) Bags*
High efficiency bags are offered for those critical applications
when high efficiency combined with high dirt-holding
capacity is required. Polypropylene materials are processed
into microfibers with diameters of 1-10 microns or more.
These fibers are converted into filter material. Microfiber
media are covered with spun-bonded polypropylene.
Item #
15538303
15538403
15538503
15538603
15538703
15538803
15538903
15539003
15539103
15539203
15539303
15539403
15539503
15539503
Model
BP-410-1 (10”)
BP-420-1 (20”)
BP-410-5 (10”)
BP-420-5 (20”)
BP-410-10-(10”)
BP-420-10 (10”)
BP-410-25 (20”)
BP-420-25 (10”)
BP-410-50 (10”)
BP-420-50 (20”)
BP-410-100 (10”)
BP-420-100 (20”)
BP-410-200 (10”)
BP-420-200 (20”)
Dimensions
BP-410
4" x 8-5/8"
(102 mm x 218 mm)
BP-420
4" x 18"
(102 mm x 457 mm)
BN-410
BP-410
Filter
Media
Glazed
Polypropylene
Felt
BPHE-410
Micron
Rating
1
1
5
5
10
10
25
25
50
50
100
100
200
200
Case
Quantity
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
• Maximum Temperature.....................200°F (93.3°C) (bags only)
See application literature for housing rating.
NOTE: This information is for general guidance. Users should test bag materials with media involved to determine compatibility.
CAUTION: Protect against freezing which can cause cracking of the filter and water leakage.
139
Quick-Change Filtration Systems
•
•
•
•
•
•
Easy to install, easy filter change.
Unique cover for single unit for a more appealing look.
Reversible metal brackets for 1, 2 or 3 cartridges†
1/4-inch or 3/8-inch John Guest® push-fit connections available.
1/4-inch compression connections available for flex hose connections.
Seven cartridge models to choose from to meet specific application needs.
†The Twin and Triple systems are not performance tested or certified by NSF.
PENTEK® Quick Change Filtration Systems are designed for easy installation
and cartridge change. 1/4-inch or 3/8-inch push fittings, as well as 1/4-inch
compression fittings, on the inlet and outlet sides of the filter head allow
effortless installation. Many single systems are NSF Certified.
The cartridge filter is easily changed with a quarter-turn of the filter. Water is
automatically shut off during the change of the filter through the auto shut-off
feature built into the filter head.This feature eliminates the need for additional
shut-off valves to and from the filter system.
The PENTEK quick-change filter system offers several cartridge options to
meet the demands of varying water conditions. The granular activated carbon
cartridge offers extended chlorine taste and odor performance with low
pressure drop.* The EP carbon block filter offers superior chlorine taste and
odor performance with 5 micron sediment reduction.* The CBR carbon block
cartridge has enhanced performance capabilities for chlorine taste & odor, cyst,
lead, atrazine and lindane reduction.
The new cartridges include carbon/phosphate cartridge, chloramine reduction
cartridge, sediment only cartridge, a high performance 1-micron carbon block
cartridge, and the soon to be released membrane filter cartridge for bacteria
and virus reduction.*
*Not performance tested or certified by NSF.
#144842
#244426
#244427
#244435
#244436
#15578543
#15596243
#15590143
#25570643
#25570443
#25570543
#25568843
140
QCH 1/4" Threaded Replacement Head
QCH 1/4" PF Replacement Head
QCH 3/8" PF Replacement Head
QC Replacement Head 1/4" JGPF New Design
QC Replacement Head 3/8" JGPF New Design
QC-210-CBR-RP Replacement Cartridge
QC-210-EP-RP Replacement Cartridge
QC-210-GAC-RP Replacement Cartridge
QC10-TSGACR Replacement Cartridge
QC10-CGACR Replacement Cartridge
QC10-CB1R Replacement Cartridge
QC10-Sed1R Replacement Cartridge
* Shown with
optional
designer cover
COMPONENT
The QC10-CBR is Tested and Certified by NSF/ANSI
to Standard 42 for the reduction of Chlorine Taste &
Odor and Particulate Class 1. Standard 53 Atrazine,
Cyst, Lead, Lindane and Turbidity.
QC10-EP is Tested and Certified by NSF/ANSI to
Standard 42 for the reduction of Chlorine Taste & Odor.
QC10-GAC is Tested and Certified by NSF/ANSI to
Standard 42 for the reduction of Chlorine Taste & Odor.
Quick-Change Filtration Systems Specifications
1/4”
Threaded
Item #
1/4” JG
Push Fit
3/8” JG
Push Fit
Model
Cartridge
Color
158667
158682
158691
QC10-CBR
White
–
158683
–
QC10-EP
–
158684
–
–
158723
–
–
Filter
Life
Flow
Rate
Micron
Rating
chlorine taste & odor,
sediment, lead, atrazine,
lindane, cyst & turbidity
500 gallons
(1890 L)
0.5 gpm
(1.9 lpm)
0.5
White
chlorine taste & odor
1,500 gallons
(5670 L)
0.5 gpm
(1.9 lpm)
5*
QC10-GAC
Blue
2,500 gallons
(9460 L)
0.75 gpm
(2.8 lpm)
–
158724
QC10-TSGAC†
Blue
chlorine taste & odor with
phosphate crystals†
1,700 gallons
(6435 L)*
0.75 gpm
(2.8 lpm)
–
158719
158720
QC10-CGAC†
Blue
chloramine taste & odor and
chlorine taste & odor†
500 gal. (1890 L)
chloramine*
10,000 gal. (37850 L)
chlorine*
0.6 gpm
(2.3 lpm)
–
158721
–
QC10-CB1
White
and sediment†
10,000* gallons
(37850 L)
0.6 gpm
(2.3 lpm)
1
Claims
*Filter life based on chlorine reduction as tested by Pentek.
†Not Performance Tested or Certified by NSF.
CAUTION: Protect against freezing to prevent cracking of the filter housing and water leakage.
NOTE: Cartridge will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (a very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water follow the
instructions for flushing the cartridge to remove fines.
U.S. Patent Numbers: 5,976,432 and 5,823,668
141
Gold In-Line Filtration Systems
• 5 body styles of in-line filters in multiple media configurations.
• Injection molded and pressure rated to 125 psi (8.62 bar).
• All in-line filters include a pre- and post-filter.
The new PENTEK Gold Series® in-line filters offer an extensive variety of products
to meet your most challenging applications. PENTEK in-line filters are designed for
use on any point of use drinking water appliance including reverse osmosis (RO)
systems, distillation systems, coffee and espresso brewers, food service equipment,
ice machines, misters, bottleless water coolers, water fountains, refrigerators and
other water dispensing devices.
Gold Series® in-line filtration features coconut shell granular activated carbon.
Various combinations of media are used to support a wide range of filtration applications.These combinations include FDA compliant hexametaphosphates, KDF® 55
and KDF® 85 media, gradient depth sediment filters, calcite media, cation softening
resins and mixed bed deionization (DI) resins to meet the wide variety of aesthetic
improvements required.
The in-line filtration systems also offer a wide variety of end termination and fitting
options including 1/4” and 3/8” female NPT, 1/4” and 3/8” female Quick Connect
(John Guest® style), 1/4” OD Stem and 1/4” male Jaco thread.
Item #
Model
Bituminous Granular Activated Carbon
255499-43
GS-6-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6"
255501-43
GS-6-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6"
255502-43
GS-6-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 6"
255503-43
GS-10-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10"
255505-43
GS-10-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10"
255506-43
GS-10-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10"
255507-43
GS-210-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11"
255508-43
GS-210-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11"
255514-43
GS-215-H-3/8" John Guest® 2.5" x 14"
Coconut Shell Granular Activated Carbon
255515-43
GS-6RO-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6"
255519-43
GS-6RO-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6"
255521-43
GS-10RO-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10"
255522-43
GS-10RO-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10"
255525-43
GS-10RO-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10"
255526-43
GS-10RO-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10"
255528-43
GS-210RO-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11"
255531-43
GS-215RO-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 14"
pH Stabilizer (Calcite & Coconut Shell Carbon) Post RO
255541-43
GS-10CAL/RO-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10"
255546-43
GS-10CAL/RO-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10"
Bacteriostatic (KDF & Coconut Shell Carbon)
255547-43
GS-6EXTRA.25-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6"
255548-43
GS-6EXTRA.25-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 6"
255551-43
GS-6EXTRA.25-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6"
255553-43
GS-10EXTRA.5-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10"
255554-43
GS-10EXTRA.5-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10"
255557-43
GS-10EXTRA.5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10"
255559-43
GS-210EXTRA1-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11"
255560-43
GS-210EXTRA1-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11"
255561-43
GS-210EXTRA1-G-1/4" John Guest® 2.5" x 11"
142
Microns
(nominal)
Volume
(cubic ft)
Weight
(lbs)
Case
Quantity
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.61
0.61
0.61
6
6
6
9
9
9
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0.24
0.24
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.61
0.61
6
6
12
12
12
12
14
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
20
20
0.37
0.37
13
13
12
12
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.61
0.61
0.61
10
10
10
15
15
15
24
24
24
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Gold In-Line Filtration Specifications
Microns
Item #
Model
(nominal)
Sediment & Rust Particulate
255569-43
GS-6SED/5-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6"
5
255573-43
GS-6SED/5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6"
5
255576-43
GS-10SED/5-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10"
5
255579-43
GS-10SED/5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10"
5
255582-43
GS-210SED/5-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11"
5
255587-43
GS-215SED/5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2.5" x 14"
5
255588-43
GS-215SED/5-H-3/8" John Guest® 2.5" x 14"
5
Lime, Scale, & Chlorine Taste & Odor (Hexametaphosphate & Coconut Shell Carbon)
255589-43
GS-6ALS-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6"
20
255590-43
GS-6ALS-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 6"
20
®
255593-43
GS-6ALS-G-1/4" John Guest 2" x 6"
20
255595-43
GS-10ALS-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10"
20
255596-43
GS-10ALS-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10"
20
255599-43
GS-10ALS-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10"
20
255600-43
GS-10ALS-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10"
20
Lime & Scale (Hexametaphosphate Feeder)
255601-43
GS-6PH-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6"
–
255603-43
GS-10PH-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10"
–
–
255604-43
GS-10PH-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10"
Chlorine Taste & Odor - 1 Micron Carbon Block Filters
255609-43
GS-6CB-1-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6"
1
255615-43
1
255616-43
GS-10CB-1-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10"
1
255617-43
GS-210CB-1-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11"
1
255618-43
GS-210CB-1-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11"
1
Chlorine Taste & Odor - 5 Micron Carbon Block Filters
255625-43
GS-6CB-5-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6"
5
255626-43
GS-6CB-5-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 6"
5
255629-43
5
255630-43
5
255631-43
GS-10CB-5-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37
9
255632-43
GS-10CB-5-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37
9
255635-43
5
255636-43
5
255637-43
GS-210CB-5-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11"
5
®
255639-43
GS-210CB-5-G-1/4" John Guest 2.5" x 11"
5
255641-43
GS-215CB-5-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 14"
5
255642-43
GS-215CB-5-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 14"
5
255643-43
GS-215CB-5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2.5" x 14"
5
255644-43
GS-215CB-5-H-3/8" John Guest® 2.5" x 14"
5
Lead, Cyst, Particulate, & Chlorine Taste & Odor Filters
255649-43
GS-10LS-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10"
0.5
255651-43
GS-210LS-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11"
1
TDS Reduction - High Capacity DI Resin Filters
255655-43
GS-210DI-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11"
20
255659-43
GS-215DI-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11"
20
INLINE FILTER CLIPS
244454
HF-CLIP1 – 2" Single Inline Filter Clip
–
244455
HF-CLIP2 – 2.5" Single Inline Filter Clip
–
Volume
(cubic ft)
Weight
(lbs)
Case
Quantity
0.24
0.24
0.37
0.37
0.61
0.61
0.61
5
5
7
7
14
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.37
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
0.24
0.24
0.24
13
22
22
12
12
12
0.24
0.37
0.37
0.61
0.61
5
9
9
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
12
12
0.37
0.37
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61
5
5
5
5
12
12
12
12
9
9
11
11
13
13
13
13
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
0.37
0.61
9
15
12
12
0.61
0.61
17
24
12
12
–
–
–
–
100
100
143
Sealed In-Line Series
• Provide bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.
• Injection molded and pressure rated to 125 psi.
• All in-line filters include a pre- and post-filter.
Sealed In-Line filters feature coconut shell, granular activated carbon, and are designed
to reduce unwanted taste, odor and chlorine taste and odor.
The TS-101L contains a combination of GAC and polyphosphate crystals to inhibit
lime/scale build-up.
All Sealed In-Line filters include a durable, injection molded polypropylene body and
cap, pre- and post-filter and are pressure rated to 125 psi. Available with 1/4” NPT
connections.
Sealed In-Line filters are an ideal choice for post-RO, under-sink, ice-maker and food
service applications.
Contact factory regarding availability of other sizes and media.
The IC-101L and TS-101L are
Tested and Certified by NSF
International.
COMPONENT
IC-101L
TS-101L
Item #
15507020
15508301
Model
IC-100 (c/w fittings)
TS-100 (c/w fittings)
Media
17 cu. in.
16 cu. in.
Maximum
Dimensions
(51 mm x 270 mm)
(51 mm x 270 mm)
Estimated
Life
(9,460 liters)
(6,450 liters)
Flow Rate
(gpm)
(2.8 L/min)
(2.8 L/min)
• Body ....................................................Polypropylene
• Cap ......................................................Polypropylene
• Pre-filter and Post-filter ............Polypropylene
• Carbon .............................................Coconut Shell GAC
• Maximum Temperature .........100°F (37.8°C)
• Operating Pressure ...................125 psi (8.62 bar)
NOTE: Cartridges will contain a very small amount of fines (very fine powder) and new cartridges, after installation, should be flushed with sufficient
water to remove all traces of fines from your water system before use. Each time you use your filtered water tap for drinking or cooking purposes, it is
recommended that you run (flush) the tap for at least 10 seconds prior to using water.This is particularly important if the water tap has not been used
daily.
144
CRE-1 Ceramic Cartridges
• Specially designed for cyst reduction and fine sediment filtration applications.
• 1/2” thick ceramic wall allows for many cleanings, extending cartridge life.
• Nominal 1-micron rating.
CRE-1 cartridges are manufactured from a sintered ceramic filtration media.
They are designed and tested for the reduction of Cryptosporidium and Giardia
cysts, and are ideal for fine sediment filtration applications.
The fine ceramic media will effectively trap dirt, sediment, and cysts down to 1micron in diameter. A proper fit is ensured and water bypass is prevented
through the use of a knife-edge seal.
CRE-1 cartridges are easily cleaned with water and a damp cloth, sponge or stiff
nylon brush.They can be cleaned several times until the diameter at the smallest
point is 1-1/2” or the circumference is 4-3/4”, extending cartridge life.
Not for residential sale in the state of California.
Item #
Model
15515943
CRE-1
Maximum
Dimensions
Micron Rating
(Nominal)
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
1 7/8” x 9 3/4”
(48 mm x 248 mm)
1
(3-4 @ 99.95%)
19 psi @ 1 gpm
(1.3 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
• Filter Media ..........................Sintered Ceramic
• End Caps................................Thermoset Polymeric
• Gaskets ..............................Buna-N
• Temperature ....................40° to 125°F (4.4° to 52°C)
NOTE: Performance depends on system design, flow rate, feed water quality and certain other application conditions. Certain states require system registration or certification prior to sale if health-related contaminant reduction claims are made. Not for residential sale in the state of California.
NOTE: Only a thin layer of ceramic is removed with each cleaning. It is not necessary to clean the cartridge until the original color is restored as water in some locations
may stain or discolor the ceramic. Good hygiene and house keeping practices should always be used when cleaning the CRE-1 cartridge.
HANDLE CARTRIDGE WITH CARE! Sharp blows, dropping, or freezing can cause cracks in the ceramic. If the cartridge should be cracked or frozen, discard the
damaged cartridge and replace it with a new cartridge.
CAUTION: Do not use where water is microbiologically unsafe or with water of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the unit. Cartridge is specifically designed for sediment filtration and the reduction of Giardia and Cryptosporidium cysts, not to kill or filter bacteria.
145
Microguard™ Membrane Filter Cartridges
• Absolute 0.15 micron particle retention for bacteria and protozoan cyst
reduction.
• 99.9999% bacteria reduction (>6 Log)
• 99.9999% cyst reduction (>6 Log)
• Combined carbon block and sediment pre-filtration for extended life and
chlorine taste and odor reduction.
• Utilizes patented* highly asymmetric polyethersulfone membrane with
proprietary hydrophilic formulation for immediate wetting and high flow.
• Double O-ring end cap seals for absolute sealing in PENTEK Seal-Safe™ 3G
housings.
The Microguard™ membrane filters provide reliable bacteria and protozoan cyst
reduction for safer and cleaner drinking water without incorporating chemicals
into the media or adding chemicals to the filtered water.The Microguard carbon
block membrane cartridge, MG-10MCB, is uniquely designed with integral carbon
block and sediment pre-filtration for the reduction of chlorine taste and odor
and for providing extended life of the internal membrane element.This cartridge
has 2.5 times greater filtration surface area than some anti-microbial carbon
blocks and operates at a higher flow rate with lower pressure drop.This makes
the MG-10MCB ideal for Point-of-Use (POU) applications. The Microguard
cartridges do not require USEPA registration and their effectiveness is not
susceptible to common substances normally found in some waters, e.g., hydrogen
sulfide (H2S), natural organic matter (NOM) and total dissolved solids (TDS).
MG-10T
MG-10MCB
The Microguard triple-element cartridge, MG-10T, is uniquely constructed with
three membrane elements integrally sealed into one common cartridge design.
This unique design allows for higher flow rates and longer life while still providing
bacteria and cyst reduction, and is ideal for applications up to five gallons per
minute.The life of the MG-10T can be extended using PENTEK carbon block or
sediment pre-filtration options.
Item #
Model
Description
Maximum
Length
Maximum
Diameter
Micron
Rating
25542043
MG-10MCB
25541943
MG-10T
25568243
MG-CCBR
Carbon Block/
Membrane
Triple Element
(membrane only)
Coconut Carbon
Lead/Cyst Reduction
10.283”
(261.18 mm)
10.294”
(261.47 mm)
10.294”
(261.47 mm)
2.875”
(73 mm)
3.0”
(76 mm)
3.0”
(76 mm)
0.15
absolute rating
0.15
absolute rating
0.15
absolute rating
• Membrane ......................................Polyethersulfone
• O-ring Seals........................EPDM
• Membrane Assembly..................Polystyrene, epoxy resin
• Netting..................................Polyolefin (10MCB only)
• Carbon Pre-Filter ........................MG-10MCB with Fibredyne™ technology contains activated carbon with synthetic
Polymeric fibers and binders
• End Caps/Body..............................Polystyrene, excluding the bottom of the MG-10MCB which is Polypropylene
NOTE: These cartridges are not intended for converting wastewater or raw sewage into drinking water.
*U.S. Patent No. 5,240,862
Not certified for sale in California, Iowa, Massachusetts and Wisconsin.
146
Oil Adsorbing Cartridges
• Modified cellulose-based filter chemically bonds specifically with hydrocarbons and
other pollutants such as dissolved and dispersed oils from water.
• Instantaneous adsorption, more effective than activated carbon.
• Up to 90 percent of total hydrocarbons are removed in a single pass.
• For use in 20-inch Big Blue® filter housings.
The OAC-20BB, made from modified cellulose-based filter media, is processed into
sheets and assembled into cartridges for use in standard 20” Big Blue® filter housings.
Features
• Instantaneous adsorption - up to 90 percent of total hydrocarbons removed in a
single pass.
• High flow rates.
• Removed dissolved and dispersed oils.
• Low pressure drop.
• Media can hold 250-300 percent of its own weight, with no release of removed
hydrocarbons.
Applications
• Gas and oil facilities • Leisure/commercial shipping bilge water • Surface water
runoff (truck stops, airports, parking lots) • Auto service stations
• Machine shops • Industrial processes • Factories and repair shops • Car and truck
washes
Installation
Certain applications may require pre-filtration
Change-Out Frequency
Change-out frequency will depend on the oil burden they have to handle. Because no
appreciable increase in pressure drop is observed during service life, the filter must
be changed when its adsorption capacity is exhausted.
Item #
15559603
Model
OAC-20BB
Maximum
Dimensions
Length: 20.125” (511 mm)
Outside Diameter: 4.5” (114 mm)
Core ID: 1.110” (28 mm)
Pressure Drop
(at 5-10 gpm)
0.2 - 1.0 psi
(0.01-0.07 bar)
Recommended
Flow Rate
5-10 gpm
(19-38 lpm)
• Media ................................................Modified Cellulose
• Outer Net ....................Polyethylene
• End Caps ..........................................PVC Plastisol
• Media Area ..................18 sq.ft. (1.6 sq.m.)
• Center Core ..................................Natural Polypropylene
• Weight ............................1.75 lbs (0.8 kg)
• Temperature Rating....................40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
NOTE: Operating flow will vary based on applications, type of pollutants, flow rates, level of contamination.
DISPOSAL: Safe and acceptable method to meet all local and EPA regulations is recommended. End user is responsible for safe disposal of used
cartridge at user’s costs. Consult factory for additional information
147
PCC Series Hexametaphosphate Crystal
Cartridges
• Effective at treating scale, corrosion and iron problems.
• Ideal for a variety of food service equipment, as well as other types
of water processing equipment.
PCC Series cartridges contain food-grade hexametaphosphate that
dissolves slowly in water to inhibit scale and rust build-up.
This type of treatment is recommended for use with ice machines,
coffee and vending machines, food service equipment, water heaters,
air conditioning equipment and many other types of water processing
equipment.
To best meet your needs, cartridges are available in four feeder sizes
and all materials are FDA grade.
They are highly effective at treating scale, corrosion and iron problems
for up to six months at various flow rates and feed concentrations.
The PCC212 and PCC218 cartridges are designed to fit #10 Standard
or Slim Line® filter housings.
The PCC106 is an insert element that is placed in the center core of
the cartridge. It is designed for use with standard 10” and 20” radial
flow, sediment and carbon block filter cartridges.
PCC212
PCC218
PCC106
PCC1
Item #
Model
Dimensions
Recommended Flow Rate (gpm)
15510043
PCC1
2-7/8” x 9-5/8”
(73mm x 244mm)
Up to 5 gpm
(19 lpm)
15524803
PCC212
2-5/8” x 9-3/4”
(67mm x 248mm)
1 to 1.5 gpm
(4 to 6 lpm)
15525103
PCC218
2-5/8” x 9-3/4”
(67mm x 248mm)
1.5 to 2.5 gpm
(6 to 10 lpm)
• Filter Media....................Food Grade Polyphosphate
• Gasket ......................................Buna-N (PCC212 & 218)
• Shell ..................................Polypropylene
• Temperature Rating ..........40°F to 100°F (4.4°C to 37.85°C)
• Post-filter ........................Polypropylene (PCC212 & 218)
CAUTION: Eye irritant. Contains sodium calcium hexametaphosphate. Avoid contact with eyes. In case of eye contact, flush with water for 15 minutes,
get medical attention. Keep out of reach of children.
NOTE: PCC212 and PCC218 cartridges are not recommended for main line water applications with flow rates exceeding 3.0 gpm (11.4 lpm).
NOTE: With steamers, the water should be flushed daily.
CAUTION: Do not use this cartridge on water that will be carbonated.
148
RFFE20-BB Radial Flow Iron Reduction
Cartridges
•
•
•
•
Easily and effectively reduces up to 3 ppm of dissolved iron from water.
Improves flavor and reduces the metallic taste caused by iron.
Reduces the possibility of pipe and water heater damage.
For use in 20-inch Big Blue® filter housings.
The RFFE20-BB cartridge is designed to provide an easy and effective method of reducing iron
from water, which greatly improves the taste.
This cartridge helps to eliminate the orange and brown stains often found in sinks, toilets, tubs
and other plumbing fixtures.
RFFE20-BB reduces the possibility of damage to pipes and water heaters and reduces up to 3
ppm dissolved iron.
It adds no harmful chemicals to the water, making it completely safe for drinking water applications.
The RFFE20-BB cartridge should be installed on the main cold water line after the pressure
tank or water meter. For best results, pre-sediment and post-carbon treatment is
recommended.
Approximate Life of System*
Iron Level
in Water
3 ppm
2 ppm
1 ppm
0.5 ppm
Total Gallons
Water Used
26,000 gal.
40,000 gal.
80,000 gal.
160,000 gal.
250 GPD
(4 People)
104 days
160 days
320 days
640 days
125 GPD
(2 People)
208 days
320 days
640 days
1280 days
75 GPD
(1 Person)
416 days
640 days
1280 days
N/A
*Test results were obtained by using the RFFE20-BB in combination with an RFC20-BB cartridge.
Recommended Operating Conditions
Item #
15526303
Model
RFFE20-BB
pH
>7.0
Manganese
<1 ppm
Iron Bacteria
None
Silica
<100 ppm
Iron
<3 ppm
Hydrogen Sulfide
None
*Typical Iron Filtration System
• Approximate Cartridge Life ............3 to 6 Months
(family of four)
• Maximum Operating Pressure** ..90 psi (6.2 bar)
• Maximum Water Temperature ....100°F (37.8°C)
• Inlet/Outlet Connections................................1” (2.54 cm)
• Replacement Cartridges - Iron Filter.............RFFE20-BB
• Recommended Filter - Sediment ................R30 BB (two)
- Carbon..........................RFC20-BB
*When used in a BBFS-222 system
**CAUTION: If you suspect your water pressure will at any time exceed the maximum rating of 90 psi (6.2 bar), a pressure
regulator must be installed before the system.This will guard against the pressure exceeding the maximum rating at any time. It is
recommended that the pressure regulator be set at 75 psi (5.2 bar) or less.
NOTE: Water conditions outside of the above specified limits may lead to a shortened filtration life. If your water contains Iron Bacteria, shock
chlorination is recommended.
NOTE: The RFFE20-BB and RFC20-BB cartridges will contain a very small amount of fines (very fine powder) and new cartridges, after installation,
should be flushed with sufficient water to remove all traces of fines from your water system before use.
149
PCF Series Mixed Bed Deionization
Cartridges
• Designed for deionizing water up to 16 megohms.
• All materials and construction are FDA-compliant.
• Three sizes and capacities.
PCF Series cartridges have been developed in response to the requirements for
deionized water in many industries.
They have been manufactured using an FDA-compliant resin that has been subjected
to additional post-production steps to minimize the total organic carbon (TOC) level.
These high-capacity, semi-conductor grade resin cartridges are ideal for use in pharmaceuticals, medical laboratories, cosmetics, and circuit board printing applications.
PCF Series cartridges are available in three sizes, flow rates and capacities. They are
convenient and cost-effective for many applications where low levels of total organic
carbon (TOC) and total dissolved solids (TDS) levels are required.
Applications:
• Circuit board printing • Pharmaceutical use • Steam and humidification
• Cosmetics • Steam processors • Humidification systems • Recirculating/
cooling towers • Power generating equipment • Medical/laboratory use
• Lasers • Jet water sprayers • Boiler make-up water
PCF110MB
Item #
15527303
Model
PCF1-10MB
15527403
PCF1-20MB
15528103
BBF1-20MB
Maximum
Dimensions
2-2/3” x 9-3/4”
(68 mm x 248 mm)
2-2/3” x 20”
(68 mm x 508 mm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(114mm x 508 mm)
Capacity Grains
(mg TDS as CaCO3)
270
(17,500)
600
(38,800)
1,850
(120,000)
Initial ∆P (psi)
@ Flow Rate (gpm)
1.5 psi @ 0.25 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 0.95 lpm)
3.4 psi @ 0.5 gpm
(0.23 bar @ 1.9 lpm)
1.1 psi @ 1.25 gpm)
(0.76 bar @ 4.7 lpm)
BBF120MB
PCF120MB
Suggested
Flow Rate
0.25 gpm
(0.95 lpm)
.50 gpm
(1.9 lpm)
1.25 gpm
(4.7 lpm)
•
•
•
•
Filter Media............................................Mixed Bed DI resins
End Caps ................................................Polypropylene
Shell ..........................................................Polypropylene
Pre-filter ..................................................Polypropylene
• Post Filter .......................Polypropylene
• Gaskets.............................Buna-N
• Temperature Rating ...40°F to 100°F (4.4°C to 37.8°C)
or after the unit.
NOTE: The above resin data is based on information obtained by Pentek Filtration.This data does not imply any warranty or performance guarantee.
We recommend that the user determine performance by testing on his own processing equipment.We assume no liability or responsibility for patent
infringement resulting from the use of this product.
CAUTION: Do not use cartridges on equipment that has an electric conductivity water level indicator.
150
Product Water Resistivity vs Gallons Through-put
Test Conditions
RO FEED WATER ....................15 - 20 TDS
pH ................................................6.5 - 7.5
CITY FEED WATER..................170 TDS
TEMPERATURE ........................77 +/- 2°F
Cartridges
Flow Rate
(1) PCF-1-10MB ........................0.25 GPM
(2) PCF1-20MB..........................0.50 GPM
(3) BBF1-20MB ..........................1.25 GPM
(4) Two PCF1-20MB tested in a series @ 0.50 gpm
(5) PCF1-20MB with RO feed water @ 0.50 gpm
1 Microsiemen = 1 Microhms/cm
FDA Grade Resin
FUNCTION STRUCTURE
Cation ............................................................R-S03-H+
Anion ......................AR-N(CH3)2(C2H4OH)+OHPHYSICAL FORM
IONIC FORM
PERCENT CONVERSION
Hydrogen ............................................99.9% Minimum
Hydroxide ..............................................95% Minimum
Applications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Circuit Board Printing
Power Generating Equipment
Pharmaceutical Use
Medical/Laboratory Use
Steam and Humidification
Breeding Tanks
Cosmetics
Lasers
Steam Processors
Jet Water Sprayers
Humidification Systems
Boiler Make-up Water
Recirculating/Cooling Towers
CAUTION: Filter must be protected against freezing which can causing cracking of the filter and water damage. For drinking water applications, do not use with water that is
microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Do not use cartridges on equipment that has an electric conductivity
water level indicator.
NOTE: The above resin data is based on information obtained by Pentek Filtration.These data are believed to be reliable but do not imply any warranty or performance
guarantee.We recommend that the user determine performance by testing on his own processing equipment.We assume no liability or responsibility for patent infringement
resulting from the use of this product.The DI Resin cartridges are being designed for the following performance parameters.
151
WS Series Water Softener Cartridges
•
•
•
•
Convenient cartridge change-out.
Manufactured with FDA grade softener resin.
750 to 4500 grain capacity available (grains as CaCO3).
For use in Slim Line®, Standard and Big Blue® filter housings.
WS Series cartridges provide softened water in a convenient
cartridge-style design.
These cation exchange softening cartridges utilize a bed of sodium
form cation resin beads to reduce hardness and scale deposits.
WS-20BB
The convenient and space-saving design of our WS Series cartridges
means that softened water can be provided easily and cost effectively
at the exact point of need.
WS Series cartridges are available in three different sizes and flow
rates, and have a rated capacity of 750, 1500 or 4500 grains (as
CaCO3) capacity.
WS-10
Item #
Model
Dimensions
15531903
WS-10
15532003
WS-20
15532103
WS-20BB
2- 5/8” x 9-3/4”
(6.7cm x 24.8cm)
2-5/8” x 20”
(6.7cm x 50.8cm)
4-1/2” x 20”
(11.4cm x 50.8cm)
WS-20
Recommended
Flow Rate
Capacity
(Grains as CaCo3)
.50 gpm (1.9 lpm)
750
.75 gpm (2.8 lpm)
1,500
2.0 gpm (8.5 lpm)
4,500
• Filter Media ....................................Standard Softener Resin*
• Pre-Filter..........................................Polypropylene
• Post-Filter ................................Polypropylene
• Gasket ........................................Buna-N
• Temperature Rating ............100°F (37.7°C)
* Cation, sodium-form resin, 20 x 40 mesh, R-SO3-Na+
152
Freshpoint™ Ultrafiltration System
• Designed for cyst reduction, turbidity, and fine sediment filtration applications.
• > 98% reduction of 0.025 micron (25 nanometer) particles.*
• > 99.99% (> 4 Log) reduction of 0.065 micron (65 nanometer) particles.*
• Forward-flush and back-flush cleaning cycles provide extended filter life in a wide range of
applications.
• Proprietary hollow-fiber ultrafiltration membrane.
• Professional-grade housing, controller and flush valve.
• Metered self-cleaning cycle flushes only when needed.
• Day override feature flushes module daily with fresh water when system is not in use.
• Peak flow rates up to 10 gpm (2271 L/h).
*Performance based on MS-2 (25 nm) and PRD-1 (65 nm) virus particle tests. Data available upon request.
The PENTEK® Freshpoint™ Ultrafiltration System provides complete point-of-entry (POE)
filtration proven to reduce turbidity, particulates and cysts for safer, cleaner water at every tap.
The system employs hollow-fiber Ultrafiltration membrane technology to filter impurities as
small as 0.025 microns.
To maximize membrane capacity and service life, a metered flushing cycle is controlled using
an advanced controller and high-performance turbine meter. The self-cleaning forward and
back-flush cycles are initiated when the programmed capacity of the membrane is reached.
During the backwash, flow is reversed and particles are ejected from the pores of the
membrane and flushed to drain. In the forward- flush cycle, service water passes through the
capillaries at a high speed, scouring particles from the membrane surface and rinsing them from
the system. Since power is only required to flush the system, outages and interruptions will not
jeopardize the integrity of membrane or its ability to provide safer, cleaner water.
The advanced electronic controller provides a programmable day override which allows the
unit to flush every day with fresh water when the system is not in use. Critical system
diagnostics, including totalized flow, instantaneous flow rate, and previous days water usage, are
available to optimize flushing cycles and monitor performance.
The high-performance industrial fiberglass housing is pressure rated to 300 psi. Inside the
housing, the membrane is sealed with double radial o-rings, minimizing the potential for leak
paths. Quick-connect end caps allow the membrane to easily be removed for cleaning or
replacement.
The system can be applied to solve “known” water problems including high turbidity, suspended
solids, and certain microbiological contaminants. It can also serve as a flushable prefilter to
extend the life of media filters downstream.
Item #
Model
33145
33146
Freshpoint™ Ultrafiltration System (less controller)
Freshpoint™ Ultrafiltration System (c/w controller)
MEMBRANE
• Material ............................................Polyethersulfone,
modified (PESM)
• Pore Size ..........................................0.025 micron (nominal)
0.065 micron (absolute)
• Molecular Weight Cut Off .......100-150 kD
(MWCO)
• Active Membrane Surface.......51 sq. ft.
• Service Flow Rate ......................6.23 gpm to 10 gpm
@ 15 psi drop
(1,416 L/h to 2,271 L/h)
CONTROLLER
• Electrical Rating ...........................50/60 Hz
• Forward Flush Cycle ..................1-99 minutes
• Metered Volume ...........................1-9999 gallons
• Meter Accuracy ............................1-50 gpm +/- 5%
SYSTEM
• Inlet/Outlet .....................................3/4-inch NPT
This product is not certified as microbiological purifier and should not be applied as stand-alone disinfection solution for microbiologically unsafe water.
153
NOTES
154
Miscellaneous
Filter
Systems
& Cartridges
155
Point-of-Use Filter Cartridges
A comprehensive line of cartridge filters that meet or exceed the requirements is offered for basic and premium
point-of-use water systems. Our filters improve taste, eliminate odor and reduce sediment, lead, cysts, chlorine
and volatile chemicals in potable water supplies.
Technology Ensures High Performance
Melt-blowing technology is regarded as the best method for sediment filter construction. This fabrication also
features a graded density, which uses the entire depth of the filter to capture sediment.This specialized technique
increases dirt-loading and extends the life of the filter. Other features include:
• Thermally bonded fibers will not migrate into water
• Filters available from 1 to 25 microns
• Broad chemical compatibility
Melt blown polypropylene cartridges offer a self-supporting, thermally fused filter media that requires no separate
center support tube. No adhesives, binding agents or anti-static agents are used.
Carbon Block Design for Quality and Convenience
Our carbon block filters offer a strong, uniform filter medium that prevents channeling, fluidizing and bypassing,
thus providing optimal performance.The performance capabilities of activated carbon block filters typically exceed
granular activated carbon (GAC) filters. In addition, our filters feature:
• Performance capabilities meets or exceed competition
• Wide range of chemical reduction capabilities
• Color coded end caps for easy model identification
There is also a full line of carbon filters with smaller diameters offered, allowing installation into slim-style
housings, while still maintaining the performance capabilities of full-sized filters.
GE carbon filters are manufactured from FDA accepted materials.
GE sediment filters conform to ANSI/NSF 42 for material safety.
MB Filter Line
Nominal Rated Filters for Sediment Removal
Premium line of melt-blown filters are designed for the most demanding applications and water conditions.
These filters feature increased dirt-loading capacity and a longer service life. Made in the USA.
Model
Number
MB-01-101
MB-01-201
MB-05-101
MB-05-201
MB-10-101
MB-10-201
MB-25-101
MB-25-201
1
Part
Number
08-1013238
08-1013239
08-1013231
08-1013240
08-1013241
08-1013242
08-1013232
08-1013243
Filter
Type
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Micron
1
1
5
5
10
10
25
25
Size
(in/cm)
2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
COMPONENTS
ANSI/NSF 42 listed for material safety.
Absolute Rated Filters
These household cyst filters feature an absolute rating for removal of cysts at one micron.
End caps are embedded into the filter media to ensure seal integrity for absolute filtration.
Model
Part
Number
Number
P-MBC-01-101 08-1013230
P-MBC-10-201 08-1013237
1
ANSI/NSF 42 listed for material safety.
156
Filter
Size
Type
Micron
(in/cm)
Sediment/Cyst
1
2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
Sediment/Cyst
1
2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
COMPONENTS
Point-Of-Use Filter Cartridges
MBB Series Sediment Filters
Complete line of large-diameter filters featuring dual-gradient density for maximum dirt-holding capacity. Our
MBB filters are built for extended service and provide greater value for the replacement market.
Model
Number
MBB55-25-10
MBB56-25-20
MBB57-05-10
MBB58-05-20
MBB59-01-10
MBB60-01-20
Part
Number
08-3015155
08-3015156
08-3015157
08-3015158
08-3015159
08-3015160
Filter
Type
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Sediment
Size
(in/cm)
4.5 x 9.875 / 11.43 x 25.08
4.5 x 20 / 11.43 x 50.8
4.5 x 9.875 / 11.43 x 25.08
4.5 x 20 / 11.43 x 50.8
4.5 x 9.875 / 11.43 x 25.08
4.5 x 20 / 11.43 x 50.8
Micron
25
25
5
5
1
1
Basic:Taste and Odour
The WCTO-2898 filter serves as an economical option for basic taste and
odor reduction, while featuring the performance capabilities of carbon block.
This filter is designed to fit into standard-width housings.
Model
Part
Filter
Number
Number Type
WCTO-2898 08-1013273 Basic
Micron
Nom.
5
End Cap Flow Rate
Filter
Color
GPM
Capacity
White
1.0
1200 gal (4.54 m3)
Size
(in/cm)
2.8 x 9.81 / 7.11 x 24.91
Premium:Taste, Odor, Lead and VOC’s Removal
Premium carbon block filters are designed to fit into most standard and
slim 10-inch housings. Carbon block offers a strong, uniform filter
medium that prevents channeling, bypassing and fluidizing throughout
the service life. The carbon core is wrapped with a protective layer of
spun polypropylene that removes silt-sized particles and extends filter
life. Outer netting offers protection from abrasion during shipping and
handling. Color-coded end caps are securely bonded with a hot-melt
adhesive.The Series 2498 carbon filters pack superior performance into
a slim design that meets or exceeds the capabilities of a full-sized filter.
Model
Number
KSTO-2498
PDTO-2498
BCTO-2498
YLLT-2498
GLVC-2498
Part
Number
08-1013268
Filter
Micron
Type
Nom.
Standard
10
Taste/Odor
08-1013269
Premium
1
Taste/Odor
08-1013270
Cyst,
1
Taste/Odor
08-1013271 Lead, Cyst,
0.5
Taste/Odor
08-1013272 VOC’s, Lead,
0.5
Cyst,Taste/Odor
End Cap
Color
Black
Flow Rate
Filter
GPM
Capacity
1.0
2000 gal (7.57 m3)
Purple
1.0
5000 gal (18.92 m3)
Blue
1.0
5000 gal (18.92 m3)
Yellow
0.75
2000 gal (7.57 m3)
Grey
0.50
1800 gal (6.81 m3)
Size
(in/cm)
2.4 x 9.81 /
6.09 x 24.91
2.4 x 9.81 /
6.09 x 24.91
2.4 x 9.81 /
6.09 x 24.91
2.4 x 9.81 /
6.09 x 24.91
2.4 x 9.81 /
6.09 x 24.91
Chlorine reduction capacity achieved at 2 ppm challenge @ 0.75 gpm.
Lead reduction capacity achieved at 150 ppb challenge @ 0.75 gpm.
NOTE:The GLCV-2498 is configured as a twin pack and designed to operate as two filters in series.
157
Hot Water Side Stream Filter Systems
The hot water filtration system is especially
suited for side stream filtration of boiler
systems.Where solenoid valves are used and
frequent water hammer occurs, the Side
Stream Filter System is the answer.
Standard Features - Side Stream Filter
• Superior strength and durability with very
high operating pressure to 250 psi and
temperature rating to 200°F
• Accepts a complete range of 9-3/4”
cartridges for application flexibility
(See page 129 for available cartridges)
• Assures positive cartridge sealing and
easy cartridge change
• Sumps available in larger sizes to accept
higher flow rates up to 20 gpm
• Available as single housing or as filter
assembly
SSF-ST1
(main)
Features of Assembled SSF-ST1
• 3/4” nickel plated brass ball valves for fast cartridge changes
• Flow indicator easily displays flow path and flow rate (4 - 8 gpm) and is constructed of 304 stainless steel
• Brushed 304 stainless steel sump with a brass/nickel plated head
• All units offer a choice of either pipe plug or pet cock in the bottom for draining the sump
Item
Model
Inlet/Outlet
Size
15601705
SSF-ST1
3/4” FNPT
Height
Dimensions
Length
14”
13-3/8”
Depth
Approx.
Weight
Maximum
Flow
Rate
Maximum
Water
Temp.
Maximum
Water
Pressure
# of
Cartridges
Required
Flow
Indication
Range
9”
11 lbs.
10 gpm
200°F
250 psi
1
4 - 8 gpm
NOTE: The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from the specifications and descriptions stated herein, without obligation to
change previously manufactured products or to note the change.
158
Side Stream Filter Systems - Hot Water Cartridges
Tin Core String Wound Cartridges
304SS Core String Wound Cartridges
Specifications
• Tin core and string wound natural cotton media is
suitable for general purpose high temperature
filter applications with water, oils, solvents, paints
and other non-FDA (non-potable) applications.
Specifications
• Maximum Cartridge Temperature - 300°F (149°C)
• 2.5” O.D. Core x 10” Length (suitable for #10 and
ST-1 Housings)
• Available in 5, 10, 25, 50 micron ratings
• 304 stainless steel core and string wound natural
cotton media is suitable for slightly aggressive high
temperature filter applications with water, oils,
solvents, paints, moderately corrosive fluids and
other non-FDA (non-potable) applications.
• Maximum Cartridge Temperature - 300°F (149°C)
• 2.5 O.D. Core x 10” Length (suitable for #10 and
ST-1 Housings)
• Available in 5, 10, 25, 50 micron ratings
26141 ........ 5 micron, 10”,Tin Core Natural Cotton
26137 ................5 micron, 10” 304SS, Natural Cotton
26134 ........10 micron, 10”,Tin Core Natural Cotton
26138 ..............10 micron, 10” 304SS, Natural Cotton
Features
• The string wound winding pattern produces a greater solids-holding capacity and true depth filtration. Each
10” length cartridge provides 3.5 square feet of surface area and approximately 1/2 to 1 lb of solids retention
before replacement. (NOTE: Actual amount of retention depends on type of solids and heat pressure.)
• Ideal for heating loop filtration applications using Side Stream Filter System Model SSF-ST1 (Item
#15601705).
159
Absolute Rated POLY-PLEAT™ Cartridges
• One micron absolute rated cartridges for Cryptosporidium &
Giardia Cyst removal.
Absolute rated POLY-PLEAT™ cartridges meet or exceed the
three-log (99.9%) removal requirements described in National
Sanitation Foundation Standard 53 for cyst sized particles. POLYPLEAT™ cartridges are recommended to control
Cryptosporidium, Giardia Cysts and other harmful microorganisms to help ensure cyst-free drinking water.
Features
• Absolute rated one micron filter media removes cyst sized
particles for safe, cyst-free drinking water.
• Pleated polypropylene filter media provides more surface
area for longer filter life and increased particle removal.
• FDA listed materials for use in potable water and liquid food
applications.
• End caps, center tubes and media are thermally bonded as
one integral component for added strength and to provide
superior end sealing.
• Full product line for standard and Big Blue filter housings.
• Economical cartridges from the value leader in the industry.
• Substantially removes Cryptosporidium, Giardia Cysts,
harmful organisms, sediment, silt, turbidity and more.
Standard
(2-3/4 O.D.)
Big Blue
(10” & 20”)
Item
No.
Product
Code
Micron
Rating
Type
Length
x O.D.
No./
Case
26099
PP-S-1
1 absolute
Standard
9-3/4”
2-3/4”
24
26106
PP-BB-10-1
1 absolute
Big Blue
9-3/4”
4-1/2”
8
26107
PP-BB-20-1
1 absolute
Big Blue
20”
4-1/2”
4
160
COMPONENT
Certified to
ANSI-NSF 61
In-Line Carbon Filters
Disposable - Easily installed and removed in simple in-line
systems.
Versatile - Designed for a wide variety of point-of-use applications including reverse osmosis (RO), distillation units, ice cube
makers, water coolers, beverage dispensers, recreation vehicles,
motor homes, campers and boats.
Efficient - These granular activated carbon filters remove
chlorine and objectionable tastes and odors from potable water
supplies.They will also remove rust, sand, silt and other sediment
particles. Design and construction insure maximum contact time
and discourage channeling.
Reliable - Quality materials and construction resist damage
from rust, corrosion and vibration. Maximum operating pressure
125 psi (8.4 bar); temperature 110°F (43°C).
Order #
S7206W
S7206B
S7210W
S7210B
Size
2” x 6”
2” x 6”
2” x 10”
2” x 10”
Unit/Carton
24
24
24
24
Specifications:
Inlet/Outlet:
Granular Activated Carbon:
Weight
10
10
21
21
1/4” NPT of 1/8” NPT
6” - 10.5 cu.in.
10” - 20 cu.in.
*Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice. For use
with potable drinking water. Cartridges do not remove or kill bacteria.
Available in white or blue.
161
Combo Style Screen Filters
• Clear cover allows quick view of collected sediment
• Molded PVC filter body allows glue together installation similar to standard
PVC pipe fittings
• Most models have 1/2” MNPT cover drain outlet for quick one step purge
cleaning
• Polyester or stainless steel screen mesh is easily cleaned and reusable
eliminating expensive element replacement
• Molded from UV stabilized weather resistant materials for long service life
• Maximum operating pressure 150 psi at 74°F (23°C)
• High flow rates 1 to 100 Gallons per minute
• All models now available for use with reclaimed water. Bodies and all materials
are chemical resistant
• Versatile 90 degree “L” or 180 degree in-line “T” installation
• Increased effective screen area
Case quantity - 10 filters per case. All filters are individually boxed to prevent
loss or damage.
Specifications
Model
#
CF 150
CF200
Min/Max*
Flow
10-50 gpm
18-100 gpm
Inlet/Outlet
P
1-1/2” SLIP
2” SLIP
Length
L
16-5/8”
18-7/8”
Width
W
5-1/4”
5-1/2”
*Minimum flow needed for “Spin-out” action.
Reducer bushings are available for Custom Inlet/Outlet Connection.
Pressure loss information is based on clean
water. Sediment and mesh variation will effect
actual losses.
162
Shower Filters
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
10,000 Gallon Capacity Filter
5-function massage head
Convenient handheld design
Reduces over 98% Chlorine
Reduces Hydrogen Sulfide
Eliminates Odor
No calcium or soap scum build-up on shower glass
doors or tile
• Restores natural softness to skin, scalp and hair by
removing harsh, drying chemicals from the water
• Easy to clean
• Easy installation - No tools required!
• Easy to install replacement cartridges
• Available in Chrome Color
• Come with filter cartridge installed
• Tested and Certified by NSF International to
NSF/ANSI Standard 177 for the reduction of free
available Chlorine. (Note: Use only with microbiologically safe water)
07-92701
Hand Held Shower Filter
• 5-function massage head
• Convenient hand-held design
• Available in Chrome
• Cartridge included
Item numbers 92701 and 92702
have been Tested and Certified by
NSF International to NSF/ANSI
Standard 177 for the reduction of
free available Chlorine.
07-92702
Wall Mount Shower Filter
• 5-function massage head
• Convenient compact design
• Patented media and system
• Cartridge included
07-92703
Shower Filter Replacement
Cartridge
• For use on hand held or wall
mount shower filters
163
NOTES
164
Testing
Equipment
& Reagents
165
Test Kits
Part #
09-1456-02
09-1837-01
09-1453-00
09-25378-00
09-1467-00
09-1468-03
09-1937-01
Description
HA95A:Total Hardness and Iron Test Kit
HA62A:Total Hardness, Iron and pH Test Kit
5-B:Total Hardness, 1 to 30 gpg
HS-C: Hydrogen Sulfide Test Kit, 0 to 5 mg/L
MN-5: Manganese Test Kit, 0 to 3 mg/L
NI-11: Nitrate Test Kit, 0 to 50 mg/L
TA-3:Tannin/Lignin Test Kit, 0 to 15 and
0 to 150 mg/L
09-2254-01 CN-65: Chlorine,Total, 0.2 to 4 & 1 to 20 mg/L
09-2231-01 CN-70: Chlorine, Free and Total, 0 to 0.7 &
0 to 3.5
09-20603-00 Chlorine, Free, Low Range Cube, 0 to 2.5 mg/L
09-20604-00 Chlorine,Total, Low Range Cube, 0 to 2.5 mg/L
09-1470-06 17F: pH Test Kit, Mid Range, 5.5 to 8.5
09-1484-05 AD-16E:Water Conditioning Deluxe Demo Kit
(Softener Demo, Hardness, Soap Consumption, Iron,
Nitrate,TDS and pH)
09-49016
Key Dealer Test Kit - Hardness, Iron, Manganese, pH,
TDS and Hydrogen Sulfide
Meters
Part #
09-532TI
09-4440000
09-4435000
Description
Myron L Model 532T1 - Analog TDS Meter, Range 0 to
5000 ppm
Pocket Pal Digital TDS Meter, Range 10 to
1990 ppm
Pocket Pal Digital pH Meter, Range 0 to 14
Replacement reagent for all listed kits are available.
Note: Other test kits also available from Hach® upon special order.
166
Step-By-Step Instructions
You don’t have to be a trained chemist to get professional results with Hach’s proven methods. Kits are
supplies with detailed instructions to guide you step by
step through each procedure and provide analytical
results.
Testing Meters
Waterproof pH Pen
TDS-3 Handheld Meter
Item Number: 09- 66761
Ideal for all pH testing, water purification
applications, wastewater
regulation,
aquaculture, hydroponics, colloidal silver,
labs & scientific testing, pools & spas,
ecology testing, boilers & cooling towers,
water treatment, wine, coffee, agriculture
and more.
Item Number: 09-66760
The TDS-3 Handheld Meter is very
affordable and comes with a carrying case.
It easily fits in your pocket. This meter is
ideal for all water purification applications
for both consumer and commercial use.
Features:
• Measures pH and Temperature
• Auto-ranging three point calibration with
digital fine tuning
• Includes 4 pH buffer solution in a
sponge embedded in a clear cap
• Waterproof housing (IP-67 rating)
• Simultaneous temperature display
• Measurement Range: 0-14 pH
• Digital automatic calibration (one point),
with digital fine tuning
• Auto-off function, data-hold function and
low-battery indicator
• Display: large and easy-to-read LCD
screen includes simultaneous
temperature reading
• Factory Calibrated:The PH-200 meter is three-point
factory calibrated to 4, 7, and 10 pH.The meter can be
recalibrated with digital calibration using the push
buttons, rather than a screwdriver.
• Includes a cap, batteries, lanyard, and pH 7.0 buffer
• Warranty: 1 Year
Specifications
pH Range: 0 - 14
Temperature Range: 0-80 °C; 32-176 °F
Resolution: 0.01 pH;Temperature resolution is 0.1°C/F
Accuracy: +/- 0.02 pH
Calibration: Digital automatic calibration (one point) with
digital fine tuning
Electrode: Replaceable glass sensor and reference tube
electrodes
Housing: IP-67 Waterproof (submersible; floats)
Power source: 3 x 1.5V button cell batteries (included)
Dimensions: 18.5 x 3.4 x 3.4 cm (7.3 x 1.3 x 1.3 inches)
Weight: 96.4 g (3.4 oz)
Features:
• Ideal for commercial use. Includes a
carrying case with belt clip.
• Highly efficient and accurate due to its
advanced microprocessor technology.
• Hold Function: saves measurements for
convenient reading and recording.
• Auto-off function: the meter shuts off
automatically after 10 minutes of nonuse to conserve batteries.
• Measurement Range: 0-9990 ppm. From
0-999 ppm, the resolution is in
increments of 1ppm. From 1000 to 9990
ppm, the resolution is in increments of
10ppm, indicated by a blinking ‘x10’
image.
• Built-in digital thermometer
• Display: large and easy-to-read LCD screen.
• Factory Calibrated: the meters are calibrated with a 342
ppm NaCl solution. Meters can be recalibrated with a
mini-screwdriver.
• Very Affordable
• Warranty: 3 Years
Specifications
TDS Range: 0 - 9990 ppm (mg/L)
Temp. Range: 0 - 80°C
Resolution: 1 ppm, 1°C
Accuracy: +/- 2%
Conversion Factor: NaCl (avg. 0.5)
ATC: Built-in sensor for Automatic Temperature
Compensation of 1 to 50°C (33 to 122°F)
Power source: 2 x 1.5V button cell batteries (included)
Battery life: 1000 hours of usage
Dimensions: 15.5 x 3.1 x 2.3cm (6.1 x 1.25 x 1 inches)
Weight with case: 76.5g (2.7 oz)
Weight without case: 56.7g (2 oz)
Manufactured by:
HM Digital, Inc., Culver City, CA
167
NOTES
168
Chemical
Feed
Pumps
169
Stenner Peristaltic Chemical Feed Pumps
Patented Mechanical Control
Stenner’s unique control mechanism allows
the pump’s output to be scaled from 5% to
100% with the simple turn of a dial. This
eliminates the need for troublesome
electronic timers.
High Pressure Handling
Stenner manufactures the only high pressure
peristaltic metering pump that can operate
reliably and consistently against pressure of
up to 100 PSI.
Safe and Versatile
Chemicals are metered without exposure to
air or to moving mechanical parts. Undiluted
muriatic acid and chlorine can be pumped
without harm to the system. Since no
hydraulic fluids are used, there is no possible
leakage to the chemicals being metered.
Peristaltic Advantage
Peristalsis occurs when the rotation of the
rollers around the inside diameter of the tube
housing compresses and dilates the pumping
tube. This eliminates diaphragms or foot
valves while allowing the system to be
completely self-priming. Hydrogen Peroxide
can be pumped without concern about vapor
lock.
Practical Modular Design
All major feeder components are secured by
stainless steel locking rivets for quick
disassembly without tools. This also makes
adding capacity a snap.
Easy Tube Maintenance
Pumping tubes are easily replaced. Just set the
tube in place and let it thread itself into
position. Down time and maintenance costs
are kept to a minimum through periodic tube
replacement.
170
SVP Series (left) & Classic Series (above)
Features
• Precision pumping of fluids up to 170 gallons per day
• Completely self-priming, can operate dry
• Will not clog from dirt and minor debris
• Will not lose prime from air bubbles or hydrogen
peroxide gassing
• Can pump against pressure of up to 100 PSI (maximum
GPD 34)
• Check valves not required under 25 PSI
• Accurate within 2% of listed outputs
• Safer to use: chemicals are not exposed to air or to
moving parts
• Five interchangeable tube sizes for control of feeder
output
• Tube lubrication is not required
• Vertical or horizontal mount
Applications
• Biocide
• Pools & Spas
• Sewage Treatment
• Cooling Towers
• Boiler Treatment
• Irrigation
• Food Service
• Metal Plating
• Private & Municipal Water Systems
• Poultry Farming & Processing
Stenner SVP Series Specifications:
Discharge pressure........................................................0-100 psi; 0-6.9 bar
Output ranges ...........................0.3-85 gallons/day; 0.95-321.7 litres/day
Turndown ratio .....................................................................(variable speed)
20:1, approx. 5% to 100% in 1% increments
Voltages available ....................................120v 50/60 Hz; 220v 50/60 Hz;
230v 50 Hz
Motor RPM ...................................................................................................45
(SVP4 Model Shown)
Stenner SVP Series
Variable Speed Metering Pump
• Polycarbonate corrosion resistant housing
• 40 GPD at 100 psi; 85 GPD at 25 psi
• 120v 50/60Hz; 220v 50/60Hz; 230v 50Hz
• Heavy Duty DC motor
• Optional 4-20mA input
• 24/7 Duty Cycle
• Self-priming up to 25 feet
• Easy to install/service
• Low maintenance cost
• Interchangeable with Classic Series Stenner
pump head and pump tubes
Digital Keypad
• Manual control adjustable from 5 - 100%
(20:1 turndown ratio)
• 4 character LED display
• 4 button keypad - Up,
Down, On/Off, Prime
Amp draw .................................................................................1.5 maximum
Horsepower.............................................................................1/30 fractional
Connections......................................................................1/4”, 3/8” or 6mm
Suction/Discharge tubing
Shipping Weight......................................................................7 lbs. (3.17 kg)
Viscosity.........................................................................Maximum 1500 cps;
over 1500 cps consult factory
Operating Temperature ..............................Max. 125 degrees Fahrenheit/
51.6 degrees Celsius
4-20 mA Input Option...........................................4mA=0%; 20mA=100%
(non-scalable)
Stenner SVP Series Materials of Construction:
All Housings*................................................Lexan® Polycarbonate Plastic
Peristaltic Tube** ...........................................Santoprene® FDA Approved
Check Valve Duckbill
Suction Discharge Tubing...............................................LDPE Polyethylene
Ferrules (1/4” & 6mm)
NSF/FDA Approved
Tube Fittings ................................................Type 1 Rigid PVC-NSF Listed
Connecting Nuts • Check Valve Fittings • Ceramic Weight Clip
Suction Weight ...................................................................................Ceramic
All Fasteners.............................................................................Stainless Steel
*Lexan® is a registered trademark of General Electric. Consult General Electric for chemical
resistance of Lexan®.
**Santoprene® is a registered trademark of Advanced Elastomer System. Refer to chemical
resistance chart in Stenner catalog for material compatibility.
Materials for all wetted parts have been tested and approved for potable water applications
1 year guarantee from date of manufacture.
SVP1 Variable Speed 120VAC/60Hz 100 psi/6.9 bar
Item #
Model #
Special Order
Non-stock
Item
SVP1H1A1SZAA
SVP1H2A1SZAA
SVP1H7A1SZAA
with 1/4” white suction/discharge.
Pump
Tube
#1
#2
#7
Max Output
GPD LPD
5.0 / 18.9
17.0 / 64.3
40.0 / 151.4
SVP4 Variable Speed 4-20Ma 120VAC/60Hz 100 psi/6.9 bar
Item #
Model #
Special Order
Non-stock
Item
SVP4H1A1SZAA
SVP4H2A1SZAA
SVP4H7A1SZAA
Pump
Tube
#1
#2
#7
Max Output
GPD LPD
5.0 / 18.9
17.0 / 64.3
40.0 / 151.4
with 1/4” white suction/discharge.
171
Stenner Classic Series
Series 45 & 85 Single Head
Adjustable Rate
Stenner feeders are self-priming and the 3-point roller
assembly provides a positive 2-point seal on the tube
at all times.This eliminates the need for anti-siphoning
valves and diaphragms. The patented mechanical feed
rate control (adjustable models) allows the pump’s
output to be scaled from 5% to 100% with the simple
turn of the dial. Consult output chart for specific
settings.
Single head adjustable rate
Series 45 & 85
Discharge pressure........................................0-100 psi; 0-6.9 bar
Output ranges..................................................0.2-85 gallons/day;
0.6-257.4 litres/day
Features:
• Self-priming, won’t lose prime
• Interchangeable pump tubes and subassemblies
• Pump tube lubrication not required
Turndown ratio...............................................(adjustable models)
20:1, 5% to 100% in 2.5% increments
• Patented mechanical control adjustable from 5%
to 100%
Voltages available ................................120v 60 Hz; 220v 60 Hz;
230v 50 Hz; 250v 50 Hz (special order)
• Easy pump tube maintenance
Motor RPM...............................................................26 (45 series)
44 (85 series)
• Will not clog from dirt or minor debris
Amp draw..................................1.70 120v; .09 220v, 230v, 250v
Horsepower.............................................................1/30 fractional
Connections......................................................1/4”, 3/8” or 6mm
Suction/Discharge tubing
Shipping Weight.....................................................8 lbs. (3.63 kg)single head adjustable
• Quick serviceability
• Can pump against pressure of up to 100 PSI
(maximum GPD 40) up to 6.9 bar (maximum LPD
121.1)
• Check valves not required under 25 PSI (1.72 bar)
• Reproducible within 2% of settings
• Precision pumping can run dry without damage
Viscosity .........................................................Maximum 1500 cps;
over 1500 cps consult factory
• Vertical or horizontal mount
Operating Temperature......................................Max. 125°F/51.6°C
• Simple to install and operate
• 0.2 - 40 GPD at 100 psi
• 1 year guarantee from date of manufacture
172
Stenner Classic Series Materials of Construction:
All Housings*................................................Lexan® Polycarbonate Plastic
Peristaltic Tube**..........................................Santoprene® TPR-NSF Listed
Check Valve Duckbill
Suction Discharge Tubing...............................................LDPE Polyethylene
Ferrules (1/4” & 6mm)
NSF Listed
Tube Fittings ................................................Type 1 Rigid PVC-NSF Listed
Connecting Nuts • Check Valve Fittings • Ceramic Weight Clip
Suction Weight ...................................................................................Ceramic
All Fasteners.............................................................................Stainless Steel
*Lexan® is a registered trademark of General Electric. Consult General Electric for chemical
resistance of Lexan®.
**Santoprene® is a registered trademark of Advanced Elastomer System. Refer to chemical
resistance chart in Stenner catalog for material compatibility.
Materials for all wetted parts have been tested and approved for potable water applications
Series 45 MHP - Adjustable High Pressure: 0 to 100 PSI (6.9 bar) Maximum Discharge Pressure
Availability
220v
10-11873
10-11876
SO*
Model
45MHP2
45MHP10
45MHP22
Tube
#1
#2
#7
L
0.2
0.5
1.1
1
0.3
1.0
2.2
Feed Rate Setting: Outputs per day in US Gallons @ 60Hz
2
3
4
5
6
7
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
4.4
6.6
8.8
11.0
13.2
15.4
8
2.4
8.0
17.6
9
2.7
9.0
19.8
10
3.0
10.0
22.0
NOTE: Series 85MHP also available by Special Order.
173
Series C Electronic Metering Pumps
Key Features
• Automatic Control by external pacing with prime switch
(optional).
• Manual Control by on-line adjustable stroke length (fixed
stroke rate).
• Liquid Low Level Option available to prevent loss of indoor
applications.
• Agency Approved for demanding OUTDOOR and indoor
applications.
• Highly Reliable timing circuit.
• Water Resistant excellent for OUTDOOR and indoor
applications.
• Internally Dampened To Reduce Noise, very acceptable
for household installations.
• Guided Ball Check Valve Systems, to reduce back flow and
enhance outstanding priming characteristics.
• Premium Standard Wetted Component Materials.
• Few Moving Parts and Wall Mountable.
• Safe & Easy Priming with durable leak-free bleed valve
assembly (standard).
Complete Economical Selection
Four distinct models are available, having pressure capabilities
to 80 PSIG, and flow capacities to 30 GPD, with a turndown
ratio of 10:1. Metering performance is reproducible to within
+/- 3% of maximum capacity.
Operating Benefits
Reliable metering performance - guided check valves,
with state-of-the-art seat and ball designs, provide precise
seating and excellent priming and suction lift characteristics.
Timing circuit is highly reliable and, virtually unaffected by
temperature, EMI and other electrical disturbances.
Rated ‘hot’ for continuous duty - Series C pumps
continue to meet their specifications for pressure and capacity
even during extended use because the high quality solenoid
and special enclosure that effectively dissipates heat.
Leak-free, seatless, liquid end - diaphragms are of superior
construction - teflon-faced, bonded to a composite of Hypalon
and fabric layers and reinforced with a metal insert for
optimum flexibility and durability.
System Compatibility
A wide variety of chemicals can be pumped - liquid end
materials include glass-filled polypropylene (GFPPL), PVC,
styreneacrylonitrile (SAN), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),
Teflon, Hypalon,Viton, ceramic, alloys and 316SS.
Immediate installation and start-up - included as
standard accessories with most models are an injection/back
pressure valve assembly and a foot valve/strainer assembly,
including discharge and suction tubing.
Safe and easy priming and valve
maintenance - included as a standard
accessory is a bleed valve assembly, including
return tubing (available only on those models
with tubing connections).
Quick and economical liquid end
maintenance - available for
every model is a
unique KOPkit®, a
convenient, economically priced package
containing new
cartridge check valves
and other important
spare parts.
1 year guarantee
from date
of manufacture.
High viscosity capability - a straight flow path and ample
clearance between the diaphragm and the head enable
standard PULSAtron pumps to handle viscous chemicals up to
a viscosity of 1000 CPS.
KOPkit®
Item #32881 - Type K3VTC1 (fits stocked 12 GPD C-Series Pumps)
Pulsafeeder has built a reputation for superior reliability by supplying carefully designed, high
quality equipment, however, it requires a minimal amount of maintenance. KOPkits are designed
to guard against unnecessary downtime and assure you the highest level of efficient and uninterrupted service from our PULSAtron pumps. KOPkits contain recommended spare parts for
those parts that usually require preventive maintenance. KOPkits immediately available in all
wetted materials at very affordable prices.
Note: Other size and material KOPkits available by special order.
174
Series C Specifications
Pressure, Capacity
Max PSIG/Bar Nominal
Pressure and Flow Rate Capacity
GPD
GPH
LPH
6
0.25
0.9
12*
0.50
1.9
24
1.0
3.8
30
1.25
4.7
80/5.6
LC02
LC03
LC04
LC54
*Stocked Item. See materials for pump construction.
Series C - Four model selections. Digit 1 and 2 (LC) signify product class, digit 3 and 4 signify pressure/flow.
For full model selection information, please contact our Order Desk.
Liquid End Materials
Series
C
Pump
Head
GFPPL
PVC
SAN
PVDF
316SS
Diaphragm
Teflon-faced
Hypalon-backed
Check Valves
Seats/O-rings
Balls
Teflon
Ceramic,
Hypalon
Teflon,
Viton
316SS
Alloy C
Fittings
Bleed Valve
GFPPL
PVC
PVDF
Same as fitting
and check
valve selected,
except 316SS
Injection Valve Assembly
Foot Valve Assembly
Same as fitting and
check valve selected
Tubing
Clear PVC
White PE
Important: Material Code - GFPPL = Glass-filled Polypropylene, PVC = Polyvinyl Chloride, SAN = Styrene Acrylonitrile, PE = Polyethylene, PVDF = Polyvinylidene Fluoride. Teflon, Hypalon and Viton are registered trademarks of E.I. DuPont Company. PVC wetted and recommended for sodium hypochlorite.
*Item # 01886 - Pump Model LCO3SAVTC-1
Electrical ....................................115 VAC / 60 Hz
Output ........................................12 GPD at 80 PSI
Materials ....................................PVC pump head, fittings and valves, ceramic ball checks, teflon seals, PE tubing
*Item # 01887 - Pump Model LCO3SBVTC-1
Output ........................................12 GPD at 80 PSI
Other Series C Pumps sizes and materials selections available through special order
Dimensions
Series C Dimensions - Inches
Note: inches x 2.54=cm *LEH8 designed w/o bleed valve
Model
A
B
C
D
E
Shipping
No.
Weight (Lbs.)
LC02
5.0
9.6
9.5
6.5
8.2
10
LC03
5.0
9.9
9.5
6.5
8.5
10
LC04
5.0
9.9
9.5
6.5
8.5
10
LC54
5.0
9.9
9.5
6.5
8.5
10
175
Series E Electronic Metering Pumps
Key Features
• Manual Control by on-line adjustable stroke rate and
stroke length.
applications.
• Water Resistant excellent for OUTDOOR and indoor
applications.
• Internally Dampened To Reduce Noise, very acceptable
for household installations.
enhance outstanding priming characteristics.
• Premium Standard Wetted Component Materials.
• Few Moving Parts and Wall Mountable.
Nineteen distinct models are available, having pressure capabilities to 300 PSIG @ 3 GPD, and flow capacities to 500 GPD
@ 20 PSIG, with a turndown ratio of 100:1. Metering
performance is reproducible to within +/- 3% of maximum
capacity.
Operating Benefits
Reliable metering performance - guided check valves with
state-of-the-art seat and ball designs, provide precise seating
and excellent priming and suction lift characteristics.Timing
circuit is highly reliable and, virtually unaffected by
temperature, EMI and other electrical disturbances.
Rated ‘hot’ for continuous duty - Series E pumps continue
to meet their specifications for pressure and capacity even
during extended use because our high quality solenoid is
separately encapsulated in a fin-cooled, thermo-conductive
enclosure that effectively dissipates heat.
clearance between the diaphragm and the head enable
standard PULSAtron pumps to handle viscous chemicals up to
a viscosity of 1000 CPS. For higher viscosity applications,
larger, spring-loaded connections are available.
Leak-free, seatless, liquid end - diaphragms are of superior
construction - Teflon-faced, bonded to a composite of Hypalon
and fabric layers and reinforced with a metal insert for
materials include glass-filled polypropylene, (GFPPL), PVC,
styrene, acrylonitrile (SAN), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),
Teflon, Hypalon,Viton, ceramic, alloys and 316SS.
Immediate installation and start-up - included as
standard accessories with all models are an injection/back
pressure valve assembly and a foot valve/strainer assembly*,
including discharge and suction tubing (*not available with high
viscosity connections for >3000 CPS).
with tubing connections and <240 GPD).
Quick and economical
liquid end
maintenance available for every
model is a unique
KOPkit®, a convenient,
economically priced,
package containing
new cartridge check
valves and other
important spare parts.
1 year guarantee
from date
of manufacture.
KOPkit®
Item #32880 - Type K4VTC1 (fits stocked 24 GPD E-Series Pumps)
176
Series E Specifications
Pressure,
Max PSIG/Bar
Capacity
Nominal
GPD
3
GPH 0.13
LPH 0.49
300/21 LEK2
250/17 150/10 100/7
50/3.3
35/2.4
20/1.3
-
5
0.20
0.79
LE12
-
6
0.25
0.95
LE02
-
11
0.45
1.73
LE33
-
12
14
20
0.50 0.58 0.83
1.89 2.20 3.15
LEF4
LE13
LE03 LEK5
-
21
0.87
3.31
LE34
-
24*
40
42
44
60
75
94
120
1.0
1.66 1.75 1.83
2.5
3.17 3.91
5.0
3.78 6.31 6.62 6.94
9.5 11.83 14.82 18.93
LEH4
LEG4
LEK5 LEH5
LE14
LE44
LEG5 LEH6
-
190
240 500
8.0
10.0 20.0
29.96 37.85 78.85
LEK7
LEH7
LEH8
Series E - 19 model selections. Digit 1 and 2 (LE) signify product class, digit 3 and 4 signify pressure/flow.
Series
E
Pump
Head
GFPPL
PVC
SAN
PVDF
316SS
Diaphragm
Teflon-faced
Hypalon-backed
Check Valves
Seats/O-rings
Balls
Teflon
Ceramic,
Hypalon
Teflon,
Viton
316SS
Alloy C
Fittings
Bleed Valve
GFPPL
PVC
PVDF
Same as fitting
and check
valve selected,
except 316SS
Foot Valve Assembly
Same as fitting and
Tubing
Clear PVC
White PE
*Item # 01884 - Pump Model LE14SAVTC-1
Electrical......................................115 VAC / 60 Hz
Output ........................................24 GPD at 100 PSI
*Item # 01885 - Pump Model LE14SBVTC-1
Output ........................................24 GPD at 100 PSI
Dimensions
Series E Dimensions - Inches
Model
No. (LE)
A
B
B1
C
C1
D
E
Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
02
03
12
13
14
33/34/44
F4/G4
G5
H4
H5/H6
H7
H8*
K2
K3
K5
K7
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.4
5.4
5.4
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
5.4
5.4
5.4
6.1
9.6
9.8
9.6
9.8
9.8
10.6
10.6
10.9
10.9
11.3
11.7
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.7
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
11.2
11.7
11.7
11.2
11.2
11.2
10.9
8.8 10.9
10.7
11.7
11.2
10.6
9.9
-
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
7.4
7.5
7.5
8.2
8.2
8.4
8.2
8.4
8.4
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.5
9.9
10.3
8.9
9.2
9.5
10.3
Other Series E Pumps sizes and materials
selections available through special order
7
7
7
7
7
12
15
15
18
18
18
23
10
10
15
18
177
Series E PLUS Electronic Metering Pumps
Key Features
• Automatic Control, available with 4-20 mADC direct or
external pacing, with stop function.
• Manual Control by on-line adjustable stroke rate and stroke
length.
applications
• Auto-Off-Manual switch.
• Circuit Protection against voltage and current upsets.
• Panel Mounted Fuse.
• Solenoid Protection by thermal overload with auto-reset.
• Water Resistant, for outdoor and indoor applications.
• Indicator lights, panel mounted.
enhance outstanding priming characteristics..
Nineteen distinct models are available, having pressure capabilities
to 300 PSIG @ 3 GPD, and flow capacities to 504 GPD @ 20
PSIG, with a turndown ratio of 100:1. Metering performance is
reproducible to within +/- 2% of maximum capacity.
Operating Benefits
Reliable metering performance - Our guided check valves,
with their state-of-the-art seat and ball designs, provide precise
seating, and excellent priming and suction lift characteristics. Our
timing circuit is highly reliable and, by design, virtually unaffected
by temperature, EMI and other electrical disturbances.
Rated ‘hot’ for continuous duty - Series E PLUS pumps
continue to meet their specifications for pressure and capacity
even during extended use.That’s because our high quality solenoid
is separately encapsulated in a fin-cooled, thermo-conductive,
enclosure that effectively dissipates heat.
Leak-free, seatless, liquid end. - Our diaphragms are of
superior construction - Teflon-faced, bonded to a composite of
Hypalon and fabric layers, and reinforced with a metal insert for
materials include glass-filled polypropylene (GFPPL), PVC, styreneacrylonitrile (SAN), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),Teflon,
Hypalon,Viton, ceramic, alloys and 316SS.
Immediate installation and start-up - included as standard
accessories with all models are an injection/back pressure valve
assembly and a foot valve/strainer assembly*, including discharge
and suction tubing and tube straightener (*not available with high
viscosity connections for >3000 CPS).
with tubing connections and 240 GPD).
Quick and economical liquid end
maintenance - available for
every model is a unique
KOPkit®, a convenient,
economically priced
package containing new
cartridge check valves
and other important
spare parts.
1 year guarantee
from date
of manufacture.
clearance between the diaphragm and the head enable standard
PULSAtron pumps to handle viscous chemicals up to a viscosity
of 3000 CPS. For higher viscosity applications, larger, spring-loaded
connections are available.
KOPkit®
Item #32880 - Type K4VTC1 (fits stocked 6, 12 and 24 GPD E-Series Pumps)
Item #32883 - Type K2VTC1 (fits stocked 44 and 94 GPD E-Series Pumps)
178
Series E PLUS Specifications
Pressure,
Max PSIG/Bar
Capacity
Nominal
GPD
3
GPH 0.13
LPH 0.49
300/21 LEK2
250/17 150/10 100/7
50/3.3
35/2.4
20/1.3
-
5
0.20
0.79
LE12
-
6*
0.25
0.95
LE02
-
11
0.45
1.73
LE33
-
12*
14
20
0.50 0.58 0.83
1.89 2.20 3.15
LEF4
LE13
LE03 LEK5
-
21
0.87
3.31
LE34
-
24*
40
42
44*
60
75
94*
120
1.0
1.66 1.75 1.83
2.5
3.17 3.91
5.0
3.78 6.31 6.62 6.94
9.5 11.83 14.82 18.93
LEH4
LEG4
LEK5 LEH5
LE14
LE44
LEG5 LEH6
-
190
240 500
8.0
10.0 20.0
29.96 37.85 78.85
LEK7
LEH7
LEH8
Series E PLUS - 19 model selections. Digit 1 and 2 (LE) signify product class, digit 3 and 4 signify pressure/flow.
Series
E
Pump
Head
GFPPL
PVC
SAN
PVDF
316SS
Diaphragm
Teflon-faced
Hypalon-backed
Check Valves
Seats/O-rings
Balls
Teflon
Ceramic,
Hypalon
Teflon,
Viton
316SS
Alloy C
Fittings
Bleed Valve
GFPPL
PVC
PVDF
Same as fitting
and check
valve selected,
except 316SS
Foot Valve Assembly
Same as fitting and
Tubing
Clear PVC
White PE
Dimensions
Series E
Model
No.
LPA2
LPA3
LPB2
LPB3
LPB4
LPD3
LPD4
LPE4
LPF4
LPG4
LPG5
LPH4
LPH5
LPH6
LPH7
LPH8*
LPK2
LPK3
LPK5
LPK7
PLUS
Dimensions - Inches
A
B
B1
C
C1
D
E
Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.4
5.4
5.4
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
5.4
5.4
5.4
6.1
5.4
5.4
5.4
6.1
9.6
9.8
9.6
9.8
9.8
10.6
10.6
10.9
10.9
11.3
11.7
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.7
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.7
10.9
8.8
8.8
-
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
11.2
11.7
11.7
11.2
11.2
11.2
10.9
10.7
11.7
11.2
10.9
10.7
11.7
11.2
10.6
9.9
9.9
-
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
7.4
7.5
7.5
8.2
7.4
7.5
7.5
8.2
8.2
8.4
8.2
8.4
8.4
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.5
9.9
10.3
8.9
9.2
9.5
10.3
8.9
9.2
9.5
10.3
Other Series E PLUS Pumps sizes and materials
selections available through special order
13
13
13
13
13
15
15
15
18
18
18
21
21
21
21
25
21
21
21
25
179
Chem-Tech Series 100
Metering Pumps
Industry Leading Performance
The Series 100 positive displacement, diaphragm metering
pumps are respected by professionals around the world for
dependability, easy maintenance, and versatility in a wide
range of water treatment applications.
Key Features
• Low Maintenance: lifetime lubricated, sealed, self
maintaining gear train
• Reliability: four ball valve design for trouble-free
operation
• Durability: strong, chemical resistant, flame retardant
housing
• Long life: metal reinforced, short stroke diaphragm
• Simple Installation: injections back pressure valve
assembly enables injection at an angle and inhibits
siphoning
• Feed Rate Control: output is fully adjustable over the entire operating range
• Bleed Valve Assembly: aids in priming and relieves pressure from the discharge line
• Complete list of accessory fittings and assemblies available to enhance performance and simplify operation
Note: Maximum viscosity: 300 Cp.,
consult factory or Chemical
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD PUMPS
Resistance Guide for specific
solutions, special components and
Pump head
SAN
accessories.
Dimensions: 6-3/4” H x 8-7/8” W x
Diaphragm
Hypalon
7-1/4” D (Series 100)
Valve Seats
Hypalon
Temperature Limitations: 125°F/
Gaskets
Teflon
51°C max.
Discharge Tubing
Polyethylene
Electrical Requirements: 1/60 HP,
Suction Tubing
Flexible PVC
115V/60cy; 230V/60cy and 230V/50cy
Ball Checks
Ceramic
available upon request
Fittings
PVC
Shipping weight: 8 lbs./3.63 kg.
(Series 100)
Specifications
Specifications subject to change without
notice.
180
MATERIALS FOR SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS
PVC, Polypropylene,
or 316 SST
Viton, Teflon Coated
Viton, Teflon
Teflon
1/2” NPT Connections
1/2” NPT Connections
Teflon, 316 SST
Polypropylene, 316 SST
Model Max Pressure
Output Capacity
Number
(psi/kgm2)
at Max PSI (gpd/lpd per head)
SERIES 100
Strokes/
Minute
Amps 115v,
Full Load
10-01180
100/7
7/26.50
13
.42
10-01886
100/7
15/56.78
25
.59
10-01710
100/7
24/90.84
51
.75
Chemical Solution Tanks
110 Series Solution Tanks
Petwa has a line of low-cost, high-quality chemical feed and storage
tanks are manufactured from rugged high density polyethylene for
years of dependable service, even in the toughest environments.
The 110 Series Solution Tanks are designed with 110 mm openings
for easy access and convenient filling.The wide diameter openings
also allow adequate clearance to reach inside for assembly of fittings.
Convenient 15-gallon size is perfect for use in tight spaces.The larger
35-gallon size accommodates pumps, mixers and other accessories
for light commercial and industrial use.
Key Features
Integrated Mounting Platform: Molded right to the top allowing
you to attach a chemical feed pump quickly, easily and
permanently.The 35-gallon tank also allows for installation of
mixers and other accessories.
Child-Resistant Closure: Comes with patented Squeeze Lok™
closures.This unique cap locking system provides visible and touchsensitive indication when the tank lock tab is engaged.
Special Cap Liner: Acts as a tight seal to prevent accidental leakage.
Model
Number
Description
Units per
carton/weight
10-G21424PN7
15 gallon with closure
1/6
10-G21832PN7
35 gallon with closure
1/15
Easy-to-Read Gallon/Liter Scale: Large, easy-to-read
volume scale molded in. No more guessing.
A=Almond, B=Blue, P=Polynatural
Almond not available in the 35-gallon size.
181
Retention Tanks
Flex-Lite FLU
Flexcon has engineered an all NEW line of lightweight composite utility tanks designed to
stand up to years of tough service in the field. Introducing the all new FLU. Made from a unique
3 piece internal construction that allows for consistent engineered dome profiles and integrally
bonded connections that lead to longer tank life. Its heavy duty base is molded out of ABS for
maximum strength and durability.And, it has a removable schedule 80 PVC bottom connection
that can be “accessorized” for increased installation flexibility.
Flex-Lite FLS
The new Flex-Lite FLS composite tank makes light work of water storage, especially installations, because it is 50% lighter than conventional steel tanks.This radical weight saving means
it’s 50% easier to handle and install. Plus, its non-corrosive composite construction sets the
standard for performance and durability.The Flexcon FLS is ideal for a variety of uses, including
commercial and residential storage, contact, hydropneumatic, degassing, and many other applications.And, you get 50% more drawdown than from steel tanks.As with all Flexcon products
the construction on the Flex-Lite FLS storage tank is of the highest quality. The more
consistent dome profiles and integral bonded connections on the Flex-Lite FLS are just two
examples of Flexcon’s attention to superior design and fabrication.
Models
#10-33150
#10-33151
#10-33152
#10-33153
#10-33154
#10-33155
#10-33156
#10-33157
FLU-30, 30 Gallon, 16.5” Dia x 42.5” H, 1-1/4” Connection
FLU-40S, 40 Gallon, 21.4” Dia x 36.9” H, 1-1/4” Connection
FLS40-D, 40 Gallon, 16.5” Dia x 53.4” H, 1-1/4” Connection
Accessories
#10-33160
#10-33161
#10-33162
#10-33163
#10-33164
#10-33165
#10-33167
#10-33168
Air Volume Control Kit, w/o pipe
Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU30
Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU40/FLU40D
Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU40S
Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU80/FLS80D
Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU120/FLS120D
Adapter, Stand Pipe Only,Twin Port Drain
Diffuser, Assembly, Lower
Flex-Lite FLU Tank
Flex-Lite FLS Tank
Air Volume Control Assembly
182
Accessories
Flow Switches
Johnson Controls F61 Series Flow Switches
#85251 3/4” Flow Switch, F61KD-4
#85252 1” - 8” Flow Switch, F61KD-11
F61KD-4
F61KD-11
Application
The F61 SPDT flow switches are for use in liquid flow lines carrying water, ethylene glycol, or any fluid not harmful to
brass or phosphor bronze and not classified as a hazardous fluid.They can be wired to close one circuit and open a
second circuit when liquid flow either exceeds or drops below the adjusted flow rate.
Contacting Flow Meters
#27340
#273410
#27342
#27352
3/4” Contacting Flowmeter
1” Contacting Flowmeter
1-1/2” Contacting Flowmeter
2” Contacting Flowmeter
Range
Range
Range
Range
1
2
4
6
-
20 USGPM
50 USGPM
100 USGPM
130 USGPM
Output
Output
Output
Output
0.25
0.40
1.00
2.00
Gallons
Gallons
Gallons
Gallons
per
per
per
per
Contact
Contact
Contact
Contact
Multi-Jet – Reed Switch
Uses Reed Switch to provide a dry contact closure to metering pumps and
controls. Does not require external power source.
Low Maintenance
High quality components insures performance for many years.
The impeller and register are contained in a cartridge which can be
serviced without taking the meter from the line. Maintenance is easier
with less down time.
Gears lubricated for longevity
Water lubricated gears and internals provide long life and dependable
service.
Sand and debris pass easily
Measuring chamber designed for superior ability to pass sand and debris.
Max Temperature = 40°C (105°C)
Float Switches
#8189
Mercury Float Switch,Wide Angle, 20 AMP, Normally closed,
115VAC Plug.
#302536 Mechanical Float Switch, 90 Degree Angle, 1/2 HP, Normally
Closed, 115 VAC Plug.
#302535 Mechanical Float Switch, 90 Degree Angle, 1/2 HP, Double Throw,
No Terminations
All floats: - High Impact Polystyrene construction
- 16 Gauge - chlorinated polyethylene cords, 20 ft.
183
Chlorination Systems
Chlorine is highly effective in destroying microorganisms
in water. It is also a powerful oxidizer used to precipitate
various contaminants in water.
Application
Following are the conditions where we recommend the
installation of a full-line chlorination system:
With the introduction of the chemical free iron filter and
ultraviolet, the number of chlorination applications has
been reduced. However, there are still cases where a fullline chlorination system is the best solution for some
water problems.
1.Where hydrogen sulfide exceeds 3.0 ppm
2.Where combined levels of iron, manganese and sulfur
exceed the limits for the chem-free or the iron & sulfur
filter
3.Where disinfection is required to make the water bacteriologically safe
4. For livestock application requiring chlorine residuals
5. For community wells
6.To comply with user’s personal reference (type of recommendation by governments).
Information is available concerning the alternate use of
hydrogen peroxide for specialty applications.
Chlorination System Installation
User Involvement
A problem water system requires testing and monitoring.The user must be aware of the chemical mixing procedure and
how to test for residual chlorine at the test tap between the multi-media and carbon filters, etc.The chlorine tank must
not run dry and lose the prime of the feed pump.
Chemical Feed Pump
• The chlorinator is wired to the pump or flow
switch
Injection Fitting
• The retention tank is sized for a minimum of 20
minutes retention
• Optional flow switch is to be used when outside
unchlorinated water service is required
Chemical Feed
Pump
• Backwash and regeneration times must be
staggered to ensure adequate water supply for
proper regeneration
Foot Valve
184
Chlorination System Installation
Chemical Feeder/Solution Tank
The injection point should be installed after the pressure
tank and before the holding tank.
This pump is wired to the pressure switch of the water
pump (s).Thus, it is important that the chemical pump be
the same voltage as the water pump. Specify 115V or
230V when ordering.
The injector and anti-syphon valves should be cleaned
regularly according to the maintenance instructions
provided with the pump.
Chemical Feed Solution
Is most often a mixture of household bleach (5.25%
chlorine). Do not use a powdered pool type of bleach. If
you must dilute the chlorine, be sure to use clean, treated
water for mixing; otherwise, the mixture will be too weak
to work and a sludge will build up on the bottom of your
solution tank.
Shut-Off Valves
Are required on both sides of the injection point in order
to be able to isolate the injector for cleaning and testing
purposes.
Flow Switch
Optional when all water is not being treated - the flow
switch is installed after the untreated water lines.
Retention Tank
Water should always be fed in at the bottom and the
outlet should be at the top. A bleed off valve should be
installed at the lowest point of the tank.
Retention of at least 20 minutes is required as calculated
by the tank size and the recommended 4-5 USGPM flow
rate. Chlorine must have this time for an effective
bacteria kill and to oxidize contaminants. At 5 USGPM, a
100 gallon retention tank would be required.
Multi-Media Filter
Installed after the retention tank to collect suspended
matter such as clay, silt or ferric iron or oxidized
manganese or sulfur. Pressure loss usually indicates more
frequent backwash is required.
Activated Carbon Filter
Will remove any residual chlorine and trace organics in
the water, improving taste and odor. Pressure loss or
chlorine slippage usually indicates more frequent
backwashes are required.
Water Softener
Installed after filtration equipment.The water softener
should be applied when the water tests more than 1 gpg
total hardness. Sizing of the correct model of softener
should be done according to the normal three day sizing
formula.
Test Cocks
Should be installed after each piece of equipment in
order to analyze operating performance.
Plumbing
Should be in good order and all taps indicated should be
installed. All plumbing, including pressure tank fittings
should be a minimum of 3/4” for good flow rates and
healthy backwash flows. A minimum of 20 psi should be
maintained throughout the system.
Bypass valves are recommended on every filter and
softener. PVC plumbing is recommended over galvanized
steel.
Do not use polybutylene pipe with total chlorine
levels over 2 ppm.
pH
If the pH is below 6.5, it must be increased to allow for
efficient oxidation by the chlorine.This can be accomplished with the addition of soda ash by a separate feed
system.
Regeneration Time
All filters and the softener should regenerate/backwash
every three days.The time of regeneration/backwash
must be staggered to avoid having more than one unit
backwashing at one time.
185
Chlorinators
Autotrol Brand Well PRO™ Chlorinator
The Autotrol Well PRO chlorinator is the first compact, low profile dry pellet chlorinator designed especially for
residential water needs. It is designed to eliminate unpleasant and potentially costly water problems such as foulsmelling, corrosive hydrogen sulfide, sink staining iron and manganese as well as slime-causing, pump clogging iron
bacteria.The result is a cleaner, more efficient water system that requires less energy and maintenance while producing
refreshing, odor-free water.
• Treats water problems at the source, producing palatable. odour-free water.
• Mounts directly over the well for minimum intrusion.
• Utilizes fast loading, prepackaged Well PRO pellets.
• Reduces iron content, enabling easy removal by filtration.
• Automatic shut-off device prevents over chlorination.
• Plug-in power module requires no routine maintenance.
• Easy-to-handle 3-pound containers serve as the chlorine hopper – no
transfer of chlorine outside the unit.
• Constructed with rugged, corrosion-resistant matte-black thermoplastic.
• Adjustable dosage rates make the Well PRO adaptable to a variety of water
problems.
• Compact low-profile unit that blends comfortably into any home landscape.
• Kills iron bacteria, dissolves existing buildup and prevents it from reforming.
• System is based on water usage and the Well PRO only works when the
pump is running.
Certified to
ANSI/NSF
Standard 60.
Autotrol Brand Land-O-Matic™ Chlorinator
An essential part of a total herd health management program, the Autotrol Land-O-Matic chlorinator delivers sanitized
water solutions for agricultural and small municipal applications. Utilizing dry chlorination to treat water contaminants at
the source, the Land-O-Matic Chlorinator is designed to effectively eliminate waterborne diseases such as E. coli,
parasites, viruses, organic scum, algae, iron slime and other biological contaminants.The Autotrol Land-O-Matic
chlorinator helps dairy farms and cattle ranches increase profits by providing safer, more palatable drinking water,
resulting in healthier animals.
• Utilizes dry chlorination to treat water problems at the source.
• Provides safe, sanitized water for agricultural and small municipal applications.
• Helps prevent the spread of disease in livestock drinking water.
• Easy to install and maintain.
• Prevents iron fouling.
• 5 or 15-pound hopper provides long intervals between chlorine refills.
• Automatic reversing clutch prevents pellets from jamming and protects the motor.
• Uses easy-to-handle EPA-registered pellets.
• Land-O-Matic pellets certified by NSF to ANSI/NSF Standard 60.
Certified to
ANSI/NSF
Standard 60.
186
Sizing the System
Sizing the Filters
When sizing the filtration components in a full line chlorination system, the basic rule for filtration applies - match
the pump flow rates to the backwash rates and service
flow rates. Remember “Bigger is not better and smaller is
not right either.”
Sizing the Chemical Feeder Pump
Need to know:
Chlorine demand for water treatment
To do a chlorine demand test (should be performed onsite):
• 1 gallon of fresh raw water
• Sample of chlorine which will be used in the system
• Chlorine test kit
Example:
x
=
x
=
÷
=
26
6
156
60
9,360
75,000
0.125
Goal:
• To achieve a residual chlorine level of 1.0 - 1.5 ppm
(free chlorine test)
• If used to precipitate hydrogen sulfide, a residual of 3
ppm should be obtained
Procedure:
• Add 3 drops chlorine to the gallon of raw water
• Allow to stand for 5 minutes
• Test water with the chlorine test kit
• If no chlorine residual is indicated, add more drops in
sets of 3 until a chlorine residual of 1.0 - 1.5 ppm is
obtained
• Measure the pumping rate of the pump system
• Multiply the pumping rate by the number of drops of
chlorine required.This will equal the number of drops
of chlorine required per minute
drops required
gpm pumping rate
drops per minute
minutes per hour
drops per hour
drops per gallon
gallons of chlorine per hour
Sizing the Chlorinator
Select a chlorinator which will run at approximately 30-80% injection.
Most chlorinators will inject more than required.Therefore, dilute the chlorine with “clean” treated soft water to obtain
the quantity required versus the pump’s efficient setting.
Example:
0.125 gallons of chlorine required per hour
The pump selected will inject 1.0 gallons per hour
1.0 maximum output of chemical feed pump
÷
50% optimum pump setting
=
.5 gallons per hour
÷
0.125 gallons per hour required
=
4 This is your dilution ratio - 4:1
187
Chemical Resistance Guide
Acetaldehyde ..........................E
Acetic Acid, 20% ......................B
Acetic Acid, 80% ......................E
Acetic Acid, Glacial ..................E
Acetic Anhydride ......................E
Acetone....................................E
Aluminum Chloride ..................A
Aluminum Fluoride ..................A
Aluminum Sulfate ....................A
Ammonia, 10% ........................A
Ammonium Chloride ................A
Ammonium Nitrate ..................A
Ammonium Persulfate..............A
Ammonium Phosphate ............A
Ammonium Sulfate ..................A
Amylacetate ............................E
Amylalcohol..............................B
Amylchloride ............................E
Aniline ......................................E
Agua Regia ..............................E
Arsenic Acid ............................A
Barium Chloride ......................A
Barium Sulfate ........................A
Beer ........................................A
Benzaldehyde ..........................E
Benzene (Benzol) ....................E
Benzoic Acid ............................A
Borax (Sodium Borate) ............A
Boric Acid ................................A
Bromine Water ........................C
Butyl Acetate ............................E
Butyric Acid ..............................D
Calcium Bisulfite ......................A
Calcium Chloride......................A
Calcium Hypochlorite ..............A
Calcium Sulfate........................A
Carbon tetrachloride ................C
Carbonic Acid ..........................A
Chloroacetic Acid ....................A
Chlorine Water ........................A
Chlorobenzene ........................E
Chloroform ..............................E
Chromic Acid, 10% or 30%......A
Chromic Acid, 50% ..................E
Citric Acid ................................A
188
C
A
C
C
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
X
X
C
X
A
A
A
A
C
C
A
A
A
E
E
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
D
E
C
E
A
A
A
X
A
B
B
X
D
A
X
A
B
A
X
X
X
A
E
X
X
D
D
X
X
X
B
X
E
A
D
A
X
X
X
A
A
A
X
E
X
X
B
X
E
A
B
A
E
A
E
E
E
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
E
E
E
E
A
A
A
A
E
E
C
X
A
X
X
D
X
A
A
A
X
A
E
X
E
E
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
D
C
D
A
D
A
C
A
B
A
A
C
A
E
X
C
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
E
B
B
B
C
D
B
B
B
E
E
A
D
B
C
B
A
A
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
E
X
A
A
D
C
B
E
A
B
B
X
X
E
B
E
E
E
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
X
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
A
B
E
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
E
B
E
B
B
X
B
A
A
E
E
E
B
B
E
E
E
A
A
A
A
E
B
A
B
E
X
A
A
A
A
E
E
E
E
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
E
B
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
E
D
A
B
B
A
E
D
A
A
D
A
A
B
A
A
A
E
A
A
A
PIPE, FITTING,
VALVES, etc.
PVC
GFPPL
POLY
SAN
TEFLON
316SS
EPDM
CERAMIC
HYPALON
VITON
PIPE, FITTING,
VALVES, etc.
PVC
GFPPL
POLY
SAN
TEFLON
316SS
EPDM
CERAMIC
HYPALON
VITON
The following tables show degree of resistance of certain materials to (a list of) various chemicals.
Copper Chloride ......................A
Copper Cyanide ......................A
Copper Nitrate..........................A
Copper Sulfate ........................A
Cresylic Acid ............................B
Ethyl Acetate ............................E
Ethyl Chloride ..........................E
Ethylene Glycol ........................A
Fatty Acids ..............................A
Ferric Chloride ........................A
Ferric Nitrate ............................A
Ferric Sulfate............................A
Ferrous Chloride ......................A
Ferrous Sulfate ........................A
Fluoboric Acid ..........................A
Fluosilicic Acid..........................A
Formaldehyde, 40% ................B
Formic Acid ..............................C
Freon 12 (Wet) ........................C
Fuel Oils ..................................A
Furfural ....................................E
Gasoline ..................................C
Glycerine (Glycerol) ................A
Heptane ..................................A
Hexane ....................................C
Hydrobromic Acid, 20% ..........A
Hydrochloric Acid, 0-25% ........A
Hydrochloric Acid, 25-37% ......A
Hydrocyanic Acid ....................A
Hydrofluoric Acid, 10% ............C
Hydrofluoric Acid, 30% ............C
Hydrofluoric Acid, 60% ............D
Hydrofluosilicic Acid, 20%........A
Hydrogen Peroxide, 30% ........A
Hydrogen Peroxide, 50% ........C
Hydrogen Peroxide, 90% ........E
Hydrogen Sulfide, AQ SOL......C
Iodine (in alcohol), 10% ..........A
Ketones....................................E
Lacquer Thinners ....................D
Lactic Acid................................B
Lead Acetate ............................A
Lubricating Oil..........................C
Magnesium Chloride ................A
Magnesium Nitrate ..................A
A
A
A
A
X
C
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
E
E
A
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
X
X
A
C
E
C
A
A
C
A
A
B
X
X
A
X
X
X
X
E
A
E
E
A
B
E
A
B
B
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
B
B
B
B
A
D
E
A
B
B
D
X
X
X
X
A
X
D
A
X
A
A
A
A
X
E
E
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
E
X
X
X
E
A
X
X
X
A
B
B
B
E
E
D
B
X
E
B
X
E
E
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
E
B
A
E
D
B
B
A
B
E
A
B
A
A
A
A
E
E
E
A
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
B
B
B
B
E
D
B
B
X
A
A
A
B
B
B
X
A
B
D
E
D
E
A
X
E
B
C
C
B
B
C
D
A
D
E
E
A
E
X
E
A
A
E
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
E
E
E
E
X
X
X
X
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
X
B
B
X
E
D
B
X
B
B
B
B
B
B
X
B
B
E
B
X
E
B
B
B
A
A
A
X
A
A
D
X
A
A
D
B
E
E
X
B
E
D
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
E
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
X
B
E
E
A
B
E
A
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
E
X
B
A
A
A
A
Magnesium Sulfate ..............A
Maleic Acid............................A
Methyl Alcohol ......................C
Methyl Chloride ....................E
Methyl Ethyl Ketone..............E
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone ........E
Methylene Chloride ..............E
Naptha ..................................B
Napthalene............................E
Nickel Chloride......................A
Nickel Sulfate........................A
Nitric Acid, 10% ....................A
Nitric Acid, 20% ....................A
Nitric Acid, 50% ....................A
Nitric Acid, Anhydrous ..........E
Nitro Benzene ......................E
Oils and Fats ........................A
Oleic Acid..............................A
Oleum, 25% ..........................E
Oxalic Acid ............................A
Phenol ..................................C
Phosphoric Acid, 0-50%........A
Phosphoric Acid, 50-100%....B
Potassium Bicarbonate ........A
Potassium Bromide ..............A
Potassium Carbonate ..........A
Potassium Chlorate ..............A
Potassium Chloride ..............A
Potassium Cyanide ..............A
Potassium Dichromate..........A
Potassium Hydroxide............A
Potassium Nitrate..................A
Potassium Permanganate ....A
Potassium Sulfate ................A
Sodium Bicarbonate..............A
A
A
A
E
C
C
E
C
C
A
A
A
A
C
E
C
A
C
X
A
B
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
X
E
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
A
A
B
C
E
X
X
E
E
B
C
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
X
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
A
A
C
E
E
E
E
X
E
E
D
A
B
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
C
B
C
B
B
A
B
X
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
D
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
E
B
D
B
D
E
E
E
A
A
D
E
E
X
E
E
D
X
B
D
D
E
A
A
A
B
A
B
B
D
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
E
E
E
E
E
E
B
B
A
A
D
E
E
X
D
E
A
E
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
D
A
E
E
D
A
D
B
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
D
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
E
B
PIPE, FITTING,
VALVES, etc.
PVC
GFPPL
POLY
SAN
TEFLON
316SS
EPDM
CERAMIC
HYPALON
VITON
PIPE, FITTING,
VALVES, etc.
PVC
GFPPL
POLY
SAN
TEFLON
316SS
EPDM
CERAMIC
HYPALON
VITON
Sodium Bisulfate ..................A
Sodium Bisulfite ....................A
Sodium Carbonate................A
Sodium Chlorate ..................A
Sodium Chloride ..................A
Sodium Cyanide....................A
Sodium Hydroxide, 20% ......A
Sodium Hydroxide, 50% ......A
Sodium Hypochlorite ............A
Sodium Nitrate ......................A
Sodium Silicate ....................A
Sodium Sulfate......................A
Sodium Sulfide......................A
Stannic Chloride....................A
Stearic Acid ..........................A
Stoddards Solvent ................E
Sulfuric Acid, 0-10%..............A
Sulfuric Acid, 10-75%............A
Sulfuric Acid, 75-95%............C
Sulfuric Acid, 95-100%..........D
Tannic Acid............................A
Tanning Liquors ....................A
Tartaric Acid ..........................A
Tetrahydrofurane ..................E
Toluene (Toluol) ....................E
Trichloroethylene ..................E
Tricresylphosphate................E
Turpentine ............................B
Urea ......................................A
Vinegar..................................A
White Liquor (Acid) ..............A
Xylene (Xylol)........................E
Zinc Chloride ........................A
Zinc Sulfate ..........................A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
X
A
A
C
C
A
A
A
C
C
C
X
C
A
A
X
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
X
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
X
A
C
C
C
B
A
X
X
E
E
X
X
X
A
X
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
X
E
E
E
E
X
X
E
E
E
X
X
X
X
A
E
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
D
A
B
A
B
E
A
A
E
E
E
B
B
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
C
B
A
A
A
B
D
D
E
D
E
E
E
B
E
D
D
E
E
B
E
X
A
X
E
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
X
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
A
B
B
D
D
X
D
D
D
D
B
X
B
X
E
E
E
E
A
B
X
E
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
E
E
D
B
A
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
X
E
A
A
A
E
B
A
A
B
A
A - Excellent
CODE:
B - Good
PVC = Polyvinyl Chloride
C - Good to 80°F
SAN = Styrene Acrylonitrile
D - Moderate effect (Use under limited conditions) EPDM = Ethylene Propylene
E - Not Recommended
Dimonomer
F - Autocatalytic
GFPPL = Glass-Filled Polypropylene
X - Unknown
189
COATINGS: IMMERSION SERVICE
(Room Temperature)
R - Recommended
L - Limited recommendation
N - Not recommended
R
R
R
R
R
N
N
R
N
R
N
L
N
N
R
N
R
N
N
N
N
L
N
L
N
N
N
N
R
L
R
R
N
N
L
R
N
R
R
N
N
L
R
R
R
R
R
N
N
R
R
R
R
L
L
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
L
L
R
R
R
R
N
R
R
L
N
L
R
R
R
L
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
N
N
L
R
L
R
N
N
N
R
N
R
R
L
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
L
R
L
L
R
R
L
N
N
R
R
R
R
R
R
N
L
R
N
L
R
L
N
R
N
N
L
L
R
L
L
R
L
R
N
R
R
N
N
R
R
N
L
L
L
R
R
R
L
L
R
R
R
R
L
N
R
R
N
R
R
N
N
N
N
N
N
L
L
N
N
N
N
N
L
L
N
N
N
N
N
N
L
N
N
N
L
L
N
N
L
R
R
R
L
L
L
L
L
R
R
N
N
N
N
R
R
R
L
L
R
L
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
N
N
N
R
R
R
L
L
L
L
L
N
R
R
N
N
N
N
L
R
R
L
N
N
L
L
N
R
R
N
R
N
L
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
N
N
N
L
L
L
N
N
N
N
N
120
120
200
150
200
150
250
150
250
150
250
150
300
190
250-300
160-250
250
160
150
350
210
R
R
150
R
CHLORINATED RUBBER
POLYESTERS
(unsaturated)
L
R
N
L
R
R
N
N
VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE
PHENOLIC baked
R
R
N
R
L
R
N
N
URETHANES (Baked)
FURFURYL ALCOHOL
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
URETHANES (Air Dried)
EPOXY ester
L
N
L
N
L
N
N
VINYL ester
EPOXY amine cured
R
POLYVINYL
chloroacetates
EPOXY phenolic baked
COLETAR (cold applied)
COLETAR URETHANES
COLETAR (hot applied)
COLETAR EPOXY
ASPHALT (unmodified)
ACIDS
Sulfuric, 10%
Sulfuric, 80%
Hydrochloric, 10%
Hydrochloric, 35%
Nitric, 10%
Nitric, 50%
Acetic, 100%
WATER
Distilled
Salt Water
ALKALIES
Sodium hydroxide, 10%
Sodium hydroxide, 70%
Ammonium hydroxide, 10%
Sodium carbonate, 5%
GASES
Chlorine
Ammonia
Hydrogen sulfide
ORGANICS
Alcohols
Aliphatic hydrocarbons
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Ketones
Ethers
Esters
Chlorinated hydrocarbons
MAX. F°
Dry conditions
Wet conditions
Source: NACE TPC-2, Coatings and Linings
for Immersion Service, Courtesy of National
Association of Corrosion Engineers.
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
N
L
L
L
N
N
L
L
L
L
L
N
N
R
L
R
R
R
L
N
R
R
R
R
R
N
N
160
140
NOTE: This data is for coatings only. Thin coatings generally are not suitable for substrates such as carbon steel which are corroded significantly (e.g.>20 mils/yr)
in the test environment.
190
Chemicals
191
Pro Rust Out
Pro Rust Out chemically removes iron and rust buildup
that coats the resin bed and fouls the softener.This iron
buildup is not totally removed during normal regeneration of a water softener. Using Pro Rust Out in a water
softener will eliminate rust and foreign matter from the
resin bed. This increases the life of the softener and
reduces rust staining on household fixtures and other
surfaces. Use regularly as preventative maintenance to
ensure the softening and recharging efficiency of the
softener’s resin bed.
Applications
Water Softeners - Pro Rust Out dissolves the iron in
the mineral bed and is rinsed from the softener much the
same as salt brine. First Application: Dissolve 1 cup in 1/2
gallon cold water. Pour directly into brine well (softeners
with no brine well, pour directly into salt tank when salt
level is low.) Manually regenerate softener. Repeat for
heavily fouled unit.
Preventative Maintenance - Add 1/4 cup for every 40
lbs. of salt added to brine tank. Layer to ensure a
continuous dose with each regeneration.
General Purpose Cleaning - Dishwasher, dishes,
glassware, white clothes or fabrics, and water softeners follow directions on the back of the package.
• Changes rust and iron into a clear solution that easily
rinses away and does not contain harsh or abrasive
chemicals that can damage fiberglass, porcelain or
acrylic finishes.
Item No.
06-45126
06-45127
192
Unit Size
24 oz.
5 lb.
Pack
Single Bottle
6/case
• Multipurpose cleaner that out-performs the
competition when it comes to removing tough rust
stains from toilets, sinks, tubs, white clothes, water
softeners and exterior surfaces.
• Pro-Rust Out’s advanced formula contains more than
5 chemicals that are designed to clean and prolong the
life of water softeners.
Technical Information
Pro Rust Out is a white powdered mixture with a sulfur
odor. It is a reducing agent that chemically changes rust
into a clear, soluble state that easily rinses away. [This
change is: Fe3 to Fe2 (Ferric to Ferrous).]
Formulation
Sodium Hydrosulfite CAS#7775-14-6
Sodium Metabisulfate CAS#7681-57-4
Other Additives N/A
Storage and Handling
Store separately from combustible, organic or other
readily oxidizable reactive materials. Keep covered and
store in dry location. Read relevant Material Safety Data
Sheet before handling this product.
Shipping Information
DOT classification: Non-hazardous.
Packaging meets all DOT requirements.
Pro Res Care
Pro Res Care will chemically clean the fouled resin bed
of a water softener and restore the exchange capacity of
the resin. Most types of water softening resins can
become fouled with iron and other contaminants that
will affect the performance of the ion exchange system.
Iron fouling can cause channeling, pressure drop, loss of
capacity, hardness and iron leakage. Regular use of Pro
Res Care will minimize fouling and extend the resin life
in the water softener.
Applications
First Application/Fouled Unit - Pour 4 oz. (1/2 cup)
of Pro Res Care per cu. ft. directly into brine well (for
softeners with no brine well, pour directly into salt tank
when salt is low). Manually regenerate softener. Repeat
regeneration if taste, odor or discoloration is detected in
discharge, then run cold soft water tap nearest the
softener until the odor or taste is gone.
Regular Use - Add 1/2 oz. (1 Tbsp.) per cu. ft. to brine
well before each regeneration.
Automatic Feeder Systems - Follow recommended
dosage and feed rates specified by manufacturer or
supplier.
• Prevents iron and mineral build-up on integral parts of
the softener.
• Removes iron and aluminum fouling that causes lost
capacity and a decrease in performance.
• A non-ionic surfactant is added to aid in the cleaning
of oil fouled resin.
A liquid Phosphoric Acid mixture.
Pro Res Care is not to be used with Gel Zeolite
materials.
Formulation
Phosphoric Acid CAS# 7664-38-2
Polyether Polyol CAS# 53637-25-5
Store in unopened containers under cool, dry
conditions.
Do not store with or close to strong bases. Read
relevant Material Safety Data Sheet before handling
product.
DOT classification: ORM-D.
Item No.
06-45147
06-45148
Unit Size
Gallon
1 Quart
Case Qty
4/case
12/case
193
Pro Ban T
Formerly Pro Citric Acid
Pro Ban T removes iron and other contaminants from
fouled water softeners and increases the capacity and
efficiency of the units. Pro Ban T should be used as preventative maintenance on all water softeners in areas
with moderate iron content. This safe, environmentallyfriendly cleaning agent removes hard water spots, lime,
rust and scale deposits on general household items.
• Pro Ban T can be used safely on virtually all surfaces.
It will not harm fiberglass, porcelain, glass, stainless
steel or chrome.
• Removes hard water deposits from tubs, sinks,
showers, faucets, ceramic tile, dishes, glassware,
plasticware, ice machines, ultraviolet filters, humidifiers
and distillers.
Applications
First time use in water softeners - Dissolve 2 cups
of the powder in 1 qt. of warm water and pour into the
brine well. (For softeners with no brine well, pour into
the salt storage tank when salt level is low.) Manually
regenerate the softener.
Odorless, free-flowing, white, crystalline powder.
Preventative Maintenance - Add 1/2 cup to every 40
lbs. of salt added to brine tank, and layer it to ensure a
continuous dose of Pro Ban T during each regeneration.
Dishwashers and General Purpose Cleaning Follow directions on the back of the package.
• Pro Ban T has the advantage of being non-toxic, noncorrosive, biodegradable, and is used to neutralize
bases (pH adjustment.)
• Contains Citric Acid which is a safe and environmentally friendly cleaning agent that has very little odor
and no obnoxious fumes.
Item No.
06-45138
Unit Size
1.5 lb.
Formulation
Citric Acid CAS# 77-92-9
Store in a tightly sealed, original container in a cool, dry
area away from alkaline materials and heat. Do not mix
with any other cleaner or chemical. Read relevant
Material Safety Data Sheet before handling the product.
Case Qty
12/case
MSDS Sheets are available
upon request.
Please consult price list on case
quantities and shipping information.
194
Pro Pot Perm
Pro Pot Perm is a strong oxidizing agent. It converts
dissolved iron and/or manganese to insoluble oxides,
which can be easily removed by filtration. Pro-Pot Perm
regenerates and oxidizes greensand iron filter media.
While there are many methods of introducing permanganate to the filter, one method is to make a solution and
apply automatically or manually at regular intervals. Our
domestic greensand filters feature automatic feed via
solution tank.
Applications
For each cubic foot of filter media, 2-4 oz. dry permanganate is suggested. Eight ounces of permanganate will
dissolve in one gallon of water at room temperature
(68oF). Normal procedure for regenerating an iron filter
is usually specified by the filter manufacturer or supplier
and depends on water conditions.
• Pro Pot Perm is composed of National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF) certified material to meet Standard
60: Drinking water treatment chemicals.
• Available in two grades: Free Flowing and USP.
Free Flowing Grade - A 97% Technical Grade with
a “Free Flowing” additive.
USP Grade - A 99% Pharmaceutical “Coarse” grade
(U.S. Pharmacopoeia, 20th Edition.)
Item No.
06-45143
06-45145
Unit Size
5 lb.
10 lb.
• Stains can be removed from the skin with a simple
mixture of 30 parts of 3% USP hydrogen peroxide and
40 parts 5% food-grade white vinegar with 30 parts of
water.
Pro Pot Perm comes as dark purple crystals or granules
with a metallic luster. The solubility of Pro Pot Perm is
temperature-dependent and adjustments should be
made for varying ambient temperature ranges.
Formulation
Potassium Permanganate (KMnO4) CAS# 7722-64-7
Store in a cool dry area in closed containers. Protect
containers against physical damage. Segregate from acids,
peroxides and all combustible, organic or easily
oxidizable materials. Read relevant Material Safety Data
Sheet before handling this product.
DOT classification: Oxidizer, UN 1490, PG II.
Case Qty
6/case
4/case
NOTE: A PRECURSOR LICENSE IS REQUIRED BY
THE MINISTRY OF HEALTH TO STOCK POTASSIUM
PERMANGANATE IN LARGE QUANTITIES. CONTACT
CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MORE INFORMATION.
upon request.
195
Pro Neutra 7
Formerly Pro Soda Ash
Pro Neutra 7 is a highly alkaline compound which
neutralizes the acid found in some water systems. This
helps to eliminate corrosion from piping, pressure tanks,
water heaters and fixtures, giving your system longer life.
A Pro Neutra 7 solution injected into your water
system will neutralize acid water and eliminate corrosion
problems. Pro Neutra 7 can also be used to remove
tannins from a tannin-type water softener and may be
used in a potable water system.
Applications
Neutralizing Acid Water - The feed rate of Pro
Neutra 7 depends on the acidity of water. Proper
dosage is reached when the pH of the treated water is
between 7.0 and 8.0. Follow procedure for injecting Pro
Neutra 7 into your water system by the chemical feed
pump manufacturer or supplier.
Cleaning Tannin Water Softeners- Mix 1 cup of Pro
Neutra 7 with 1 qt. of water and pour into salt storage
tank on weekly basis.
• The most satisfactory method of correcting an acidity
problem is to automatically feed a soda ash solution into
the water.This solution may be fed into the water supply
with a chemical feed pump. It chemically combines with
the acid water to completely neutralize it.
Item No.
06-45136
Unit Size
4 lb.
• Tannins are harmless organics from water passing
through peaty soil and decaying vegetation. Pro
Neutra 7 will rid the mineral bed of tannins by
“swelling” the beads which help the tannins fall off the
beads.
• Also, Pro Neutra 7 increases the pH which will keep
the tannins in a more soluble state and help the
exchange process.
Pro Neutra 7 is a white granular powder.
Formulation
Sodium Carbonate CAS#497-19-8
Store in a cool, dry area, away from acids and lime.When
dissolving in water, add water slowly and cautiously while
stirring. Solutions can get hot. Read relevant Material
Safety Data Sheet before handling this product.
Case Qty
6/case
upon request.
196
Dry Pellet Chlorination
Advantages of Dry Pellet Chlorination
• Safe, EPA-approved chlorine chemical.
• Easy-to-handle, economical, reliable and highly concentrated – treats water problems at the source.
• Longer lasting than liquid chlorine – chlorinates evenly through the well and is impervious to freezing temperatures,
with reduced fumes, no hazardous spillage and no chemical loss due to evaporation.
• Eliminates the need for costly, space consuming retention tank in most cases.
• Reduces iron bacteria and clogged well pumps, iron-stained sinks and appliances, bad water taste and rotten egg smell,
hydrogen sulfide, slime buildup in the well, black water and algae.
Autotrol Brand Well Sanitizer™ Pellets
Autotrol Well Sanitizer pellets are safe, convenient and highly concentrated, providing an effective alternative to the
hazards of liquid chlorination. Semi-soft and fast dissolving,Well Sanitizer pellets are small enough to pass through small
restrictions in the well, yet they deliver powerful chemical action that sanitizes the entire water capacity within the well.
• Perfect for shock treating wells after service.
• 70% concentration for powerful chemical action.
• Lasts longer than liquid chlorine.
• Effectively chlorinates the entire well water column.
• Helps eliminate residue buildup on pumps, on well casings below the water line and
in pipelines throughout the water delivery system.
• Small pellets for easy handling eliminates splashing and staining of clothing or skin
irritation.
• EPA-registered specifically for treating potable water (reg. No 50510-1).
Certified to
ANSI/NSF
Standard 60.
197
Res-Up Feeder
This programmed feeder meters the appropriate volume of Pro Rescare
Cleaner each time the resin bed is regenerated.
The Res-Up Feeder can be programmed for the size of resin bed and the
quantity of iron or other impurities in the untreated water.
Res-Up Feeders are easy to install and operate.
Item # 06-45147 Pro Rescare, gallon (4 per case)
Item # 06-45148 Pro Rescare, quart (12 per case)
Item # 04-S6304 Res-Up Feeder with Yellow Wick
Item # 04-S6305 Res-Up Feeder with Clear Wick (Call for availability)
Application Guide
Approx. Resin
Bed Size
1/2 cu. ft.
3/4 cu. ft.
1 cu. ft.
198
Regeneration Cycle (12 Day Clock)
Delivery
Feed
1 Cycle
2 Cycles
3 Cycles
4 Cycles
6 Cycles
Light
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Medium
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Heavy
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Light
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Medium
Clear
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Heavy
Clear
Clear
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Light
Clear
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Medium
Clear
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Heavy
Clear
Clear
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Commercial
Products
199
Commercial Products
Now is the time to look into the commercial equipment market. One of
the largest growth areas in the water treatment industry is the commercial
equipment.
This doesn’t need to be complicated, with the addition of the Logix
controllers to the Magnum valve, you really are just installing a bigger
residential unit.
Commercial businesses are realizing the benefits of treated water and the
savings to both water and equipment maintenance by having the equipment
in line.
There are many opportunities for commercial equipment such as:
• Hotels / Motels
• Restaurants
• Car/Truck Washes
• Schools
• Laundromats
• Hospitals
• Professional Offices
• Livestock Operations
• Manufacturing Plants, just to name a few.
Petwa will make the transition into the commercial market an easy one.
• The application of commercial softeners, filters, dealkalizers, UV’s and
Reverse Osmosis units is not that different from household applications.
• Our product line uses the same timers that our household application
use, so not much difference.
• Petwa has an excellent sales team and technical support to assist you with
sizing equipment, choosing the correct system, reviewing water analysis
and providing technical support and training when you need it.
200
Information Required for Equipment Sizing
The following information is commonly requested by our office to assist in the sizing of commercial and
municipal water conditioning equipment.While the list is necessarily extensive, many questions can be answered
with a “yes” or “no”. It should also be noted that each application may have conditions that are unique and this
information must also be provided (use #23 below).
Dealer _____________________________________________
Date __________________________________________________
Dealer Contact ______________________________________
Job Ref _______________________________________________
1.
What is water used for? ______________________________________________________________________________________
2.
On-site and/or laboratory water analysis obtained (including water sample sent to us)? J Yes J No
3.
Water Source ______________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Number of wells involved ____________________________ Actual pumping rate of each well ____________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.
How are wells controlled? ____________________________________________________________________________________
6.
Current pressure system (i.e. pressure tank, size and pressure settings) ________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.
Is reservoir involved? J Yes J No If reservoir controls pumps, how? ________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
8.
What is capacity of reservoir and drawdown between replenishment? __________________________________________________
9.
Is repressurization used? J Yes J No If yes, what is capacity of repressurization and how is it controlled? __________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Is a booster pump used? J Yes J No If yes, how is it controlled? __________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Is all water to be treated? J Yes J No If not treating all water, what is the normal flow rate of treated water? ________________
what is the peak flow rate of treated water? __________________
12. Estimated water usage (include time interval) _____________________________________________________________________
13. How many hours per day is water used? _________________________________________________________________________
14. Pipe sizes: Well to point-of-treatment ____________________ feet. Point-of-treatment to point-of-use ____________________ feet.
15. Distance from well head to point of treatment _____________________________________________________________________
16. Well field plot plan, including distances and elevations of reservoirs and standpipes provided? J Yes J No
17. Fixture count (where applicable) _______________________________________________________________________________
18. Are media tanks required to be manufactured to ASME code? J Yes J No If yes, must tanks be code stamped? J Yes J No
19. Space available for equipment, including door sizes ________________________________________________________________
20. Is well system used for fire protection? J Yes J No
21. Describe current water conditioning equipment ____________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Is back side of the water analysis form completed? J Yes J No
23. Additional information unique to this application ___________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
201
Commercial Equipment Flow Rates & Consumption
Apartments - Based on 3 people per unit @ 60 gallons per day with laundry facilities
Number of units
Total Daily Consumption (gals)
4
5
6
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
100
720
900
1,000
1,400
1,800
2,700
3,600
5,400
7,200
9,000
18,000
Peak Flow (gpm)
24
28
33
44
55
83
90
99
110
120
175
Daily Hot Water Consumption (gals)
430
540
600
860
1,080
1,620
2,160
3,240
4,320
5,400
10,800
Hot Water Peak Flow (gpm)
14
16
20
27
33
50
55
60
66
72
105
Schools - Based on 25 gallons per day per student and washrooms having flush valves and shower facilities
Number of students
100
200
300
400
500
800
1,000
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
12,500
20,000
25,000
Peak Flow (gpm)
57
86
114
142
170
238
285
600
1,200
1,800
2,500
3,000
4,800
6,000
14
22
28
38
47
57
66
Motels - Based on 40 gallons per person per day @ 2.5 people per unit and washrooms with flush tanks
Number of units
10
20
30
40
50
75
100
125
150
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
7,500
10,000
12,500
15,000
Peak Flow (gpm)
30
50
63
75
86
120
150
175
200
400
800
1,200
1,600
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
20
29
41
49
55
71
84
88
110
202
Commercial Equipment Daily Consumption
APARTMENTS
Based on 3 persons/apartment
Hot and cold ...................................................180 gal/unit/day
Hot only .............................................................60 gal/unit/day
LAUNDROMATS
Hot and cold .........................2.5 x lb capacity is equivalent
to gallons per cycle
LAWNS ....................................................25 gal/sq ft/season
ASSEMBLY HALLS .............................................2 gal/seat
LIVESTOCK & POULTRY
Cow, beef .......................................................12 gal/animal/day
Cow, dairy .....................................................20 gal/animal/day
Goat ...................................................................2 gal/animal/day
Hog .................................................................12 gal/animal/day
Horse .............................................................12 gal/animal/day
Mule ................................................................12 gal/animal/day
Sheep ................................................................2 gal/animal/day
Chickens ...................................................10 gal/each 100/day
Turkeys .......................................................18 gal/each 100/day
BARBER SHOPS .......................................55 gal/day/chair
BEAUTY SALONS .............................270 gal/day/station
BOILERS
To determine daily makeup in gallons:
1. Multiply boiler HP.hr rating by 4.25
2.Then multiply by hours per day of operation
3.Then multiply by the % operating rate
4.Then subtract the % condensate returns
NOTE - When ratings are given in pounds of stream per
hour, divide by 500 to obtain gpm requirements.When
ratings are given in BTUs, divide by 2,544. For every 2,544
BTUs, there is an equivalent of 1 HP.hr.
BOWLING ALLEYS .......................................175 gal/lane
CAMPS
Day (no meals) ............................................15 gal/day/person
Resorts .........................................................50 gal/day/person
Tourist ...........................................................35 gal/day/person
COOLING TOWERS
To determine daily makeup in gallons:
1. Multiply the tonnage by 4 (this includes 2 gal per
day/hr/ton bleed off)
2.Then multiply by the number of hours per day of
operation
DENTISTS ........................................4,000 gal/month/chair
DEPARTMENT STORES
........................................0.215 gal/day per sq.ft. of sales area
DORMITORIES
Hot and cold ...............................................40 gal/person/day
Hot only .......................................................20 gal/person/day
MEAT PACKING FACILITIES
Birds ......................................................................1 gal/bird day
Hogs .......................................................................6 gal/hog/day
Cows ..................................................................12 gal/cow/day
MOTELS
Hot and cold ...................................................100 gal/unit/day
Hot only .............................................................40 gal/unit/day
MOVIE THEATERS ......................................2 gal/day/seat
NURSING HOMES
Hot and cold ...................................................100 gal/bed/day
Hot only .............................................................50 gal/bed/day
OFFICE BUILDINGS
Hot and cold ...............................................20 gal/person/day
Hot only ..........................................................3 gal/person/day
RESTAURANTS
Hot and cold ....................................................15 gal/meal/day
Hot only ..............................................................7 gal/meal/day
Add on for bar or cocktail lounge ............2 gal/patron/day
GOLF CLUBS/GYMS
With Showers ..........................# of showers x 1300 gal/day
With Lavatories........................# of lavatories x 150 gal/day
Serving Meals ......................................# of meals x 4 gal/day
SCHOOLS
Hot and cold ..............................................13 gal/student/day
Hot only .........................................................5 gal/student/day
Showers hot and cold ..............................25 gal/student/day
Showers hot only ........................................6 gal/student/day
Showers & cafeteria hot and cold ..........35 gal/student/day
Showers & cafeteria hot only .................15 gal/student/day
HOMES ......................................................60 gal/person/day
SERVICE STATIONS .................700 gal/day/service bay
HOTELS
Hot and cold .....................................350 gal/day/guest room
Hot only .............................................225 gal/day/guest room
SHOPPING CENTERS ...............300 gal/day/1000 sq ft
HOSPITALS
Hot and cold ...................................................250 gal/bed/day
Hot only ...........................................................170 gal/bed/day
STOCKYARDS ..........................................200 gal/day/acre
TAVERNS .......................................................20 gal/day/seat
TRAILER PARKS ..................................150 gal/day/trailer
These figures are approximate and might vary. All gallon figures are U.S. gallons.
203
Performa Valve Commercial Softener
The Logix Series offers the ultimate in control for the Performa Cv valve. Simple 3step programming and installation makes this electronic controller the industry
leader.
• All electronic platform
• 24-hour super-capacitor backup - no battery necessary
• Remote mount kit allows programming module to be installed up to 40 feet away
• Universal controller - works on all Autotrol brand valves
• Automatic capacity calculations - no math or salt tables necessary
742 Time Clock
762 Demand
(chronometric)
• Calendar override 1/2 to 99-day
• 1/2- to 99-day regeneration setting
• Filter or conditioner setting in one controller
• Salt setting in one pound increments (lbs/cu ft)
one controller
one controller
Performance and Specifications
Base
Model
Resin
Capacity (grains) / lbs (kg) Single Unit Flows(1) USGPM (Cu.M / hr)
Volume
of salt per regeneration Continuous @ 15 psi
@ 25 psi
per Tank
@ 15lb-salt / CF-resin
Flow
drop
drop
cu.ft. ( Cu.M )
Rate(2)
(103 kPa)
(172 kPa)
Maximum
Mineral
Brine
Single Unit Dimensions Shipping
Flow to Drain
Tank Size
Tank Size Height Depth Width Weight
USGPM
Dia. x Height Dia. x Height
Single (Single)
(Cu.M/hr)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) lb (kg)
Performa Valve Models
IXS 0212-1.0"
2 (0.06)
IXS 0314-1.0"
3 (0.08)
IXS 0416-1.0"
4 (0.11)
IXS 0521-1.0"
5 (0.14)
204
60,000 @ 30 lb (14)
54,000 @ 20 lb (9)
90,000 @ 45 lb (29)
81,000 @ 30 lb (14)
120,000 @ 60 lb (27)
108,000 @ 40 lb (18)
150,000 @ 75 lb (34)
135,000 @ 50 lb (23)
10
(2.3)
15
(3.4)
20
(4.5)
23
(5.2)
22
(5.0)
21
(4.8)
21
(4.8)
23
(5.2)
29
(6.6)
28
(6.4)
28
(6.4)
30
(6.8)
4
(0.9)
5
(1.1)
7
(1.6)
12
(2.7)
12x52
(318x1321)
14x65
(356x1651)
16x65
(406x1651)
21x54
(533x1372)
21x36
(533x914)
21x36
(533x914)
21x36
(533x914)
24x48
(610x1219)
56
(1412)
72
(1831)
72
(1818)
61
(1562)
23
(579)
23
(579)
23
(579)
24
(610)
40
(1010)
42
(1060)
43
(1087)
49
(1245)
181
(82)
291
(132)
372
(169)
495
(225)
Twin Alternating & Parallel Systems
With the introduction of the Logix controllers, your installation just got easier.
One set of controllers can be used as twin alternating or parallel with simple
programming. These units monitor water usage and regenerate each valve when
necessary.The valves are tied together using a PVC manifold system.
The ‘Logix’ to these units include:
• Adjustable backwash and fast rinse
• Adjustable salt settings and capacities
• Diagnostics for - Total water used since installation
- Average daily water usage
- Days since last regeneration
- Peak flow rate and time of day for peak
- Service intervals for better customer service
Base
Model
Resin
Volume
@ 25 psi
per Tank
Flow
drop
drop
cu.ft. ( Cu.M ) @ 10lb-salt / CF-resin
Rate(2)
(103 kPa)
(172 kPa)
Maximum
Mineral
Brine
Flow to Drain
Tank Size
USGPM
Single (Single)
(Cu.M/hr)
in (mm)
in (mm)
Twin Alternating and Parallel Models
IXS 0109-1.0TA
1 (0.03)
IXS 0212-2.0TA
2 (0.06)
IXS 0314-3.0TA
3 (0.08)
IXS 0416-4.0TA
4 (0.11)
IXS 0521-5.0TA
5 (0.14)
32,000 @ 15 lb (7)
24,000 @ 10 lb (5)
60,000 @ 30 lb (14)
54,000 @ 20 lb (9)
90,000 @ 45 lb (29)
81,000 @ 30 lb (14)
120,000 @ 60 lb (27)
108,000 @ 40 lb (18)
150,000 @ 75 lb (34)
135,000 @ 50 lb (23)
5
(1.1)
10
(2.3)
15
(3.4)
20
(4.5)
23
(5.2)
11
(3.5)
22
(5.0)
21
(4.8)
21
(4.8)
23
(5.2)
14
(3.2)
29
(6.6)
28
(6.4)
28
(6.4)
30
(6.8)
3
(0.7)
4
(0.9)
5
(1.1)
7
(1.6)
12
(2.7)
9x40
(229x1016)
12x52
(318x1321)
14x65
(356x1651)
16x65
(406x1651)
21x54
(533x1372)
21x36
(533x914)
21x36
(533x914)
21x36
(533x914)
21x36
(533x914)
24x48
(610x1219)
56
(1412)
56
(1412)
72
(1831)
72
(1818)
61
(1562)
23
(579)
23
(579)
23
(579)
23
(579)
24
(610)
40
(1010)
40
(1010)
42
(1060)
43
(1087)
49
(1245)
181
(82)
181
(82)
291
(132)
372
(169)
495
(225)
205
IXS Series Commercial Softener
Commercial softener applications demand equipment of the highest
quality and performance to provide reliable, consistent operation after
the installation and for years to come.
The IXS Series of commercial softeners incorporates effective proven
technologies such as fiberglass composite mineral tanks, lightweight
Noryl® construction automatic valves, high quality ion exchange softener
resin and dependable components throughout. A wide array of system
configurations give the IXS Series the flexibility to meet the demands of
many applications.
Features:
• Dependable GE Autotrol Performa and Magnum Cv™ Series Valves
• Internal turbine for ease of installation on Magnum
• Available with Demand Control, Calendar Clock, Electronic Time
Clock or External Inputs
• Versatile Duplex/Triplex Parallel and Alternating Operational
Configurations
• Trustworthy Fiberglass Mineral Tanks
• Reliable PVC Distribution and Brine Systems
Applications
• Car washes
• Condominiums / Apartment Complexes
• Hotels
• Manufacturing Processes
• and many more
Twin Alternating and Parallel
Systems are also available to
meet demands where continuous
soft water is required or higher
flow rates are needed.
206
Magnum Cv Valve Commercial Softener
The Logix Series offers the ultimate in control for the Magnum Cv valve. Simple 3step programming and installation makes this electronic controller the industry
leader.
• All electronic platform
• 24-hour super-capacitor backup - no battery necessary
• Remote mount kit allows programming module to be installed up to 40 feet away
• Universal controller - works on all Autotrol brand valves
• Automatic capacity calculations - no math or salt tables necessary
742 Time Clock
(chronometric)
• 1/2 to 99-day regeneration setting
one controller
762 Demand
• Calendar override 1/2 to 99-day
• Filter or conditioner setting in one controller
one controller
Base
Model
Resin
Volume
@ 25 psi
per Tank
Flow
drop
drop
cu.ft. ( Cu.M )
Rate(2)
(103 kPa)
(172 kPa)
Maximum
Mineral
Brine
Flow to Drain
Tank Size
USGPM
Single (Single)
(Cu.M/hr)
in (mm)
in (mm)
Magnum Valve Models
IXS 0314-2.0"
3 (0.08)
IXS 0416-2.0"
4 (0.11)
IXS 0521-2.0"
5 (0.14)
IXS 0621-2.0"
6 (0.17)
IXS 0721-2.0"
7 (0.20)
IXS 0821-2.0"
8 (0.23)
IXS 1024-2.0"
10 (0.28)
IXS 1124-2.0"
11 (0.31)
IXS 1530-2.0"
15 (0.42)
IXS 1730-2.0"
17 (0.48)
IXS 1936-2.0"
19 (0.54)
IXS 2036-2.0"
20 (0.57)
IXS 2136-2.0"
21 (0.59)
90,000 @ 45 lb (20)
81,000 @ 30 lb (14)
120,000 @ 60 lb (27)
108,000 @ 40 lb (18)
150,000 @ 75 lb (34)
135,000 @ 50 lb (23)
180,000 @ 90 lb (41)
162,000 @ 60 lb (27)
210,000 @ 105 lb (48)
189,000 @ 70 lb (32)
240,000 @ 120 lb (54)
216,000 @ 80 lb (36)
300,000 @ 150 lb (68)
270,000 @ 100 lb (45)
330,000 @ 165 lb (75)
297,000 @ 110 lb (50)
450,000 @ 225 lb (102)
405,000 @ 150 lb (68)
510,000 @ 255 lb (116)
459,000 @ 170 lb (77)
570,000 @ 285 lb (129)
513,000 @ 190 lb (86)
600,000 @ 300 lb (136)
540,000 @ 200 lb (91)
630,000 @ 315 lb (143)
567,000 @ 210 lb (95)
15
(3.4)
20
(4.5)
25
(5.7)
30
(6.8)
35
(7.9)
40
(9.1)
50
(11.4)
55
(12.5)
63
(14.3)
62
(14.1)
64
(14.5)
63
(14.3)
62
(14.1)
33
(7.5)
42
(9.5)
59
(13.4)
56
(12.7)
55
(12.5)
53
(12.0)
56
(12.7)
55
(12.5)
63
(14.3)
62
(14.1)
64
(14.5)
63
(14.3)
62
(14.1)
Notes:
Operating Pressure: 25 - 100 psi (172 - 689 kPa)
Operating Temperature: 34 - 100°F (1 - 36°C)
Electrical: 120V / 1Ph / 60Hz with a supplied 120V / 12V Approved Class 2 Transformer
Connections: Standard - Brass 2” MNPT Inlet/Outlet and 1.5” Drain MNPT;
Optional - CPVC 2” Inlet / Outlet & 1.5” Drain CPVC;
Brass 1.5” Inlet / Outlet & 1.5” Drain MNPT
47
(10.7)
59
(13.4)
80
(18.2)
76
(17.3)
73
(16.6)
69
(15.7)
72
(16.4)
70
(15.9)
83
(18.9)
82
(18.6)
86
(19.5)
85
(19.3)
84
(19.1)
5
(1.1)
7
(1.6)
12
(2.7)
12
(2.7)
12
(2.7)
12
(2.7)
15
(3.4)
15
(3.4)
25
(5.7)
25
(5.7)
35
(7.9)
35
(7.9)
35
(7.9)
14x65
(356x1651)
16x65
(406x1651)
21x54
(533x1372)
21x54
(533x1372)
21x69
(533x1753)
21x69
(533x1753)
24x72
(610x1219)
24x72
(610x1219)
30x72
(762x1829)
30x72
(762x1829)
36x72
(914x1829)
36x72
(914x1829)
36x72
(914x1829)
21x36
(533x914)
21x36
(533x914)
24x48
(610x1219)
24x48
(610x1219)
24x48
(610x1219)
24x48
(610x1219)
30x48
(762x1219)
30x48
(762x1219)
36x48
(914x1219)
36x48
(914x1219)
36x48
(914x1219)
36x48
(914x1219)
42x48
(1067x1219)
76
(1920)
75
(1908)
65
(1661)
65
(1661)
81
(2047)
81
(2047)
83
(2118)
83
(2118)
89
(2250)
89
(2250)
90
(2289)
90
(2289)
90
(2289)
23
(579)
23
(579)
24
(610)
24
(610)
24
(610)
24
(610)
30
(762)
30
(762)
36
(914)
36
(914)
37
(927)
37
(927)
42
(1067)
42
(1060)
43
(1087)
49
(1245)
49
(1245)
49
(1245)
49
(1245)
58
(1473)
58
(1473)
70
(1778)
70
(1778)
76
(1930)
76
(1930)
82
(2083)
309
(140)
390
(177)
513
(234)
565
(256)
639
(290)
690
(313)
878
(398)
930
(422)
1300
(590)
1404
(637)
1722
(781)
1774
(804)
1842
(836)
(1) The above FLOW vs PRESSURE DROP performance assumes a water temperature of
60°F (15.6°C) and a valve equipped with hard water bypass. Data is based on testing
done by GE Infrastructure Water & Process Technologies. Actual performance may vary
due to operational conditions and system design.
(2) The continuous flow column refers to a flow of 5 usgpm/cf of resin or the flow at which a
15 psi pressure drop occurs across the system, whichever comes first.
All IXS Magnum systems come standard with the 2.0" connection control valve.
Magnum Cv 1.5" is also available upon request.
207
CF Series Commercial Filter
Hotels, car washes, laundromats, apartment buildings, industry and food
producers require high quality water to meet the demands of their
customers. Water containing turbidity, iron, manganese and sulfur has a
negative impact on the ability of a business or institution to supply quality
products and services.
Commercial filter applications demand equipment of the highest quality
and performance to provide reliable, consistent operation after the installation and for years to come.
The CF Series of commercial filters have four types of standard filters to treat most water problems.
CFSD nextSand™ Filters - Petwa® sand filters are an economical filter for removing silt, turbidity, suspended
matter and rust particles within the range of 25 - 30 microns. Sand filter media beds are supported by a layered
gravel base covering the distributor for ideal service and backwash flow distribution.
CFMM Multi-Media Filters - Petwa® multi-media filters are an advanced type of filter to deal with removing silt,
turbidity, suspended matter and rust particles within the range of 15 - 20 microns. Multi-media filter media beds
are supported by a layered gravel base covering the distributor for ideal service and backwash flow distribution.
The active filtering media consists of layered garnet sands, filter sand and anthracite to provide effective filtration,
while allowing higher service flow rates with a smaller pressure drop than a conventional sand filter.The layered
medias also provide a greater holding capacity due to better depth filtration.
CFAC Activated Carbon Filters - Petwa® activated carbon filters are used for the adsorption of undesirable
tastes and odours in water caused by dissolved or suspended organic matter. Activated carbon can also be used
for the removal of chlorine.Applications include pretreatment for reverse osmosis systems and food and beverage
equipment. The activated carbon media is supported by a layered gravel base covering the distributor for ideal
service and backwash flow distribution.
CFMG Manganese Greensand Filters - Petwa® manganese greensand filters are used for the oxidation and
filtration of dissolved iron, manganese and hydrogen sulfide gas from water.This is accomplished by the use of a
continuous regeneration process, where a solution of potassium permanganate is fed upstream with a chemical
feed pump.The filter bed is also supplemented by a layer of anthracite which provides an initial coarser filtration
prior to the manganese greensand media, finally supported by a layered gravel base covering the distributor for
ideal service and backwash flow distribution.
Equipment Options:
• 762F meter initiated control with turbine.
• 742F clock control with 0 - 99 day programming.
• Brass MNPT adapters or CPVC socket weld adapters.
• Treated water regeneration using the Magnum™
valve auxiliary hydraulic output and Aquamatic™
diaphragm valves.
• Electrical micro-switch kits and breakaway external
output cams.
• Multiple tank systems.
• Chemical Pumps and solution tanks for continuous
regeneration setups of CFMG manganese greensand
filters.
208
Features:
• Dependable Autotrol Magnum IT Series Valves.
• Fiberglass mineral tanks.
• PVC hub and lateral distributors with riser tube.
• Layered gravel support bed.
• High quality filtration media.
CF Series Commercial Filter
Specifications & Performance CFSD Series Sand Filters
Filter
Model
Number
CFSD14-2.0” _ _
CFSD16-2.0” _ _
CFSD21-2.0” _ _
CFSD24-2.0” _ _
CFSD30-2.0” _ _
CFSD36-2.0” _ _
(1)
Description
14” Sand Filter
Magnum 742 Logix Valve
16” Sand Filter
21” Sand Filter
24” Sand Filter
30” Sand Filter
36” Sand Filter
Mineral Tank
Diameter x Height
inches (mm)
14 x 65
(365 x 1651)
16 x 65
(406 x 1651)
21 x 69
(533 x 1753)
24 x 72
(610 x 1829)
30 x 72
(762 x 1829)
36 x 72
(914 x 1829)
Valve
Inlet/Outlet
inches (mm)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
Filter Media Continuous
Volume
Service Flow(1)
cu.ft (cu.m.) USGPM (lpm)
2.75
4
(0.078)
(15)
3.5
6
(0.099)
(23)
6.0
10
(0.17)
(38)
8.0
13
(0.227)
(49)
12.5
20
(0.354)
(76)
17.5
28
(0.496)
(106)
Peak Service
Flow(1)
USGPM (lpm)
6
(23)
8
(30)
14
(53)
19
(72)
29
(110)
42
(159)
Max. Backwash
Flow to Drain
USGPM (lpm)
12
(45)
15
(57)
30
(114)
40
(151)
60
(227)
85
(322)
Shipping
Weight
lbs (kgs)
389
(177)
493
(224)
839
(381)
1104
(501)
1700
(772)
2424
(1101)
Max. Backwash
Flow to Drain
USGPM (lpm)
12
(45)
15
(57)
30
(114)
40
(151)
60
(227)
85
(322)
Shipping
Weight
lbs (kgs)
273
(124)
336
(153)
578
(263)
753
(342)
1128
(512)
1649
(749)
Service flows and peak flows for sand filters are based on approximately 4 USGPM per sq.ft. and 6 USGPM per sq.ft respectively.
Specifications & Performance CFMM Series Multi-Media Filters
Filter
Model
Number
CFMM14-2.0” _ _
CFMM16-2.0” _ _
CFMM21-2.0” _ _
CFMM24-2.0” _ _
CFMM30-2.0” _ _
CFMM36-2.0” _ _
(2)
Description
14” Multi-Media Filter
Mineral Tank
Diameter x Height
inches (mm)
14 x 65
(365 x 1651)
16 x 65
(406 x 1651)
21 x 69
(533 x 1753)
24 x 72
(610 x 1829)
30 x 72
(762 x 1829)
36 x 72
(914 x 1829)
Valve
Inlet/Outlet
inches (mm)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
Volume
Service Flow(2)
2.75
6
(0.078)
(23)
3.5
8
(0.099)
(30)
6.0
12
(0.17)
(45)
8.0
16
(0.227)
(61)
12.5
30
(0.354)
(114)
17.5
42
(0.496)
(159)
Peak Service
Flow(2)
USGPM (lpm)
12
(45)
15
(57)
24
(91)
30
(114)
60
(227)
85
(322)
Service flows and peak flows for multi-media filters are based on approximately 6 USGPM per sq.ft. and 12 USGPM per sq.ft respectively.
Specifications & Performance CFAC Series Activated Carbon Filters
Filter
Model
Number
CFAC14-2.0” _ _
CFAC16-2.0” _ _
CFAC21-2.0” _ _
CFAC24-2.0” _ _
CFAC30-2.0” _ _
CFAC36-2.0” _ _
(3)
Description
14” Activated Carbon Filter
Mineral Tank
Diameter x Height
inches (mm)
14 x 65
(365 x 1651)
16 x 65
(406 x 1651)
21 x 69
(533 x 1753)
24 x 72
(610 x 1829)
30 x 72
(762 x 1829)
36 x 72
(914 x 1829)
Valve
Inlet/Outlet
inches (mm)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
Volume
Service Flow(3)
2.75
6
(0.078)
(23)
3.5
8
(0.099)
(30)
6.0
14
(0.17)
(53)
8.0
19
(0.227)
(72)
12.5
29
(0.354)
(110)
17.5
42
(0.496)
(159)
Peak Service
Flow(3)
USGPM (lpm)
9
(34)
11
(42)
19
(72)
25
(95)
39
(148)
57
(216)
Max. Backwash
Flow to Drain
USGPM (lpm)
10
(38)
15
(57)
25
(95)
30
(114)
50
(189)
70
(265)
Shipping
Weight
lbs (kgs)
183
(83)
231
(105)
389
(177)
504
(229)
763
(347)
1104
(501)
Service flows and peak flows for activated carbon filters are based on approximately 6 USGPM per sq.ft. and 8 USGPM per sq.ft respectively.
Specifications & Performance CFMG Series Manganese Greensand Filters
Filter
Model
Description
Number
CFMG14-2.0” _ _ 14” Manganese Greensand Filter
(4)
Mineral Tank
Diameter x Height
inches (mm)
14 x 65
(365 x 1651)
16 x 65
(406 x 1651)
21 x 69
(533 x 1753)
24 x 72
(610 x 1829)
30 x 72
(762 x 1829)
36 x 72
(914 x 1829)
Valve
Inlet/Outlet
inches (mm)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(05)
2
(50)
2
(50)
2
(50)
Filter Media
Volume
cu.ft (cu.m.)
2.75
(0.078)
3.5
(0.099)
6.0
(0.17)
8.0
(0.227)
12.5
(0.354)
17.5
(0.496)
Flow Rates(4) = Max Service
ppm (Fe + 2Mn) USGPM (lpm)
0-3
3-8
8 - 15
5
(19)
7
(26)
12
(45)
16
(61)
25
(95)
35
(132)
3
(11)
4
(15)
7
(26)
9
(34)
15
(57)
21
(79)
2
(8)
3
(11)
5
(19)
6
(23)
10
(38)
14
(53)
Max. Backwash
Flow to Drain
USGPM (lpm)
10
(38)
15
(57)
25
(95)
30
(114)
50
(189)
70
(265)
Shipping
Weight
lbs (kgs)
351
(159)
438
(199)
730
(332)
952
(432)
1450
(659)
2065
(938)
Service flows and peak flows for manganese greensand filters are based on approximately 3 USGPM per sq.ft. and 5 USGPM per sq.ft respectively.
209
Pro Series Commercial Reverse Osmosis
The Petwa® PRO Series Commercial Reverse
Osmosis Systems remove up to 99% of the
total dissolved solids (TDS) in raw
commercial feedwater, producing high quality
process water for applications such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Boiler Feed
Humidification Systems
Drinking Water
Industrial Processes
Food and Beverage Processing
Spot Free Rinse
Performance Specifications
Item Number
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
Model
PRO-150
PRO-300
PRO-450
PRO-600
PRO-1200
PRO-1800
Capacity (GPD) (1)
Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi)
150
300
450
600
1200
1800
Typical TDS Rejection
> 97%
> 97%
> 97%
> 97%
> 97%
> 97%
190
Recovery
up to 50%
up to 50%
up to 50%
up to 50%
up to 50%
up to 50%
Membranes
Dimensions,
H x W x D (inches)
1
1
2
1
2
3
Inlet Connection
1/2”
1/2”
1/2”
1/2”
1/2”
1/2”
Motor (HP)
1/4
1/3
1/3
1/2
115V/1Ph/60Hz
3/4
3/4
50
50
55
163
170
32 x 14 x 20
Electrical (Standard)
Shipping Weight (lbs)
(1)
53 x 22 x 24
155
The capacity denotes the system production in U.S.Gallons per Day as defined by the membrane specifications and
the feedwater conditions of 2000 ppm (of NaCl), 25ºC (77ºF), 200 psi operating pressure and outlet to atmosphere.
Feed Water Requirements
Minimum Feed Pressure (psi)
30
0.00mg/L
Maximum Feed Pressure (psi)
85
Organics Tolerance (2)
0 mg/L
Temperature Range
40 - 100°F (4 - 37°C)
Oil (Hydrocarbons) Tolerance
0 mg/L
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
< 2000 ppm
Turbidity (2)
< 1 NTU
Hardness
< 10 Grains / USGal as CaCO3
SDI (Silt Density Index)
<5
Total Iron (Fe)
< 0.1 mg/L
Chlorine Tolerance (2)
0 mg/L
Manganese (Mn)
< 0.05 mg/L
pH Range
2.0 - 11.0
(2)
Sediment and Carbon pre-filters, standard on the PRO Series must be replaced regularly to protect membranes.
These feed requirements also include that the water be potable before treatment by a PRO Series RO system.
210
Pro Series Commercial Reverse Osmosis
PRO 150, 300 and 450 System Features
• Membranes:Thin Film Composite (TFC) for maximum rejection of impurities
• Membrane Housings: PRO 150, 300 and 450 housings are stainless steel
• Process Pump: Direct coupled rotary vane pump, designed for continuous high
pressure service
• Frame: Corrosion and scratch resistant powder coated steel
• Prefilters: 5 Micron Pre-Filter - for the removal of sediment
Radial Flow Activated Carbon Pre-Filter - for the removal of chlorine
• Inlet Isolation Valve: Provides a convenient shut-off for easy pre-filter
replacement
• Inlet Low Pressure Shutoff Switch: Automatic protection for the process pump
should insufficient feed water pressure be available.
• Outlet Tank Full Shutoff Switch: System will automatically start when tank
pressure falls below 30psi and stop when pressure reaches 50 psi.
• Simple Maintenance / Inspection: PRO Series components are strategically
located on the frame for easy access and inspection.
PRO 150, 300 and 450 Optional Features
a. Stainless Steel Process Pump - replaces standard brass process pump
b. Float Switch - mechanical tank full float switch for atmospheric type storage
tanks
c. Low Energy Membranes (PRO 300 only)
PRO 450 shown above
PRO 600, 1200 and 1800 System Features
• Membranes:Thin Film Composite (TFC) for maximum rejection of impurities
• Membrane Housings: PRO 600, 1200 and 1800 housings are PVC
• Process Pump: Direct coupled rotary vane pump, designed for continuous high
pressure service
• Frame: Corrosion and scratch resistant powder coated steel
• Prefilters: 5 Micron Pre-Filter - for the removal of sediment
Radial Flow Activated Carbon Pre-Filter - for the removal of chlorine
• Flow Meters: Product, Reject and Recycle stream flow meters for monitoring of
operating conditions.
• Control Box: NEMA 12X rated control box with ON/OFF switch and mode
indicator lights
• Air Purge: System automatically purges air out of process pump and membranes
before startup
• Inlet Isolation Valve: Provides a convenient shut-off for easy pre-filter
replacement
• Inlet Low Pressure Shutoff Switch: Automatic protection for the process pump
should insufficient feed water pressure be available.
• Tank Full Pressure Switch: System will automatically start when tank pressure
falls below 30psi and stop when pressure reaches 50 psi.
• Simple Maintenance / Inspection: PRO Series components are strategically
located on the frame for easy access and inspection.
PRO 1800 shown above
PRO 600, 1200 and 1800 Optional Features
a. Stainless Steel Membrane Housings - replaces standard PVC membrane housings
b. Stainless Steel Process Pump - replaces standard brass process pump
c. Float Switch - mechanical tank full float switch for atmospheric type storage
tanks
d. 230V / 1 Ph / 60Hz - Optional Electrical
e.Automatic Flush - allows unit to automatically flush membranes for 1 minute
every two hours of consecutive operation.
f. Low Energy Membranes (PRO 600, 1200 and 1800)
211
Commercial TWS Series RO Storage Kits
TWS Series RO Product Water Storage Kits are to be used along with a PRO Reverse Osmosis system in a “TYPE B”
method of storing product water.
Four different kits are available and each kit comes with all the listed components.
Item #
Description
15-26200
TWS 0 - includes pump, pressure tank and fittings to be used with any suitable polyethylene tank.
15-2620
TWS 150 - includes pump, pressure tank, fittings and a 150 gallon polyethylene storage tank
(25” W x 34” L x 60” H).
15-2621
(29” W x 48” L x 75” H).
15-2622
(48” Dia. x 90” H).
Commercial Membranes and Housings
FILMTEC Membranes
General Specifications (complete specification sheets available upon request)
Item #
Model
2” Elements
15-92014
TW30-2013
15-92003
TW30-2026
2.5” Elements
15-92011
TW30-2514
15-92007
TW30-2521
15-92021
TW30-2540
15-92038
XLE-2540
4” Elements
15-92013
TW30-4014
15-92006
TW30-4021
15-92012
TW30-4040
15-92036
XLE-4040
15-92037
BW30-4040
15-92039
BW30LE-4040
Applied
Pressure,
psig (bar)
Permeate
Flow rate,
gpd (m3/d)
Stabilized
Salt
Rejection, (%)
Maximum
Feed Flow
Rate, gpm (m3/h)
Typical
Recovery
Rate (%)
225 (15.5)
225 (15.5)
100 (0.4)
220 (0.8)
99.0
99.0
3 (0.7)
3 (0.7)
5
10
225 (15.5)
225 (15.5)
225 (15.5)
100 (6.9)
175 (0.66)
300 (1.14)
650 (2.46)
770 (2.9)
99.0
99.0
99.0
99.0
6 (1.4)
6 (1.4)
6 (1.4)
6 (1.4)
5
8
15
15
225 (15.5)
225 (15.5)
225 (15.5)
100 (6.9)
225 (15.5)
150 (10.3)
475 (1.80)
900 (3.41)
2200 (8.33)
2400 (9.1)
2200 (8.33)
2000 (7.7)
99.0
99.0
99.0
99.0
99.5
99.0
17 (3.9)
17 (3.9)
17 (3.9)
14 (3.2)
16 (3.6)
16 (3.6)
5
8
15
15
15
15
Membrane Housings
Item #
Vessel Size
Material
15-92030
15-92029
15-92033
15-92030
15-92028
15-92019
2514
2521
2540
4040
2540
4040
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PVC
PVC
212
Port Connections,
inches
End, 1/4”
End, 1/4”
End, 1/4”
End, 1/2”
End, 1/4”
End, 1/2”
EndCap
PVC with U-Pin
PVC with U-Pin
PVC with U-Pin
PVC with U-Pin
PVC with U-Pin
PVC with U-Pin
Maximum Pressure
psig (bar)
300 (20.7)
300 (20.7)
300 (20.7)
300 (20.7)
225 (15.5)
225 (15.5)
AquaMatic® Diaphragm Valves
The AquaMatic Y pattern diaphragm valve, with
large seat opening and high lift disc, permits
greater flows at lower pressure loss than any
comparable valve. Positive control action is
achieved, either hydraulically or pneumatically,
without the aid of springs. And, components are
serviceable while the valve is in line.These valves
are available in both metal and thermoplastic
materials, and are ideal for fluid treatments and
handling systems.
Features and Options
• Lowest pressure loss
Y pattern permits higher flows at lower pressure
loss than any comparable valve.
• Positive control
Separate flow control chambers permit positive closing without springs; and only nominal cost for spring assist
opening for low pressure and self-draining considerations.
• Cost effective
Both initially and in lifetime maintenance.
• Extended diaphragm life
Separate chamber protects diaphragm from flow stream; allows replacement without disrupting service.
Performed, stress-relieved diaphragm minimizes fatigue, maximizes valve responsiveness and diaphragm lifetime.
• Durable
Cast iron, brass, bronze, stainless steel, and engineering thermoplastic components. Average maintenance-free
life of three to five years and longer dependent upon cycling rate and environment.
• Design/application engineering service
• Optional seal and diaphragm materials for special applications
• Handles liquids or gases
• Adaptable to a variety of control devices
• Optional adjustable flow rate control
• Optional spring assist
• Optional position indication
The diaphragm valves are available in both metal and thermoplastic materials - each with a variety of design
configurations and features that meet hundreds of fluid property and control requirements:
Standard, metal body valves • High pressure valves • Standard, plastic body valves • Solenoid operated valves
• Float operated valves • High temperature valves (Isolated bonnet) • Fail-safe close valves
213
NOTES
214
Marketing
Materials
215
Sales Literature
All materials are full colour unless otherwise specified.
Mineral Tanks
29-40001
CF Series Commercial Filters
29-40005
Economy Reverse Osmosis
29-40016
IXS Commercial Softeners
29-40018
PRO Series Commercial RO
29-40019
Residential Water Treatment
29-40024
PURA UV Systems
29-40025
Presentation Folder (9” x 12”)
29-40027
1240 Series Reverse Osmosis
29-40028
216
All materials are full colour unless otherwise specified.
Remote Water Chiller
29-40032
Pura UVSS Series
29-40037
RO Designer Faucets
29-40034
Sales Literature
Air Pump & Retention Tank Kit
29-40035
Pura Point-of-Use Cooler
29-40039
Petwa Poster (24” x 36”)
29-40041
Banner (48” x 24”)
Hemmed & Grommeted
29-40017
217
NOTES
218
Reference
Section
219
Conversion Factors
Multiply
by
To Obtain
Multiply
by
To Obtain
Acre-feet
43,560
325,851
1233.49
1,233,490
Cubic feet
Gallons (US)
Cubic meters
Liters
Cubic feet
Acre-feet/hour
726
5430.86
Cubic feet/Minute
Gallons/Minute
Atmospheres
76.0
29.921
33.94
10,333
14.6963
1.058
1013.15
235.1408
Cms of Hg at 32°F
Inches of Hg at 32°F
Feet of water at 62°F
Kgs/Square meter
Pounds/Square inch
Tons/Square foot
Millibars
Ounces/Square inch
28,320
1728
0.02832
0.03704
7.48052
28.32
59.84
29.92
2.296 X 10-5
0.803564
Cubic centimeters
Cubic inches
Cubic meters
Cubic yards
Gallons (US)
Liters
Pints (liq. US)
Quarts (liq. US)
Acre feet
Bushels
Cubic feet of water
62.4266
62.3554
Pounds at 39.2°F
Pounds at 62°F
Cubic feet/minute
Barrels of oil
42
Gallons of oil (US)
Boiler horse power
33,479
9.803
34.5
BTU/hour
Kilowatts
Pounds of water
Evaporated/hr. at 212°F
472
0.1247
0.472
62.36
7.4805
10,772
0.033058
Cubic centimeters/sec
Gallons (US)/second
Liters/second
Pounds water/min at 62°F
Gallons (US)/minute
Gallons/24 hours
Acre feet/24 hours
Cubic inches
16.387
0.0005787
1.639 X 10-5
2.143 X 10-5
0.004329
0.01639
0.03463
0.01732
Cubic centimeters
Cubic feet
Cubic meters
Cubic yards
Gallons (US)
Liters
Pints (liq. US)
Quarts (liq. US)
Cubic meters
106
35.31
61,023
1.308
264.2
1000
2113
1057
Cubic centimeters
Cubic feet
Cubic inches
Cubic yards
Gallons (US)
Liters
Pints (liq. US)
Quarts (liq. US)
Cubic yards
764,600
27
46,656
0.7646
202
764.6
1616
807.9
Cubic centimeters
Cubic feet
Cubic inches
Cubic meters
Gallons (US)
Liters
Pints (liq. US)
Quarts (liq. US)
Degrees F [less 32]
0.5556
Degrees C
Degrees C
1.8 [plus 32]
1 [plus 273]
Degrees F
Degrees C above
absolute 0
BTU
Centimeters
252.016
0.252
777.54
0.0003927
1054.2
107.5
0.0002928
0.3937
0.032808
0.01
10
Centimeters of Hg at 32°F
0.01316
0.4461
136
27.85
0.1934
Cubic centimeters
220
3.531 X 10-5
0.06102
10-6
1.308 X 10-6
0.0002642
0.001
0.002113
0.001057
0.0391
Calories (gm)
Calories (Kg)
Foot pounds
Horse power hours
Joules
Kilogram meters
Kilowatt hours
Inches
Feet
Meters
Millimeters
Atmospheres
Kgs/Square meter
Pounds/Square foot
Pounds/Square inch
Cubic feet
Cubic inches
Cubic meters
Cubic yards
Gallons (US)
Liters
Pints (liq. US)
Quarts (liq. US)
Ounces (fluid)
Conversion Factors
Multiply
by
To Obtain
Multiply
Feet
30.48
12
0.3048
1/3
0.06061
Centimeters
Inches
Meters
Yards
Rods
Inches of water at 62°F 0.002455
25.37
0.5771
5.1963
0.03609
0.07347
Atmospheres
Kilograms/square meter
Ounces/square inch
Pounds/square foot
Pounds/square inch
0.029465
0.88162
62.3554
0.43302
304.44
Atmospheres
Pounds/square foot
Pounds/square inch
Kilogram/sq meter
Kilograms
277.42
4.543
1.20095
Cubic inches
Liters
Gallons (US)
Dynes
Pounds
Tons (short)
Grams
Ounces (avoir)
Ounces (troy)
3785
0.13368
231
0.003785
0.004951
3.785
8
4
0.83267
3.069 X 10-6
Cubic centimeters
Cubic feet
Cubic inches
Cubic meters
Cubic yards
Liters
Pints (liq. US)
Quarts (liq. US)
Gallons (Imperial)
Acre feet
Gallons (Imperial)
Gallons (US)
Gallon (US) of water
at 62°F
8.3357
Pounds of water
0.002228
0.13368
8.0208
0.06309
3.78533
0.0044192
Cubic feet/second
Cubic feet/minute
Cubic feet/hour
Liters/second
Liters/minute
Acre feet/24 hours
Grains/gallon (US)
17.118
Parts/million
Grams
980.7
15.43
0.001
1000
0.03527
0.03215
0.002205
Dynes
Grains
Kilograms
Milligrams
Ounces (avoir)
Ounces (troy)
Pounds
Horse power.hours
(boiler)
2,544
0.7457
66.64
BTU
Kilowatts.hour
Pounds of water
evaporated/hr. at 212°F
Inches
2.54
0.08333
1000
12
72
Centimeters
Feet
Mils
Lines
Points
Gallons (US)/minute
by
980,665
2.205
0.001102
1000
35.274
32.1507
To Obtain
Kilograms/cubic meter 0.06243
Pounds/cubic foot
Kilograms/sq centimeter 14.223
1
Pounds/sq inch
Meter atmosphere
Kilograms/sq meter
9.678 X 10-5
0.003285
0.002896
0.2048
0.001422
0.007356
Atmospheres
Pounds/square foot
Pounds/square inch
Centimeters of Hg at 32°F
Kilometers
100,000
1000
3281
0.6214
1094
Centimeters
Meters
Feet
Miles
Yards
Liters
1000
0.03531
61.02
0.001
0.001308
0.2642
0.22
2.113
1.057
8.107 X 10-7
2.2018
Cubic centimeters
Cubic feet
Cubic inches
Cubic meters
Cubic yards
Gallons (US)
Gallons (Imp)
Pints (liq. US)
Quarts (liq. US)
Acre feet
Pounds of water at 62°F
Liters/minute
0.0005886
0.004403
0.26418
Cubic feet/second
Gallons (US)/second
Gallons (US)/minute
Meters
100
3.281
39.37
1.094
0.001
1000
Centimeters
Feet
Inches
Yards
Kilometers
Millimeters
221
Conversion Factors
Multiply
by
-6
To Obtain
Multiply
by
To Obtain
Pounds
16
256
7000
0.0005
453.5924
1.21528
14.5833
Ounces
Drams
Grains
Tons (short)
Grams
Pounds (troy)
Ounces (troy)
Microns
10
0.001
0.03937
Meters
Millimeters
Mils
Miles
160,934
5280
63,360
1,609
1760
80
320
0.8684
Centimeters
Feet
Inches
Kilometers
Yards
Chains
Rods
Nautical Miles
Millibars
0.000987
Atmosphere
Milligrams
0.001
0.01543
Grams
Grains
Milligrams/liter
1
Parts/million
Millimeters
0.1
0.03937
39.37
1000
Centimeters
Inches
Mils
Microns
Ounces (fluid)
1.805
0.02957
29.57
0.25
Cubic inches
Liters
Cubic centimeters
Gills
Parts/million
0.0584
0.07016
8.345
Grains/gallon (US)
Grains/gallon (Imp)
Pounds/million gal (US)
Pints (liq. US)
4
16
0.5
28.875
473.1
Gills
Ounces (fluid)
Quarts (liq. US)
Cubic inches
Cubic centimeters
Pounds of water at 62°F 0.01604
27.72
0.120
Cubic feet
Cubic inches
Gallons (US)
Pounds/square inch
0.068044
2.30934
2.0630
703.067
27.912
Atmospheres
Kilograms/square meter
Inches of water at 62°F
Quarts (liq. US)
2
0.9463
32
57.75
946.3
Pints (liq. US)
Liters
Ounces (fluid)
Cubic inches
Cubic centimeters
Tons of water/24 hours
at 62°F
83.33
0.16510
1.3263
Yards
222
91.44
3
36
0.9144
0.1818
Pounds of water/hour
Gallons (US)/minute
Cubic feet/hour
Centimeters
Feet
Inches
Meters
Rods
Water Conditioning Glossary
Absorption - The process in which one substance is taken
into the body of another substance, termed the absorbent.
An example is the absorption of water into soil.
Bacteria - Unicellular micro-organisms which typically
reproduce by cell division.Although usually classed as plants,
bacteria contain no chlorophyll.
Acid - A substance which releases hydrogen ions when
dissolved in water. Most acids will dissolve the common
metals and will react with a base to form a neutral salt and
water.
Bacteriostatic - A feature of a carbon filter that is
supposed to inhibit the growth of bacteria within the filter usually by the addition of silver.
Activated Carbon - A granular material usually produced
by the roasting of cellulose base substances, such as wood
or coconut shells, in the absence of air. It has a very porous
structure and is used in water conditioning as an adsorbent
of organic matter and certain dissolved gases. Sometimes
called “activated charcoal.”
Adsorption - The process in which matter adheres to the
surface of the adsorbent.
Aeration - The process in which air is brought into
intimate contact with water, often by spraying water through
air or by bubbling air through water.Aeration may be used
to add oxygen to the water for oxidation of matter such as
iron or to cause the release of dissolved gases such as
carbon dioxide or hydrogen sulfide from the water.
Alkalinity - The quantitative capacity of a water or water
solution to neutralize an acid. It is usually measured by
titration with a standard acid solution of sulfuric acid and
expressed in terms of its calcium carbonate equivalent.
Anion - A negatively charged ion in solution such as
bicarbonate, chloride or sulfate.
Anion Exchange - An ion exchange process in which
anions in solution are exchanged for other anions from an
ion exchanger. In demineralization, for example, bicarbonate,
chloride and sulfate anions are removed from solution in
exchange for a chemically equivalent number of hydroxide
anions from the anion exchange resin.
Aquifer - A layer or zone below the surface of the earth
which is capable of yielding a significant volume of water.
Atom - The smallest particle of an element that can exist
either alone or in combination with smaller particles of the
same element or of a different element.
Attrition - The process in which solids are worn down or
ground down by friction, often between particles of the
same material. Filter media and ion exchange materials are
subject to attrition during backwashing, regeneration and
service.
Backwash - The process in which beds of filter or ion
exchange media are subjected to flow opposite to service
flow direction to loosen the bed and to flush suspended
matter collected during the service run to waste.
Base - A substance which released hydroxyl ions when
dissolved in water. Bases react with acids to form a neutral
salt and water.
Bed - The ion exchange or filter media in a column or
other tank or operational vessel.
Bed Depth - The height of the ion exchange or filter media
in the vessel after preparation for service.
Boiling Point - The temperature at which a substance will
change from a liquid state to a gaseous or vapor state.
Brackish Water - Water containing between 1000 and
1500 mg/l of dissolved solids is generally considered to be
brackish.
Brine (R.O.) - Same as reject water. One of two streams
of fluids generated by a reverse osmosis unit. It contains the
impurities removed from the feed water.
Brine (Softening) - A strong solution of salt(s), such as
sodium chloride, and water used in the regeneration of ion
exchange water softeners but also applied to the mixed
sodium, calcium and magnesium chloride waste solution
from regeneration.
Calcium (Ca) - One of the principal elements making up
the earth’s crust, the compounds of which when dissolved,
make the water hard.The presence of calcium in water is a
factor contributing to the formation of scale and insoluble
soap curds which are a means of clearly identifying hard
water.
Calcium Hypochlorite (CaCl2O2) - A chemical
compound used as a bleach and a source of chlorine water
treatment; specifically useful because it is stable as a dry
powder and can be formed into tablets.
Capacity - An expression of the quantity of an undesirable
material which can be removed by a water conditioner
between servicing of the media (i.e. cleaning, regeneration or
replacement) as determined under standard test conditions.
For ion exchange water softeners, the capacity is expressed
in grains of hardness removal between successive regenerations and is related to the pounds of salt used in regeneration. For filters, the capacity may be expressed in the length
of time or total gallons delivered between servicing.
Caustic Soda (NaOH) - The common name for sodium
hydroxide.
223
Cation - An ion with a positive electrical charge, such as
calcium, magnesium and sodium.
Cation Exchange - Ion exchange process in which cations
in solution are exchanged for other cations from an ion
exchanger.
Cellulose Acetate (CA) and Cellulose Triacetate
(CTA) - A family of synthetic materials based on cellulose
used to make reverse osmosis membranes.While CTA is
superior to CA, under adverse water conditions both are
effective in removing a wide spectrum of impurities from
water.The disadvantage of cellulose-type membranes is that
they are subject to bacterial attack, particularly in unchlorinated water supplies. CTA has superior bacterial resistance.
Channeling - The flow of water or other solution in a
limited number of passages in a filter or ion exchange bed
instead of distributed flow through all passages in the bed.
Chloramines - Chemical complexes formed from the
reaction between ammonia and chlorine.They are presently
being used to disinfect municipal water supplies because,
unlike chlorine, they do not combine with organics in the
water to form potentially dangerous carcinogens such as trihalomethanes (THMs). Chloramines can exist in three
forms, the proportions of which depend on the physical and
chemical properties of the water.Water containing
chloramines may not be used for fish or kidney dialysis
equipment.
Chlorides (CI) - an ion which forms acids when combined
with hydrogen and salts when combined with metal ions.
Chlorides can be corrosive and impart a salty taste to
water.
Chlorine (CI2) - A gas widely used in the disinfection of
water and an oxidizing agent for organic matter, iron, etc.
Coagulant - A material, such as alum, which will form a
gelatinous precipitate in water and cause the agglomeration
of finely divided particles into larger particles which can
then be removed by settling and/or filtration.
Colloid - Very finely divided solid particles which will not
settle out of a solution; intermediate between a true
dissolved particle and a suspended solid which will settle
out of solution.The removal of colloidal particles usually
requires coagulation to form larger particles which may be
removed by sedimentation and/or filtration.
Compensated Hardness - A calculated value based on
the total hardness - the magnesium to calcium ratio and the
sodium concentration of a water. It is used to correct for
the reductions in hardness removal capacity caused by these
factors in cation exchange water softeners. No single
method of calculation has been widely accepted.
224
Conductivity - The quality or power to carry electrical
current. In water, the conductivity is related to the concentration of ions capable of carrying electrical current.
Contact Time - The length of time water is in direct
contact with activated carbon (R.O.) or chlorine (chlorination system.) This is a major factor in determining how
effectively impurities will be removed.
Corrosion - The destructive disintegration of a metal by
electrochemical means.
Cycle Time - The amount of time in seconds elapsed
between pump start and pump shut-down.
Dechlorination - The removal of excess chlorine residual,
often after super-chlorination.
Deionization (DI) - The removal of all ionized minerals
and salts (both organic and inorganic) from a solution by a
two-phase ion exchange procedure. First, positively charged
ions are exchanged for a chemically equivalent amount of
hydrogen ions. Second, negatively charged ions are removed
by an ion exchange resin for a chemically equivalent amount
of hydrogen ions.The hydrogen and hydroxide ions
introduced in this process unite to form water molecules.
The term is often used interchangeably with demineralization.
Disinfection - A process in which pathogenic, disease
producing bacteria are killed. May involve disinfecting agents
such as chlorine or physical processes such as heating.
Dissolved Solids - The weight of matter in true solution in
a stated volume of water. Includes both inorganic and
organic matter and is usually determined by weighing the
residue after evaporation of the water at 105°F or 180°C.
Distillation - The process in which a liquid, such as water, is
converted into its vapor state by heating and the vapor
cooled and condensed to the liquid state and collected.
Used to remove solids and other impurities from water.
Multiple distillations are required for extreme purity.
DNA - Deoxyribonucleic acid constituting the genetic
material of the chromosome in a cell, responsible for reproductive characteristics.
Drawdown - The amount of water delivered by the storage
tank between pump shut-down and pump start.
E-Coli (Escherichia Coli) - One of the members of the
coliform group of bacteria indicating fecal contamination.
Effluent - The stream emerging from a unit, system or
process such as the softened water from an ion exchange
softener.
Exhaustion - The state of an ion exchange material in
which it is no longer capable of effective function due to the
depletion of the initial supply of exchangeable ions.The
exhaustion point may be defined in terms of a limiting concentration of matter in the effluent or, in the case of demineralization, in terms of electrical conductivity.
Fecal - Matter containing or derived from animal or human
waste.
Feed Pressure - The pressure at which water is supplied
to the R.O. module.
Feed Water - A term which refers to the water supply
that is put into a water treatment system for processing
(removal of impurities.)
Flocculation - The agglomeration of finely divided
suspended solids into larger, usually gelatinous, particles.The
development of a ‘floc’ after treatment with a coagulant by
gentle stirring or mixing.
Flow Control - A device designed to limit the flow of
water or regenerant to a predetermined value over a broad
range of inlet water pressures.
Flow Rate - The quantity of water or regenerant which
passes a given point in a specified unit of time, often
expressed in gallons per minute.
Flux - The flow rate of water through reverse osmosis
membranes, per square foot of surface.
Fouling - The process in which undesirable foreign matter
accumulates in a bed of filter media or ion exchanger,
clogging pores and coating surfaces and thus inhibiting or
retarding the proper operation of the bed.
Freeboard - The vertical distance between a bed of filter
media or ion exchange material and the overflow or
collector for backwash water.The height above the bed of
granular media available for bed expansion during
backwashing. May be expressed either as a linear distance or
a percentage of bed depth.
Grain (gr) - A unit of weight equal to 1/7000 of a pound
or 0.0648 gram.
Grain per Gallon (gpg) - A common basis for reporting
water analysis in the United States and Canada. One grain
per U.S. gallon equals 17.12 milligrams per liter (mg/l) or
parts per million (ppm). One grain per British (Imperial)
gallon equals 14.3 mg/l or ppm.
Greensand - A natural mineral, primarily composed of
complex silicates, which can be coated with manganese
oxide to form a catalytic absorptive surface.This surface is
used to attract ferrous iron and manganese as well as to
absorb dissolved oxygen which is used to oxidize iron,
manganese or hydrogen sulfide.
Hardness - A characteristic of natural water due to the
presence of dissolved calcium and magnesium.Water
hardness is responsible for most scale formation in pipes
and water heaters and forms insoluble “curd” when it reacts
with soaps. Hardness is usually expressed in grains per
gallon (gpg), parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per liter
(mg/l), all as calcium carbonate equivalent.
Hard Water - Water with a total hardness of 1 gpg or
more as calcium carbonate equivalent.
Hydrologic Cycle - The natural water cycle, including precipitation of water from the atmosphere as rain or snow,
flow of water over or through the earth and evaporation or
transpiration to water vapor in the atmosphere.
Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) - A gas characterized by an
offensive odor, commonly referred to as “rotten egg” odor.
Flammable and poisonous in high concentrations, corrosive
to most metals and can even tarnish silver. Detectable by
most people in concentrations as low as 0.5 ppm.
Hydrocharger - Trade name of a particular type of air
induction or injector valve.
Hydrolysis - The chemical degradation of an R.O.
membrane in water due to certain conditions such as high
pH. Cellulose based membranes are quite susceptible to
hydrolysis while the TFC type are virtually immune.
Influent - The stream entering a unit, stream or process,
such as the hard water entering an ion exchange water
softener.
Ion - An atom, or group of atoms, which function as a unit
and have a positive or negative electrical charge due to the
gain or loss of one or more electrons.
Ion Exchange - A reversible process in which ions are
released from an insoluble permanent material in exchange
for other ions in a surrounding solution; the direction of the
exchange depends upon the affinities of the ion exchanger
for the ions present and the concentrations of the ions in
the solution.
Iron (Fe) - An element often found dissolved in ground
water (in the form of ferrous iron) in concentrations usually
ranging from 0-10 ppm (mg/l). It is objectionable in water
supplies because of the staining caused after oxidation and
precipitation (as ferric hydroxide); because of the tastes; and
because of unsightly colors produced when iron reacts with
tannins in beverages such as coffee and tea.
Iron Bacteria - Organisms which are capable of utilizing
ferrous iron, either from the water or from steel pipe in
their metabolism and precipitating ferric hydroxide in their
sheaths and gelatinous deposits.These organisms tend to
collect in pipelines and tanks during periods of low flow and
to break loose in slugs of turbid water to create staining,
taste and odor problems.
225
Magnesium (Mg) - One of the elements making up the
earth’s crust, the compounds of which, when dissolved in
water, make the water hard.The presence of magnesium in
water is a factor contributing to the formation of scale and
insoluble soap curds.
Manganese (Mn) - An element sometimes found dissolved
in ground water, usually with dissolved iron but in lower
concentrations. Causes black stains and other problems
similar to iron.
Manganese Greensand - Greensand which has been
processed to incorporate in its pores and on its surface the
higher oxides of manganese.The product has a mild
oxidizing power and is often used in the oxidation and precipitation of iron, manganese and/or hydrogen sulfide and
their removal from water.
Mechanical Filtration - The process of removing
suspended particles from water by a straining action.The
finest mechanical filters can remove bacteria as small as .2
microns.
Media - The selected materials in a filter that form the
barrier to the passage of certain suspended solids or
dissolved minerals. (Singular of media is medium).
Milligrams per Liter (mg/l) - A unit concentration of
matter used in reporting the results of water and
wastewater analysis. In dilute water solutions, it is practically
equal to parts per million but varies from the ppm in concentrated solutions such as brine.As most analysis are
performed on measured volumes of water, the mg/l is a
more accurate expression of the concentration and is the
preferred unit of measure.
Micron - A linear measure equal to one millionth of a
meter or .00003937 inch.The symbol for the micron is the
Greek letter ‘m’.
Micron Rating - The term applied to a filter or filter
medium to indicate the particle size above which all
suspended solids will be removed throughout the rated
capacity.As used in industry standards, this is an “absolute”
not “nominal” rating. (Refer to S-200, Recommended
Industry Standards for Household & Commercial Water
Filters.)
Mineral - A term applied to inorganic substances such as
rocks and similar matter found in the earth strata as
opposed to organic substances such as plant and animal
matter. Minerals normally have definite chemical composition
and crystal structure.The term is also applied to matter
derived from minerals such as the inorganic ions found in
water.The term has been incorrectly applied to ion
exchangers, even though most of the modern materials are
organic ion exchange resins.
Mineral Salts - The form in which minerals from dissolved
solids exist in water. Same as Total Dissolved Solids.This is
226
the so-called inorganic form of minerals. In excess, they
cause water to have a disagreeable taste. Some are harmful
to human health.
Molecular Weight - The sum of the atomic weights of the
individual atoms (from a periodic chart) that make up a
molecule of a particular substance (e.g. H2O1 H=1
atomic weight, 0=16 atomic weight, therefore, molecular
weight = 2 + 16 = 18.) Cellulose based membranes can
remove substances as light as MW of 300, while TFC type
membranes remove substances as light as MW of 200.
Nanometer - A measure of a wavelength in the electromagnetic spectrum. One nanometer equals 109 meter.
Neutralization - In general, the addition of either an acid
or a base to a solution as required to produce a neutral
solution.The use of alkaline or basic materials to neutralize
the acidity of some waters is common practice in water
conditioning.
Organic Iron - A ferrous iron molecule which is enveloped
in an organically complex molecule that resists oxidation.
May be present in water that contains a great deal of
colored colloidal turbidity.
Organics - Any of the compounds whose chemical
structure is based on carbon (e.g. carbon dioxide, wood,
sugar, protein, plastics, methane,THM,TCE, etc.)
Osmosis - A process of diffusion of a solvent, such as water
through a semipermeable membrane, which will transmit the
solvent but impede most dissolved substances.The normal
flow of solvent is from the dilute solution to the concentrated solution. (See Reverse Osmosis.)
Osmotic Pressure - The pressure created by the tendency
of water to flow in osmosis. Every 100 ppm of TDS
generates about 1 pound per square inch (psi) of osmotic
pressure.This osmotic pressure must first be overcome by
the water pressure for the reverse osmosis membrane to
be effective.
Oxidation - A chemical process in which electrons are
removed from an atom, ion or compound.The addition of
oxygen is a specific form of oxidation. Combustion is an
extremely rapid form of oxidation while the rusting of iron
is a slow form.
Oxidizing Agents - Any substance that oxidizes another
substance and is itself reduced in the process. Common
examples include: oxygen, chlorine, potassium permanganate,
hydrogen peroxide, iodine and ozone.
Ozone (O3) - An unstable form of oxygen occurring
naturally in the upper atmosphere or artificially produced
because of its strong oxidizing or disinfection characteristics.
Particle Size - As used in industry standards, the size of a
particle suspended in water as determined by its smallest
dimension, usually expressed in microns.
Parts per Million (ppm) - A common basis for reporting
the results of water and waste water analysis, indicating the
number of parts by weight of water or other solvent. In
dilute water solutions, on part per million is practically equal
to one milligram per liter, which is the preferred unit. 17.12
ppm equals one grain per U.S. gallon.
Pathogen - An organism which may cause disease.
PCB - Polychlorinated Biphenyls - A highly toxic
organic contaminant found in water supplies which is
suspected of causing cancer in humans.
pH - or the potential of hydrogen ion activity or concentration. pH is a measure of the intensity of the acidity or
alkalinity of water on a scale from 0 to 14, with 7 being
neutral.When acidity is increased, the hydrogen ion concentration increases, resulting in a lower pH value. Similarly,
when alkalinity is increased, the hydrogen ion concentration
decreases, resulting in higher pH.The pH value is an
exponential function so that pH is 10 times as alkaline as pH
9 and 100 times as alkaline as pH 8. Similarly, a pH 4 is 100
times as acid as pH 6 and 1000 times as acid as pH 7.
Potassium Chloride (KCI) - a compound consisting of
potassium and chloride, becoming increasingly popular as a
substitute for sodium chloride in regenerating water
softeners.
Potassium Permanganate (KMnO4) - A powerful
oxidizing agent consisting of dark purple crystals with blue
metallic sheen. Explosive in contact with sulfuric acid or
hydrogen peroxide. Increases flammability of combustible
materials. Used to renew the black manganese oxide coating
on greensand media.
by the cycle time (seconds) and multiplying the result by 60
(seconds.)
Quartz - A high grade of glass made using quartz sand.
Raw Water - Untreated water or any water before it
reaches a specific water treatment device or process.
Recovery - The amount of product water as compared
with the total amount of feed water.This will give a measure
of the efficiency of operation. For example, starting with 10
gallons of feed water, if 6 gallons is product water and 4
gallons reject water, the recovery is 60%.
Regenerant - A solution of a chemical used to restore the
capacity of an ion exchange or oxidation system.
Regeneration - In general, includes the backwash, brine
and fresh water rinse steps necessary to prepare a water
softener exchange bed for service after exhaustion.
Specifically, the term may be applied to the “brine” step in
which the sodium chloride solution is passed through the
exchanger bed.The term may also be used for similar
operations relating to demineralizers and certain filters.
Rejection - The percentage of TDS removed from the feed
water.Typically greater than 90% rejection is achieved with
reverse osmosis.
Reject Water (same as Brine) - That portion of the feed
water that does not pass through the R.O. membrane and
which carries the remaining impurities to the drain.
Residual Chlorine - Chlorine remaining in a treated water
after a specified period of contact time to provide
protection throughout a distribution system.The difference
between the total chlorine added and that consumed by
oxidizable matter.
Resin - Synthetic organic ion exchange material such as the
high capacity cation exchange resin widely used in water
softeners.
Precipitate - To cause a dissolved substance to form a
solid particle which can be removed by settling or filtering
such as in the removal of dissolved iron by oxidation, precipitation and filtration.The term is also used to refer to the
solid formed and the condensation of water in the
atmosphere to form rain or snow.
Reverse Osmosis (R.O.) - A process that reverses, by the
application of pressure, the flow of water in the natural
process of osmosis so that the water passes from the more
concentrated to the more dilute solution through a semipermeable membrane.
Pre-treatment - Whatever alterations of the raw feed
water are required to prevent damage to the reverse
osmosis membrane.
Sediment - The sum of particles of dirt, clay, silt and
vegetation which float or are suspended in water and can be
removed by mechanical filtration. See Turbidity.
Product Water - The pure water that has been separated
from the feed water stream by the reverse osmosis
membrane.
Semi-permeable - A term which applies to special
materials, both natural and synthetic, which allow certain
substances such as water to pass through (to permeate)
while blocking or rejecting the passage of other substances
such as dissolved solids and organics.
Pumping Rate - The amount of actual water that can be
drawn from a pressure system expressed in gallons per
minute (gpm) obtained by dividing the drawdown (gallons)
227
Service (Peak) Flow Rate - The greatest amount of
water (expressed in gallons per minute) that a particular
filter can effectively process based on short pump runs of
less than 10 to 15 minutes maximum.
Toxic Metals - Elemental metals that find their way into
water supplies from natural and industrial sources and
which are detrimental to human health (e.g. lead, cadmium,
mercury, arsenic.)
Sequester - A chemical reaction in which certain ions are
bound into a stable, water soluble compound, thus
preventing undesirable action by the ions.
Toxic Organics - Carbon-based chemicals which are
frequently found in our water supplies and are harmful to
human health.They are usually from agricultural and
industrial effluents and hazardous waste dumps (e.g.TCE,
PCB, DCBP, pesticides, etc.)
Soap - One of a class of chemical compounds which
possesses cleaning properties, formed by the reaction of a
fatty acid with a base of alkali. Sodium and potassium soaps
are soluble and useful but can be converted to insoluble
calcium and magnesium soaps (curd) by the presence of
these hardness ions in water.
Soda Ash (CNa2O3) - The common name for sodium
carbonate, a chemical compound used as an alkaline builder
in some soap and detergent formulations to neutralize acid
water and in the lime soda ash water conditioning process.
Total Hardness - The sum of all hardness constituents in a
water, expressed as their equivalent concentration of
calcium carbonate. Primarily due to calcium and magnesium
in solution but may include small amounts of metals, such as
iron, which can act like calcium and magnesium in certain
reactions (see Hardness.)
Toxic - Having an adverse physiological effect on man.
228
Turbidity - Suspended biological, inorganic and organic
particles in water which may be in sufficient amount to
make the water seem cloudy (see Sediment.)
Virus - The smallest form of life known to be capable of
producing disease or infection, usually considered to be of
large molecular size.They multiply by assembly of
component fragments in living cells, rather than by cell
division as do most bacteria.
Volatile Organic Chemical (VOC) - Chemicals or
compounds with boiling points below 212°F, facilitating their
evaporation before water.
Water Softening - The removal of calcium and
magnesium, the ions which are the principal cause of
hardness, from water.

Petwa Catalogue Cover May10.qxp

Transcription

Similar documents

Die Process Control Systems

ecopure® dual stage filter

DS-CS_SellSheet_BLOWN-FILM_MAC Extruder - Davis

Model Octave - Master Meter

User Guide for EVERPURE-EV9275-70

Remember to check out our trenching and grapple attachments!

Medicator Specifications

K-Rain - 6000 Series - Irrigation-Mart

1" Impact Wrench - Racine Railroad

It`s H20 Solutions, Inc.!